MBenz C180.C200.C250 L4-1.8-M271 W204 Repair

Mercedes Benz C180 & C200 & C250
W204 Chassis - M271 Engine L4 1.8T

Repair Manual
rcheuls@gmail.com
2012 Mercedes Benz C 250 Coupe (204.347) L4-1.8L Turbo (271.860) Copyright © 2013, Page 1
Mercedes Benz C180 & C200 & C250 W204 L4-1.8L Turbo M271 2
Vehicle: Application and ID
OV00.01-P-1901-07A Meaning of Symbols (Logos) For Picture/ Picture Documents
OV00.01-P-1901-07A Meaning of Symbols (Logos) For Picture/ Picture Documents
Modification notes
Symbols (Logos) for operation notes
1 Remove
2 Install
3 Disassemble
4 Assembly
5 Exchange/replace
6 Note for installation or assembly
7 Caution: Danger
8 Property damage
9 Note/information
10 Wear suitable safety glasses
11 Wear suitable gloves
12 Check
13 Cleaning
14 Measure with pointer instrument
15 Measure
16 STAR DIAGNOSIS
17 Read out/backup/transfer data
18 Read out fault or fault memory
19 Erase fault
20 Special tools
21 Commercially available tools
22 Tightening torques
23 Filling capacities
24 Movement arrow - carry out movement as far as required
25 Movement arrow with limit stop - carry out movement as far as the specified limit stop
26 approximately
27 Existing literature, in particular operator's information, note the topic
28 Number of people required
29 View of vehicle (here: rear/left)
30 Instructions only apply when replacing
rcheuls@gmail.com
Validities
60 Passenger car model series/model

61 Transporter model series/model
62 Truck model series/model
63 Unimog model series/model
64 Bus model series/model
65 Engine model series/model
66 Major assembly model series/model
67 Code...
68 Validity specification with reference to annual specification or model year
69 Not valid for...
70 Special equipment
71 Shown on...
Examples
80 Unless otherwise shown, the instructions are shown by means of model series 204.
81 The instructions only apply to model series 207
82 The instructions only apply to code 864
83 The instructions only apply to code 248
84 Valid up to model year 2007
85 Valid as of model year 2009
86 Approximately 2 mm
87 2 People required
rcheuls@gmail.com
Vehicle: Initial Inspection and Diagnostic Overview
AP00.20-P-0053CW Check All Visible Parts For Leaks and Damage

AP00.20-P-0053CW Check All Visible Parts For Leaks and Damage
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
AR00.10-P-1010A Check Gear Capacity

AR00.10-P-1010A Check Gear Capacity
- MODEL all
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Vehicle: Programming and Relearning
AH54.21-P-0004-01X Notes on SCN Coding of Control Units

AH54.21-P-0004-01X Notes On SCN Coding Of Control Units
The "Software Calibration Number" (SCN) is specified by law in Europe and USA for all control units relevant to exhaust emission as of model
year 2002.
Accordingly the software and coding of such a control unit must be clearly identifiable by means of the SCN. As a number the SCN consists of 16
numbers. The first 10 places correspond to the object number to be coded (mostly object number of control unit software). The next 2 places
designate the manufacturing plant or field organization, in which the vehicle has been coded. The last 4 places are a number of the variants of the
coding string of the vehicle-specific as-built configuration. This number is serially numbered for each newly formed variant.
If special equipment has been installed or removed in the vehicle (e.g. retrofitting a telephone), these retrofit codes must be added to the central
system before requesting the SCN coding data. The appropriate national organization must be contacted (MPC) for this.
AR54.21-P-0013-01X Online SCN Coding
AR54.21-P-0013-01X Online SCN Coding
The following work instructions describe the procedure for the online software calibration number (SCN) coding with Xentry Flash.
Precondition for SCN coding:

^ Networked STAR DIAGNOSIS diagnosis system
^ User ID and password for Xentry flash (user on aftersales platform)
Entry into coding in the Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS)

1. Select control unit.
2. Select menu item "control unit adaptations" or "initial startup". Continue with "F3".
3. Select menu item "SCN coding". Continue with "F3".
4. Select "Online (networked STAR DIAGNOSIS device)" menu item. Continue with "F3".
5. Enter user ID and password into the login screen. Continue with "Log in". After logging in the SCN coding data are automatically queried in
the background and the control unit is then coded.
6. Press "F11" to print out the order log and enclose the repair order.
The order record can also be stored in the Diagnosis Assistance system (DAS). This is done by clicking on "F11", "Print to file", selecting
"printout of test step" and entering a file name. In StarUtilities, the StarPad program can be used to display and printout the order log at the
"Logs" menu item.
7. Continue with "F2".
The SCN coding of the control unit is completed.

AR54.21-P-0013-04X Offline SCN Coding
AR54.21-P-0013-04X Offline SCN Coding
The following work instructions describe the procedure for the online software calibration number (SCN) coding with Xentry Flash. The SCN
coding data are requested by fax through the Star Diagnosis User Help Desk.
For the Off-line fallback process Daimler ERG reserves the right to invoice 9 EUR per fax query.
Precondition for offline SCN coding:

^ STAR DIAGNOSIS diagnosis system with printer
^ Fax device
The offline SCN coding is broken down into 2 steps:

A. Determine vehicle data for offline SCN coding from vehicle. The vehicle data is used to create the fax form for ordering the SCN coding data
through the Star Diagnosis Help Desk.
B. Perform SCN coding. The coding is performed with the SCN coding data from the Star Diagnosis Help Desk.
A. Determine vehicle data for offline SCN coding from the vehicle.
1. Select control unit in Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS).
2. Select menu item "control unit adaptations" or "initial startup". Continue with "F3".
3. Select menu item "SCN coding". Continue with "F3".
4. Select "Offline (STAR DIAGNOSIS device not-networked)" menu item. Continue with "F3".
5. Confirm note on sequence of SCN coding with "F2".
6. Completely fill out fax form and click "F11" to print out.
If an email address is entered in the fax form, you will be sent the SCN coding data per email. If a fax number is entered in the fax form,
you will be sent the SCN coding data per fax.
7. Send printed out fax form to the given fax no. for the Star Diagnosis Help Desk.
rcheuls@gmail.com
B. Perform SCN coding. The coding is performed with the SCN coding data from the Star Diagnosis Help Desk.
If the SCN coding data are received per email, burn the data to a CD or save the data on a USB removable storage device and identify
accordingly. Unpack the Zip files first when doing so.
8. In the Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS) choose the "Step 2: Perform SCN coding" menu item. Continue with "F3".
9.1 Select keyboard input using "F4".
For SCN coding data per fax.
9.2 Insert CD or connect USB removable storage device.
For SCN coding data per email.
10.1 Enter SCN coding data manually into the DAS.
For SCN coding data per fax.
10.2 Confirm using "F3" and import the data per CD or USB removable storage device.
For SCN coding data per email.
11. Perform SCN coding.
12. Switch ignition on/off.
Control unit specific, refer to specification in DAS.
13. Press "F11" to print out the order log and enclose the repair order.
The order log can also be stored on the DAS. This is done by clicking on "F11", "Print to file", selecting "printout of test step" and
entering a file name. In StarUtilities, the StarPad program can be used to display and printout the order log at the "Logs" menu item.
14. Continue with "F2".
The SCN coding of the control unit is completed. Scrap the CD following successful SCN coding as per the guidelines for theft-relevant
parts (DTR 69/00). The scrapping process is to be documented on the repair order. The data on the USB removable storage device are to
be deleted properly once they have been used.
AR54.21-P-0014-01Y Program Control Unit
AR54.21-P-0014-01Y Program Control Unit
Offline programming with Release CD

1. Start Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS) and select category/vehicle model.
Selection of main menu, systems and select the control unit to be programmed.
3. Select menu item "control unit adaptations".
4. Select menu item "control unit programming".
5. Select menu item "Program control unit using DVD or removable storage device".
6. With new software press the "F3" button and program the control unit.
Display appears if new software is present.
Only perform the following steps, if no communication (communication error) is possible between the Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS) and
control unit.
7. Eliminate the cause of the error message using the test steps in the "error messages" menu.
If the cause of the fault cannot be found or eliminated, please inform the STAR DIAGNOSIS User Help Desk. Replace control unit in
agreement with STAR DIAGNOSIS User Help Desk.
8. If necessary determine the part number of the control unit and replace the control unit.
9. Select menu item "Initial startup with automatic adoption of settings from the old control unit" or "Initial startup without automatic adoption
of the settings from the old control unit" in the main menu. Then select "Repair functions" and carry out "Replace control unit".
When installing new control unit
AR54.21-P-0014-01Z Program Control Unit
AR54.21-P-0014-01Z Program Control Unit
Offline programming with special release CD.

1. Start Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS) and select category/vehicle model.
Selection of main menu, systems and select the control unit to be programmed.
3. Select menu item "control unit adaptations".
4. Select menu item "control unit programming".
5. Select "Offline (STAR DIAGNOSIS device not-networked)" menu item.
6. Select menu item "Program control unit using DVD or removable storage device".
7 Insert Special Release CD.
The programming of the control unit now starts automatically.
AR54.21-P-0014Y Programming Of Control Units
AR54.21-P-0014Y Programming of Control Units
MODEL 129.058 /063 /067 /076, 163, 164, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 199, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221,
230, 231, 240, 245, 246, 251, 450, 452, 454, 461.302 /304 /305 /331 /332 /333 /334 /340 /342 /343 /344 /345 /346, 463.206 /208 /209 /232 /233
rcheuls@gmail.com
/240 /241 /243 /244 /245 /246 /247 /248 /249 /250 /254 /270 /271 /303 /306 /308 /309 /322 /323 /332 /333 /336 /340 /341 /346 (except, 245.286)
Programming with Release CD
AR54.21-P-0014Z Programming Of Control Units

AR54.21-P-0014Z Programming of Control Units
MODEL 129.058 /063 /067 /076, 163, 164, 168, 169, 170, 171, 199, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221, 230,
231, 240, 245, 246, 251, 461.302 /304 /305 /331 /332 /333 /334 /340 /342 /343 /344 /345 /346, 463.206 /208 /209 /232 /233 /240 /241 /243 /244
/245 /246 /247 /248 /249 /250 /254 /270 /271 /303 /306 /308 /309 /322 /323 /332 /333 /336 /340 /341 /346 (except, 245.286)
Programming with Special Release CD
rcheuls@gmail.com
AR54.21-P-0015X SCN Coding of Control Units

AR54.21-P-0015X SCN Coding of Control Units
MODEL 129.058 /063 /067 /076, 163, 164, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 199, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221,
230, 231, 240, 245, 246, 251, 450, 452, 454, 461.302 /304 /305 /331 /332 /333 /334 /340 /342 /343 /344 /345 /346, 463.206 /208 /209 /232 /233
/240 /241 /243 /244 /245 /246 /247 /248 /249 /250 /254 /270 /271 /303 /306 /308 /309 /322 /323 /332 /333 /336 /340 /341 /346
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Vehicle: Service and Repair
AH00.00-N-0011-01A Notes on Evaluating Leakages

AH00.00-N-0011-01A Notes On Evaluating Leakages
Before starting repair work due to leakage from a major assembly, the type of leakage present must be carefully checked.
^ Moist areas from which no liquid is dripping or running are no cause for complaint. This is known as "Sweating".
Even with today's levels of sealing technology, this "sweating" cannot be prevented in all cases and has no negative effect on system function. Any
repair work performed will only result in an improved appearance. As such, it cannot be justified.
For a closer inspection, clean the affected area and observe for an appropriate period of time.
^ If the complaint concerns fluid that is visibly dripping or running, then appropriate repairs must be performed to stop this type of leakage.
AH00.00-P-0013-01AK Notes on Removing Adhesive Residues and Foils on Paint and Metal
Surfaces With Surface Conditioning Disks
AH00.00-P-0013-01AK Notes On Removing Adhesive Residues And Foils On Paint And Metal Surfaces With Surface Conditioning Disks
When removing the remaining glue, films, trim strips, etc. using rubber disks, the following points must be remembered:
^ Please use safety glasses and hearing protection
^ Use of surface conditioning disk with hand drill
^ Use a speed of 2000 to 2500 rpm to avoid smearing
^ Only apply slight pressure to the surface that is being repaired using the surface conditioning disk and do not work at the same location for
too long, as otherwise excessive heat generation could damage the sheet metal or the paint
^ Rotational direction of surface conditioning disk opposite to working direction
^ When using on water-based paints, discoloration can occur in individual cases. In this case, perform preliminary tests at hidden locations.
^ Do not use surface conditioning disks on plastics or painted plastic parts such as bumpers
AH00.00-P-0015-01CW Notes on Calculating Tightening Torque When Using Insertion Tool With
Various Effective Lengths.
AH00.00-P-0015-01CW Notes On Calculating Tightening Torque When Using Insertion Tool With Various Effective Lengths.
The working length of the insertion tool (2) plugged onto the torque wrench (1) changes the leverage of the torque wrench (1). This in turn alters
the actual tightening torque. Therefore the tightening torque to be set has to be calculated as a function of the working length of the insertion tool
(2) and the specified tightening torque.
Component Identification
The following formula is used to calculate the torque to be set.
rcheuls@gmail.com
AH00.00-P-5000-01A Notes on Avoiding Damage Through Contamination and Foreign Objects

AH00.00-P-5000-01A Notes On Avoiding Damage Through Contamination And Foreign Objects
With each maintenance and repair work to the engine as well as to the ancillary assemblies and detachable parts comes the danger of property
damage caused by contamination and foreign bodies.
These are particularly vulnerable:
- hot film mass air flow sensor,
- turbocharger and compressor,
- all components involved in gas exchange,
- emission control system.
Remove/install
Openings through which contamination or foreign bodies can be brought into the engine, its ancillary assemblies or its detachable parts are to be
plugged immediately with suitable, clean covers, plugs or clean, lint-free rags.
Installation: Leave no covers, plugs or rags for the assembly behind in order to avoid damages and complaints about engine running characteristics.
Before the assembly, check all components for contaminants, remaining foreign bodies and fluid and dispose of them.
Clean
For cleaning, use only clean tools and clean, lint-free rags.
Residues of cleaning agents and removed contaminants must be removed from the engine, ancillary assemblies and detachable parts.
Do not dispose of contaminants using compressed air because components (for example, heating wire of the hot film mass air flow sensor) could
possibly be damaged or contamination could enter the engine, ancillary assemblies and detachable parts unnoticed.
AP00.20-P-0000-06N Special Maintenance Procedures
AP00.20-P-0000-06N Special Maintenance Procedures
The brake fluid must be changed if more than 2 years have passed since the last change.
It should be changed in the spring if possible.
The coolant should be replaced every 15 years/250,000 km since the last change.
Refer to ASSYST PLUS for other additional operations depending on kilometers or years.
AH00.00-P-0006-01RM Notes on Threaded Connections With Aluminum Screws/Bolts
AH00.00-P-0006-01RM Notes On Threaded Connections With Aluminum Screws/bolts
Important repair information
For threaded connections with aluminum screws/bolts, the aluminum screws/bolts are generally to be replaced after being used once.
When loosening threaded connections with aluminum screws/bolts, there is a risk of injury caused by the sudden loosening torque.
Before new aluminum screws/bolts are screwed in, the mating thread must be thoroughly cleaned.
AH07.00-P-3000-01A References to Test Conditions For Engine Testing and Adjusting Work
General Test Conditions.
AH07.00-P-3000-01A References to Test Conditions For Engine Testing and Adjusting Work General Test Conditions.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine 104, 111, 112, 113, 119, 120, 137, 166, 266, 271, 272, 275, 285, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 628, 629, 640, 642, 646,
647, 648, 668
General test conditions

^ Check the external condition of the engine, pay attention to leaks and look out for any possible noises when the engine is running
^ The engine oil change interval must not be exceeded. An engine oil and filter change must otherwise be carried out subject to a special charge
On vehicles fitted with maintenance interval display it is only necessary to change the engine oil if this is indicated.
^ Engine oil temperature is between 80°C and 100°C.
^ Accessories are switched off.
In the event of complaints in the starting or warm-up phase, do not condition the engine to operating temperature, but proceed in a
complaint-related manner.
^ Coolant level OK
^ Engine oil level OK
^ Automatic transmission fluid level OK, leaks (visual inspection)
^ Tank fill level OK
rcheuls@gmail.com
Vehicle: Tools and Equipment
WS54.00-N-0002B 124 589 00 21 00 35 Pin Socket Box

WS54.00-N-0002B 124 589 00 21 00 35 Pin Socket Box
FG 42/54/Set B
MODEL all
Use:
Socket box for connection of electrical components
WS54.00-P-0050-25B 220 589 00 99 14 Adapter Line

WS54.00-P-0050-25B 220 589 00 99 14 Adapter Line
FG 54/Set B
Single Part
MODEL all
Use:
Adapter line with CP1,5 contact pin for checking systems with CP1,5 contacts, e.g. engine wiring M271CNG (set = one piece each black and
red).
WS54.00-P-0050-29B 220 589 05 99 01 Empty Case

WS54.00-P-0050-29B 220 589 05 99 01 Empty Case
FG54/Set B
Separate Part
MODEL all
Use:
Empty case for storing separate parts of the electrical connection set 220 589 05 99 00.
WS54.00-P-0050-38B 220 589 00 99 38 Adapter Cable

WS54.00-P-0050-38B 220 589 00 99 38 Adapter Cable
FG54/Set B
Separate Part
rcheuls@gmail.com
MODEL 216, 221, 204
Use:
2-pin adapter cable for voltage and resistance measurement and checking of signals at voltage distributor of CAN bus for power plant, telematics,
vehicle dynamics, suspension, interior and central area.
WS54.00-P-0050B 220 589 00 99 00 Electrical Connection Kit

WS54.00-P-0050B 220 589 00 99 00 Electrical Connection Kit
FG 00
FG 01/13/15/20/25/42/43/47/54/72/Set B
MODEL all
Use:
Electrical connection kit for contacting during voltage/current/resistance measurements and for connection of the compression tester.
WS54.00-P-0084B 204 589 04 63 00 6-Pin Adapter Cable

WS54.00-P-0084B 204 589 04 63 00 6-pin Adapter Cable
FG 54/Set B
MODEL 166, 172, 204, 207, 212, 218, 246
rcheuls@gmail.com
Use:
For line and component check on accelerator pedal sensor.
WS83.00-P-0001K 000 589 71 03 00 Box Wrench Bit

WS83.00-P-0001K 000 589 71 03 00 Box Wrench Bit
FG 83/14/26/07/47 Set K
MODEL 463, 900, 903, 904, 906, 107, 123, 126, 164, 166, 169, 171, 172, 201, 203, 204, 207, 209, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221, 230,
240, 245, 251, 414, 415, 636, 639
Use:
Box wrench bit, open, 22 mm, with 3/8" square drive.
WS83.00-P-0043B 211 589 00 63 00 Detaching Tool

WS83.00-P-0043B 211 589 00 63 00 Detaching Tool
FG 83/Set B
MODEL 204, 207, 211, 212, 216, 218, 219, 221
Use:
Tool for detaching A/C lines.
WS83.00-P-0060A 203 589 03 10 00 Valve Wrench

WS83.00-P-0060A 203 589 03 10 00 Valve Wrench
FG 83/91/Set A
MODEL 164, 168, 169, 170, 171.4, 172, 202, 203, 204, 207, 209, 211, 212, 216, 220, 221, 230, 240, 245, 251, 451, 454, 461, 463, 414
Use:
Valve wrench for assembling and disassembling the valve element at the high and low-pressure service valves.
rcheuls@gmail.com
WS01.00-N-0006A 001 589 78 21 00 Compression Tester
WS01.00-N-0006A 001 589 78 21 00 Compression Tester
FG 01/03/05/Set A
ENGINES all
Only diesel engines
001 589 78 21 00
Use:
Compression recorder for diesel engines, measuring range 10...40 bar, without connector.
WS01.00-N-0018B 111 589 00 91 00 Connector

WS01.00-N-0018B 111 589 00 91 00 Connector
FG 01/Set B
ENGINES 104, 111 /948 /978, 112, 113, 119, 120, 137, 166, 266, 271, 272, 273
111 589 00 91 00
Use:
Check engine 111.948/978
cylinder leakage (connection piece between test equipment and spark plug bore) M14x1.25.
engine 104, 111, 112, 113, 119, 120, 137, 166, 266, 271, 272, 273
connector for compressed air over spark plug bore for pressure buildup in the combustion chamber.
WS01.00-N-0110B 001 589 00 91 00 Set of Protective Covers

WS01.00-N-0110B 001 589 00 91 00 Set Of Protective Covers
FG 01/03/05/07/08/09/13/14/15/18/20/23/43/47/49/54/Set B
ENGINE all
001 589 00 91 00
Use:
Protective hood set, 5 pieces, 25 mm dia., length 75 mm, to close off openings while performing repair work.
WS01.00-N-0112B 001 589 02 91 00 Set of Protective Covers

WS01.00-N-0112B 001 589 02 91 00 Set Of Protective Covers
FG 01/03/05/07/08/09/13/14/15/18/20/23/43/46/47/49/54/Set B
ENGINE all
rcheuls@gmail.com
001 589 02 91 00
Use:
Protective hood set, 5 pieces, 60 mm dia., length 60 mm, to close off openings while performing repair work.
WS01.00-N-3106C 639 589 00 61 00 Engine Lifting Device

WS01.00-N-3106C 639 589 00 61 00 Engine Lifting Device
FG 01/33/Set C
ENGINE 112, 271, 272, 642, 646, 651, 132
639 589 00 61 00
Use:
Engine lifting device for lifting engine.
WS01.00-P-0018B 111 589 00 91 00 Connector

WS01.00-P-0018B 111 589 00 91 00 Connector
FG 01/Set B
ENGINE 104, 111, 112, 113, 119, 120, 137, 166, 266, 271, 272, 273
111 589 00 91 00
Use:
Connector for air pressure via glow plug bore to pressure build-up in combustion chamber
WS01.00-P-0104C 240 589 00 61 00 Engine Lifting Device

WS01.00-P-0104C 240 589 00 61 00 Engine Lifting Device
FG 01/33/60/Set C
MODEL 164, 166, 171, 172, 197, 203, 204, 207, 209, 211, 212, 216, 218, 219, 221, 230, 231, 240, 251
240 589 00 61 00
Use:
rcheuls@gmail.com
The engine lifting device is designed for lifting the engine assembly.
The engine lifting device is positioned at the left and right suspension strut dome plate as well as at the front left and right longitudinal members.
The engine/transmission unit can be raised or lowered by means of threaded spindles.
Note:
The transmission crossmember must not be slackened when using the engine lifting device.
In addition, only the original shackle supplied may be used.
WS01.00-P-0108-24C 452 589 01 99 24 Straightedge

WS01.00-P-0108-24C 452 589 01 99 24 Straightedge
FG 01/05/07/Set C Separate Part
MODEL all
452 589 01 99 24
Use:
Straightedge (l=400 mm) to check the sealing surface at the cylinder head.
Note:
Smart no.: 001 7025 V001 0000 00.
WS01.00-P-0108C 452 589 01 99 00 Repair Tools For Valves

WS01.00-P-0108C 452 589 01 99 00 Repair Tools For Valves
FG 01/05/07/Set C
MODEL all
452 589 01 99 00
Use:
Repair tools for valves: Tool set for removal/installation of valves as well as valve seat machining.
Note:
smart no.: 001 7001 V001 0000 00.
rcheuls@gmail.com
WS01.00-P-0113B 003 589 03 37 00 Hose Clamp Pliers

WS01.00-P-0113B 003 589 03 37 00 Hose Clamp Pliers
FG 01/07/09/18/20/32/46/54/Set B
ENGINES all
003 589 03 37 00
Use:
Pliers with braced Bowden cable and multiple arrester for actuation of self-tensioning spring bracket and space-saving clamps, particularly in
areas that are difficult to access.
WS01.00-P-0120B 271 589 00 43 00 Installation Tool

WS01.00-P-0120B 271 589 00 43 00 Installation Tool
FG 01/03/Set B
ENGINE 157, 271, 272, 273.92# ## up to 300193, 273.96# /97# ## up to 300345, 276, 278, 629, 642
271 589 00 43 00
Use:
Insertion tool for installing rear crankshaft radial shaft sealing ring, with crankshaft flange diameter of 93 mm.
WS01.00-P-0125B 272 589 00 91 00 Threaded Adapter

WS01.00-P-0125B 272 589 00 91 00 Threaded Adapter
FG 01/05 Set B
ENGINE 152, 156, 157, 159, 271 /951, 272 /979, 273, 276, 278
272 589 00 91 00
Use:
Threaded adapter with threaded connection M10x1 inside to M12x1.25 outside for the pressure loss tester from Bosch.
WS03.00-P-0007B 001 589 32 21 00 Dial Gage

WS03.00-P-0007B 001 589 32 21 00 Dial Gage
FG 01/03/Set B
ENGINE 601.943, 602.980 /982 /983 /984 /985, 612.965, 112, 113, 271, 272, 642, 646, 651, 272, 273
rcheuls@gmail.com
001 589 32 21 00
Use:
Dial indicator, stroke 1 mm, scale value 0.001 mm, for measuring crankshaft radial and axial bearing clearance and cylinder bores.
WS03.00-P-0090B 272 589 00 14 00 Insertion Tool

WS03.00-P-0090B 272 589 00 14 00 Insertion Tool
FG 03/Set B
ENGINE 271, 272, 273
272 589 00 14 00
Use:
Insertion tool for front crankshaft radial shaft sealing ring.
Note:
Replacement for W271 589 01 15 00
WS03.00-P-0102B 112 589 07 40 00 Counterholder

WS03.00-P-0102B 112 589 07 40 00 Counterholder
FG 03/Set B
ENGINE 112, 113, 271, 272 /, 273, 640, 642 /, 646 /
112 589 07 40 00
Use:
Counterholder for fixing in place and unfastening the belt pulley on the air conditioner compressor.
Note:
Partially in combination with 112 589 02 09 00 socket
WS03.00-P-0109B 112 589 02 09 00 Socket

WS03.00-P-0109B 112 589 02 09 00 Socket
FG 03/Set B
ENGINE 112, 113, 271, 272, 273
rcheuls@gmail.com
112 589 02 09 00
Use:
Socket wrench to loosen belt pulley on the air conditioner compressor, e.g. in combination with 112 589 07 40 00 counterholder.
WS05.00-N-0083B 116 589 01 34 00 Threaded Bolt

WS05.00-N-0083B 116 589 01 34 00 Threaded Bolt
FG 01/03/05/ Set B
ENGINE 110.92 /98 /99, 111, 115.97, 116, 117, 119, 155, 156, 157, 159, 271, 272 /979, 273, 275, 276, 278, 601, 602 /981, 603, 604, 605, 606,
612.965, 615, 616, 617, 628, 629, 640, 642, 651
116 589 01 34 00
Use:
Threaded bolt M6, 50 mm long for impact extractor
116 589 20 33 00.
WS05.00-N-0098B 119 589 00 43 00 Drift

WS05.00-N-0098B 119 589 00 43 00 Drift
FG 05/Set B
ENGINES 104, 111, 112, 113, 119, 120, 137, 155, 266, 271 /951, 272, 273, 275, 285, 166, 604, 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 628, 629, 640, 642 / /,
646, 651, 668 with inlet/exhaust valves (valve stem diameter 7 mm)
ENGINES 111.948 /978, 161
119 589 00 43 00
Use:
Pound the valve stem seal into the cylinder head
WS05.00-N-0155B 210 589 00 40 00 Magnetic Pin

WS05.00-N-0155B 210 589 00 40 00 Magnetic Pin
FG 01/05/15/18/25/Set B
ENGINE all
210 589 00 40 00
rcheuls@gmail.com
Use:
Magnetic pin diameter 6 mm, for taking out and inserting small parts.
WS05.00-P-0083B 116 589 01 34 00 Threaded Bolt

WS05.00-P-0083B 116 589 01 34 00 Threaded Bolt
FG 05/01/Set B
ENGINE 110.92 /98 /99, 111, 115.97, 116, 117, 119, 155, 156, 157, 159, 271, 272, 273, 275, 276, 278, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606, 612.965,
615, 616, 617, 628, 629, 640, 642, 651
116 589 01 34 00
Use:
M6Threaded bolt, 50 mm long for impact extractor
116 589 20 33 00
WS05.00-P-0089B 116 589 20 33 00 Impact Extractor

WS05.00-P-0089B 116 589 20 33 00 Impact Extractor
FG 05/01/03/07/ Set B
ENGINE 102.92 /93 /96 /96 /98 /98, 103, 104, 110.92 /98 /99 /99, 111, 116, 117, 119, 120, 155, 156, 157, 159, 270, 271, 272, 273, 275, 276,
278, 285, 601, 602.91 /93 /94 /96 /981 /983, 603.91 /93 /96 /97 /97, 606, 612.965, 615, 616, 617.91 /95, 628, 629, 640, 642, 646, 651
116 589 20 33 00
Use:
Impact extractor for guide rail bolts (basic equipment)
Engine 629, 642

Slide hammer puller for engine oil pan
WS05.00-P-0098B 119 589 00 43 00 Drift

WS05.00-P-0098B 119 589 00 43 00 Drift
FG 05/Set B
ENGINES 104, 111, 112, 113, 119, 120, 137, 155, 266, 271 /951, 272, 273, 275, 285, 166, 604, 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 628, 629, 640, 642 / /,
646, 651, 668 with inlet/exhaust valves (valve stem diameter 7 mm)
119 589 00 43 00
Use:
Drift for pressing valve stem seal onto valve guide.
WS05.00-P-0116B 606 589 00 37 00 Pliers

WS05.00-P-0116B 606 589 00 37 00 Pliers
rcheuls@gmail.com
FG 05/Set B
ENGINE 102, 103, 104, 110, 111, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 137, 152, 155, 156, 159, 166, 266, 271, 272, 273, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606,
611, 612 /965 /966, 613, 615, 616, 617, 628, 629, 640, 642, 646, 647, 648, 651, 668
606 589 00 37 00
Use:
Pliers for pulling off valve stem seal
WS05.00-P-0154-01B 605 589 00 33 02 Puller Bolt

WS05.00-P-0154-01B 605 589 00 33 02 Puller Bolt
FG 05/01/Set B Separate Part
ENGINE 104, 111, 119, 120, 155, 271, 272, 273, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606, 612.965, 628, 629, 640, 642
605 589 00 33 02
Use:
Draw-in bolt M6 / M10 length 80 mm for pulling out slide rail bolts.
WS05.00-P-0154B 605 589 00 33 00 Puller

WS05.00-P-0154B 605 589 00 33 00 Puller
FG 05/Set B
ENGINE 104, 111, 119, 120, 155, 271, 272, 273, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606, 612.965, 628, 629, 640, 642
605 589 00 33 00
Use:
Extractor (overall length 87 mm) for slide rail bolts with thread
M6x14 mm.
WS05.00-P-0160-01C 602 589 04 63 01 Pressure Pins

FG 03/05/Set C Separate Part
ENGINE 166, 271, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606, 611, 612 /965 /966, 613, 615, 616, 617, 629, 642, 646, 647, 648, 651, 668
rcheuls@gmail.com
602 589 04 63 01
Use:
Pressure pins dia. 4 mm (2 in total) for pressure screw
602 589 04 63 00 for chain separating tool 602 589 02 33 00
WS05.00-P-0160C 602 589 04 63 00 Thrust Spindle

WS05.00-P-0160C 602 589 04 63 00 Thrust Spindle
FG 03/05/Set C
ENGINE 166, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 615, 616, 617, 629, 642, 646, 647, 648, 651, 668
ENGINE 612.981, 647.981
ENGINE 612.965 /966
ENGINE 271
602 589 04 63 00
Use:
Pressure screw with pressure pin, dia. 4 mm (2 in total) for bush chains for chain separating tool 602 589 02 33 00.

FG 05/18/Set C Separate Part
ENGINE 102, 103, 104, 110, 111, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 155, 166, 266, 272 /979, 273, 275, 285, 611, 612, 613, 629, 640, 642, 668
ENGINE 611.981 /987 /983, 612.981, 647.981
ENGINE 612.965/ 966
ENGINE 271
ENGINE 648 in MODEL 220
ENGINE 639
ENGINE 646, 647
602 589 05 63 01
Use:
Pressure pins 2.9 mm diameter (5 in total) for pressure screw 602 589 05 63 00 with chain separating tool 602 589 02 33 00
WS05.00-P-0162C 602 589 00 39 00 Riveting Tool

FG 05/18/Set C
ENGINES all
rcheuls@gmail.com
602 589 00 39 00
Use:
Rivet press tool for timing chains (basic unit).
WS05.00-P-0216C 271 589 02 63 00 Assembly Inserts

WS05.00-P-0216C 271 589 02 63 00 Assembly Inserts
FG 03/05/Set C
ENGINE 271
ENGINE 272
ENGINE 273
ENGINE 271.951 in MODEL 906
ENGINE 273.963
271 589 02 63 00
Use:
Assembly inserts D10 and F10 to rivet the drive chain (G44HCF-2) for the Lanchester balance shaft.
WS05.00-P-0238C 271 589 02 40 00 Assembly Link

WS05.00-P-0238C 271 589 02 40 00 Assembly Link
FG 05/Set C
ENGINE 156, 271, 272, 273
ENGINE 272.979
ENGINE 273.963
271 589 02 40 00
Use:
Assembly link for connecting the old oil pump chain with the new oil pump chain while changing an oil pump chain.

FG05/18/Set C
ENGINE all
rcheuls@gmail.com
642 589 00 33 00
Use:
Rivet press tool (basic unit) to rivet timing chains.
Assembly inserts 651 589 04 63 00 should be used for engine 651.
WS05.00-P-3137BA 111 589 25 61 00 Valve Assembly Tools Kit

WS05.00-P-3137BA 111 589 25 61 00 Valve Assembly Tools Kit
FG 05/Set B
ENGINE 104, 111, 112, 113, 119, 120, 122, 132, 134, 135, 152, 155, 156, 159, 160, 166, 266, 270, 271, 272, 273, 601, 602, 603, 604, 605, 606,
611 /980, 612 /965 /966, 613, 628, 629, 639, 640, 642, 646, 647, 648, 651, 660, 668
111 589 25 61 00
Use:
Assembly tool for valve springs in a plastic case.
Note:
For engines with tappet holes in cylinder head assembly of the valve keys is performed automatically by the assembly cartridges.
Consisting of:
Part 1 Empty case
Part 2 Impact pin
Part 3 Lever handle
Part 4 Extension
Part 5 Detent depresser for thrust piece
Part 6 Thrust fork for assembly cartridges
Part 7 Thrust piece for detent depresser
Part 8 Assembly cartridge length 83 mm (gasoline engine)
Part 9 Assembly cartridge length 102 mm (diesel engine)
Part 10 Pilot bushing length 28.6 mm (gasoline engine)
Part 11 Pilot bushing length 53 mm (diesel engine)
Part 12 Retaining fork M 6 X 15 mm
Part 14 Retaining fork M 7 X 30 (bolt length 60 mm)
Part 16 Threaded hook M6 X 23 mm
Part 19 Grid with a joint bearing
WS14.00-N-0001B 103 589 01 39 00 Caulking Bolt

rcheuls@gmail.com
WS14.00-N-0001B 103 589 01 39 00 Caulking Bolt

FG 01/14/49/Set B
ENGINES 102.92 /93 /96 /97 /98 /99, 103, 104, 111 /948 /978, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 137, 156, 271, 272 /979, 273, 642
103 589 01 39 00
Use:
Engine 111.948/978, 112, 272/979:
Pull square nuts into the exhaust manifold.
Engine 102.92/93/96/97/98/99, 103,104, 111, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 137, 156, 271, 272, 273, 264:
Caulking bolt M 8 for self-locking square nut at exhaust manifold
WS14.00-P-0001B 103 589 01 39 00 Caulking Bolt

WS14.00-P-0001B 103 589 01 39 00 Caulking Bolt
FG 14/49/Set B
ENGINE 102.92 /93 /96 /97 /98 /99, 103, 104, 111, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 137, 156, 271, 273, 272, 642 /
103 589 01 39 00
Use:
Caulking bolt M 8 for self-locking square nut at exhaust manifold
WS15.00-P-0016A 112 589 01 09 00 Spark Plug Wrench

WS15.00-P-0016A 112 589 01 09 00 Spark Plug Wrench
FG 05/15/Set A
ENGINE 112, 113, 137, 155, 166, 266, 271, 272, 273, 275, 902, 906
112 589 01 09 00
Use:
Spark plug wrench 5/8 (15.8 mm) with retaining spring and joint, 3/8 square drive, outer diameter 21.4 mm, length 97 mm
Also required for M112/113 commercially available extension 3/8 length 74 mm, e.g. Hazet 8821-3.
WS18.00-P-0011B 124 589 07 21 00 Remote Thermometer

WS18.00-P-0011B 124 589 07 21 00 Remote Thermometer
FG 18/Set B
ENGINES 102 /97, 103, 104, 110, 111, 112, 113, 115.97, 116, 117, 119, 120, 137, 156, 157, 159, 166, 266, 271, 272, 273, 275, 276, 278, 601,
602.91 /93 /94 /96, 603.91 /93 /96, 604, 605, 606, 611, 612 /965 /966 /981, 613, 615, 616, 617.91 /93 /95, 628, 629, 640, 642, 646, 647.981,
648.960, 651, 668
rcheuls@gmail.com
124 589 07 21 00
Use:
Remote thermometer 0 to 150 °C for measuring engine oil temperature
WS18.00-P-0024B 120 589 07 21 00 Measuring Rod

WS18.00-P-0024B 120 589 07 21 00 Measuring Rod
FG 18/01/05/09/Set B
ENGINE 112, 113, 646, 271, 272, 273, 647, 648, 651
120 589 07 21 00
Use:
Measuring rod for measuring oil level and for checking length of oil pipe.
WS20.00-P-0019B 210 589 03 63 00 Adapter

WS20.00-P-0019B 210 589 03 63 00 Adapter
FG 20/Set B
MODEL 140, 164, 166, 170, 171, 197, 199, 202, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 218, 219, 220, 230, 246, 251, 461, 463 with screw
cap on expansion reservoir
MODEL 221 with ENGINE 642 with screw cap on expansion reservoir
MODEL 221 with ENGINE 629 with screw cap on expansion reservoir
210 589 03 63 00
Use:
Adapter for checking the cap with thread to the Test equipment 124 589 24 21 00.
WS49.00-P-0007B 270 589 01 63 00 Adapter Kit

WS49.00-P-0007B 270 589 01 63 00 Adapter Kit
FG 49/Set B
ENGINES 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 276, 278
rcheuls@gmail.com
270 589 01 63 00
Use:
For checking leak tightness for false air on the catalytic converter.
Note:
In combination with 611 589 02 21 00 the leak tightness checking device.
WS00.00-N-0001Z 000 589 01 10 00 Torx Bit Set

WS00.00-N-0001Z 000 589 01 10 00 Torx Bit Set
FG 00/01/14/20/25/46
68/72/77/91/Set B
MODEL all
000 589 01 10 00
Use:
32-piece Torx bit set for internal Torx bolts.
Consists of two bits of each size with a hexagon drive 6,3 mm shape C
T6, T7, T8, T9, T10, T15, T20, T25, T27, T30 with hexagon drive 8 mm shape C
T40, T45, T50, T55 and connecting pieces
1/4" 4-point drive mount 6.3 mm,
1/2" 4-point drive mount 8.0 mm
WS00.00-N-0011Z 000 589 88 33 00 Puller, Two-Arm

WS00.00-N-0011Z 000 589 88 33 00 Puller, Two-Arm
FG 00
FG 07/15/26/27/35/41/
Set C
MODEL all
000 589 88 33 00
Use:
Puller, span 20...120 mm, throat depth 125 mm.
WS00.00-N-0013Z 001 589 53 21 00 Dial Gage

WS00.00-N-0013Z 001 589 53 21 00 Dial Gage
FG 00/01/03/05/09/13/18/23/26/28/33/35/41/42/46/83/Set B
MODEL all
rcheuls@gmail.com
001 589 53 21 00
Use:
Dial indicator with measuring insert for adjusting bearing play.
Lift 20 mm, scale value 0.01 mm, measuring insert 25 mm long.
WS00.00-N-0015Z 001 589 66 21 00 Torque Wrench

FG 00
FG 07/08/Set B
MODEL all
001 589 66 21 00
Use:
Torque wrench 20 to 120 Nm, 14x18 mm plug-in square, 1/2" plug-in ratchet.

FG 00
FG 07/43/Set A
001 589 67 21 00
Use:
Torque wrench with ratchet adapter, drive 1/2" square, 40 to 200 Nm, signal-producing.

FG 00
FG 33/35/Set B
MODEL all
001 589 74 21 00
Use:
Torque wrench, 160 - 800 Nm, length 1051 mm, with permanently installed ratchet, with click signal, 3/4" square.
WS00.00-N-0020Z 001 589 76 09 00 External Torx Set

rcheuls@gmail.com
WS00.00-N-0020Z 001 589 76 09 00 External Torx Set

FG 00
FG 26/Set B
MODEL all
001 589 76 09 00
Use:
External 9-piece torx set consisting of screwdriver inserts with
1/4" Square drive E4, E5, E6
WS00.00-N-0021Z 001 589 81 21 00 Torque Screwdriver

WS00.00-N-0021Z 001 589 81 21 00 Torque Screwdriver
FG 00
MODEL all
001 589 81 21 00
Application:
Torque screwdriver 1/4" square, 15 - 75 Ncm
WS00.00-N-0023Z 116 589 02 07 00 Screwdriver, 5 mm

WS00.00-N-0023Z 116 589 02 07 00 Screwdriver, 5 mm
FG 00
FG 26/Set B
MODEL all
116 589 02 07 00
Use:
Screwdriver bit 300 mm for hexagon socket screws 5 mm.
WS00.00-N-0050Z 000 589 25 33 00 Internal Extractor

FG 00
FG 15/26/Set C
MODEL all
rcheuls@gmail.com
000 589 25 33 00
Use:
Internal extractor, diameter 14...19 mm.
WS00.00-N-0055Z 387 589 02 37 00 Clamping Pliers

WS00.00-N-0055Z 387 589 02 37 00 Clamping Pliers
FG 00
MODEL all
Modification notes
387 589 02 37 00
Use:
Clamp pliers for plastic tubing 6, 8, 10, 11 and 12 mm diameter for assembly of connectors.
WS00.00-N-0261A 003 589 05 09 00 Torque Tool Set

WS00.00-N-0261A 003 589 05 09 00 Torque Tool Set
FG 00
FG 01/09/Set A
MODEL all
003 589 05 09 00
Use:
Torque tool set, 29-piece, consisting of:
^ open-end wrench bit, sz. 7 to 17 mm,
^ box wrench bit, sz. 7 to 17 mm,
^ box wrench bit, sz. 10 to 17 mm open,
^ reversible ratchet, drive 3/8" square as bit,
^ torque wrench for socket wrench, 5 to 60 Nm.
WS00.00-N-3018Z 001 589 44 21 00 Torque Wrench Handle
rcheuls@gmail.com
WS00.00-N-3018Z 001 589 44 21 00 Torque Wrench Handle

FG 00
FG 01/07/26/41/ 42/Set A
MODEL all
001 589 44 21 00
Use:
Torque wrench handle, 50...200 Nm.

FG 00/26/28/33/35/43/ Set C
MODEL all
000 589 31 33 00
Use:
Internal extractor diameter 56 to 70 mm.
WS00.00-N-3033Z 000 589 35 33 00 Countersupport

WS00.00-N-3033Z 000 589 35 33 00 Countersupport
FG 00
FG 23/26/27/28/33/35/42/43/46/Set C
MODEL all
000 589 35 33 00
Use:
Counter stay for internal extractor with diameter 56 - 110 mm.
WS00.00-N-3046Z 000 589 03 65 00 Spring Balance

WS00.00-N-3046Z 000 589 03 65 00 Spring Balance
FG 00
MODEL all
Modification notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
000 589 03 65 00
Use:
Spring balance 0 - 100 N (0 - 10 Kp)

FG 00
FG 26/32/33/35/42/Set B
MODEL all
001 589 75 21 00
Use:
Torque wrench 4 to 20 Nm with ratchet adapter, drive 3/8" square.
WS00.00-P-0008Z 000 589 67 21 00 Torque Wrench

FG 00/43
MODEL all
Modification notes
000 589 67 21 00
Use:
Torque wrench, 1/4" square, 4 - 25 Nm

FG 00
MODEL all
Modification notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
001 589 51 21 00
Use:
3/8" square torque wrench, 8 - 32 Nm
WS00.00-P-0030Z 000 589 10 99 00 Tool Kit

WS00.00-P-0030Z 000 589 10 99 00 Tool Kit
FG 00
FG 05/07/23/Set A
MODEL all
rcheuls@gmail.com
000 589 10 99 00
Use:
32-piece tool kit, 1/2" square drive.
WS00.00-P-0034B 000 589 00 21 00 Test Box

WS00.00-P-0034B 000 589 00 21 00 Test Box
FG 00/01/07/Set B
MODEL all
Modification notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
000 589 00 21 00
Use:
Test box (socket box), 189-pin, for connecting electrical systems with model-specific adapter cable sets.
WS00.00-P-0055Z 387 589 02 37 00 Clamping Pliers

WS00.00-P-0055Z 387 589 02 37 00 Clamping Pliers
FG 00
MODEL all
Modification notes
387 589 02 37 00
Use:
Clamp pliers for plastic tubing 6, 8, 10, 11 and 12 mm diameter for assembly of connectors.
WS00.00-P-0274K 110 589 03 59 00 Mounting Wedge

WS00.00-P-0274K 110 589 03 59 00 Mounting Wedge
FG 00/01/05/13/18/26/30/42/43/46/54/67/68/72/77/80/82/83/88/91/Set K
MODEL all
110 589 03 59 00
Use:
Assembly wedge for various assembly work.
WS00.00-P-0279Z 220 589 05 99 00 Electrical Connection Kit
rcheuls@gmail.com
WS00.00-P-0279Z 220 589 05 99 00 Electrical Connection Kit

FG 00/01/09/13/15/20/25/42/43/47/54/72/Set B
MODEL all
Modification notes
220 589 05 99 00
Use:
Electrical connection kit for contacting during voltage/current/resistance measurements and for connection of the compression tester.
Note:
Kit corresponds to 220 589 00 99 00 plus the separate parts -14, -15, -34, -35, -36, -37, -38, and -39
WS00.00-P-0280Z 210 589 00 71 00 Hand Pump

WS00.00-P-0280Z 210 589 00 71 00 Hand Pump
FG 00/01/07/09/20/25/27/32/33/43/46/88
MODEL all
Modification notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
210 589 00 71 00
Use:
Hand pump for oil, coolant drainage.
Note:
With engine 611.981/983/987, 612.981 also for bleeding the low pressure fuel circuit
With transmission 716, 722, also for flushing the oil cooler and oil cooler lines.
WS00.00-P-0282Z 171 589 01 31 00 Vehicle Hoist Securing Tool

WS00.00-P-0282Z 171 589 01 31 00 Vehicle Hoist Securing Tool
FG 00/01/25/26/27/32/33/35/46
MODEL 117, 166, 171.4, 172, 176, 203, 204, 207, 209, 211, 212, 216, 218, 219, 221, 230, 231, 246
171 589 01 31 00
Use:
Vehicle hoist securing tool for securing vehicles on the hoist. Prevents the vehicle from tilting when the engine or rear axle is removed.
Note:
An assembly consists of 2 units. The vehicle hoist securing tool must be installed on at least one axle. This prevents the vehicle from tilting when
the engine or rear axle is removed.
WS00.19-N-0004B 930 589 00 99 00 Supplemental Truck Wiring Harness Repair Kit

WS00.19-N-0004B 930 589 00 99 00 Supplemental Truck Wiring Harness Repair Kit
FG 00/Set B
MODEL all
Modification notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
930 589 00 99 00
Use:
Wiring harness repair kit supplement for trucks, for repairing individual lines, wiring harnesses and connectors.
Notice:
In combination with 000 589 13 99 00 Wiring harness basic repair kit.
WS00.19-P-0002B 220 589 02 99 00 Wiring Harness Repair Kit

WS00.19-P-0002B 220 589 02 99 00 Wiring Harness Repair Kit
FG 00
FG 54/83/Set B
MODEL all
Modification notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
220 589 02 99 00
Use:
Wiring harness repair kit for repair of individual lines, wiring harnesses and connectors.
WS00.19-P-0006B 220 589 04 99 00 New Passenger Car Wiring Harness Repair Kit
WS00.19-P-0006B 220 589 04 99 00 New Passenger Car Wiring Harness Repair Kit
FG 00/Set B
MODEL all
Modification notes
220 589 04 99 00
Use:
rcheuls@gmail.com
Wiring harness repair kit for repairing single lines, wiring harnesses and connectors in combination with basic wiring harness repair kit 000 589
13 99 00.
WS00.19-P-0007-02B 000 589 13 99 02 Blade Insert

WS00.19-P-0007-02B 000 589 13 99 02 Blade Insert
FG 00/Set B Separate Part
MODEL all
Modification notes
000 589 13 99 02
Use:
Insert for keeping the blades of the standard wiring harness repair set 000 589 13 99 00 as well as its additions.
WS00.19-P-0007B 000 589 13 99 00 Wiring Harness Repair Kit, Basic

WS00.19-P-0007B 000 589 13 99 00 Wiring Harness Repair Kit, Basic
FG 00/Set B
MODEL all
rcheuls@gmail.com
000 589 13 99 00
Use:
Wiring harness repair kit for repairing single lines, wiring harnesses and connectors in combination with wiring harness repair kit supplement for
passenger cars 220 589 04 99 00 and wiring harness repair kit supplement for commercial vehicles 930 589 00 99 00.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Vehicle: Technician Safety Information
AH00.00-N-0001-01A Notes on Self-Locking Nuts and Bolts

AH00.00-N-0001-01A Notes on self-locking nuts and bolts
Important repair information

Bolts with locking splines, micro-encapsulated bolts and self locking nuts must always be replaced after being used once.
There is an increased risk of injury when unscrewing micro encapsulated bolts due to the sudden breakaway torque.
Before new micro-encapsulated bolts are screwed in, the mating thread must be re-cut in order to remove all the residue of the old bolt locking
compound.
AS54.00-Z-0001-01A Risk Of Death When Touching Components On Vehicles With High-voltage

On-board Electrical System
AS54.00-Z-0001-01A Risk Of Death When Touching Components On Vehicles With High-voltage On-board Electrical System
DANGER: Do not touch components and open lines of the high-voltage on-board electrical system. Persons who are carriers of electronic
implants (e.g. cardiac pacemakers), must not carry out any work on high-voltage on-board electrical systems.
High-voltage on-board electrical system
Voltage values of > 120 volt apply in the entire high-voltage on- board electrical system.
Risk of death caused by electric shock
Burns, fibrillation of the heart or cardiac arrest due to electric shock can occur when touching components of the high-voltage on-board electrical
system. The consequences of an electric shock may also only occur after a few minutes, therefore a doctor should be consulted in every case.
Safety instructions/precautions
- Persons who are carriers of electronic implants (e.g. cardiac pacemakers), must not carry out any work on high-voltage onboard electrical
systems.
- Open lines and components of the high-voltage on-board electrical system must not be touched under any circumstances.
In particular this affects accident vehicles before the high- voltage on-board electrical system is put out of action.
- Work on components of the high-voltage on-board electrical system may only be carried out by persons proven to have taken part in special
qualification measures and who have completed special electrotechnical training and are authorized.
AS54.10-Z-0001-01A Risk Of Explosion From Gas. Risk Of Poisoning And Burns From Swallowing
Battery Electrolyte.
AS54.10-Z-0001-01A Risk Of Explosion From Gas. Risk Of Poisoning And Burns From Swallowing Battery Electrolyte. Risk Of Injury To
Eyes And Skin As Result Of Caustic Burns From Battery Electrolyte Or From Handling Damaged Lead- Acid Batteries.
DANGER: No fire, sparks, naked flames or smoking. Wear acid-resistant gloves, clothing and eye protection. Pour battery electrolyte
only into suitable and appropriately marked containers.
Possible hazards
Risk of explosion
A highly explosive gas mixture is produced when charging lead-acid batteries.
Risk of poisoning
If battery electrolyte is swallowed, this can result in manifestations of poisoning such as headaches, dizziness, stomach pain, respiratory paralysis,
unconsciousness, vomiting and cramps.
Battery electrolyte mist causes caustic burns to the eyes. If swallowed, this can result in caustic burns to the mucous membranes and respiratory
passages.
The absorption of lead in the body can cause damage to blood, nerves and kidneys; in addition, lead compounds are considered to represent a
reproductive hazard.
Injury hazard
Battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid which can cause severe caustic burns to skin and eyes. Strict caution is required when leadhandling
damaged lead-acid batteries (removing from vehicle damaged in accident) because of the sharp edges on the fractured housing and direct contact
with the lead plates.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Protective measures/rules of conduct

- Charge lead-acid batteries only in well ventilated areas.
- No fire, sparks, naked flames or smoking.
- Do not place any tool or other conducting objects onto the lead-acid battery (risk of short-circuit).
- Disconnect and remove lead-acid batteries for charging.
- Always disconnect negative terminal first of all; always connect positive terminal first of all.
- Do not switch on the charger until after it has been connected to the terminals; switch it off before disconnecting.
- Keep lead-acid batteries and battery electrolyte away from unauthorized persons.
Pour battery electrolyte only into suitable and appropriately marked containers.
- Always store lead-acid batteries horizontally.
- Ensure the gassing line is properly connected.
- Ensure the gassing line does not have any kinks and is not blocked at any point.
- Pay attention to instructions for use of the particular lead-acid battery and the operating instructions of the vehicle.
- Wear acid-resistant clothing and eye protection with side guards.
First-aid measures
Eye contact
^ Rinse out eyes immediately with plenty of water.
Skin contact
^ Take off moistened clothing.
^ Immediately neutralize acid splashes on skin or clothing with acid converter or soap suds and rinse off with plenty of water.
Inhaling battery electrolyte mist

^ Take the affected person out into the fresh air.
Swallowing battery electrolyte

^ Have the person affected drink plenty of water with the addition of activated charcoal.
As a general rule, the person affected should consult a medical service or doctor after first-aid has been rendered.
Fire protection measures
Suitable extinguishing agents

- CO(2) and dry extinguishing agent
AS54.10-Z-0001-02A Risk Of Injury Caused By Contact With Battery Gel When Handling
Damaged Lead-Gel Batteries
AS54.10-Z-0001-02A Risk Of Injury Caused By Contact With Battery Gel When Handling Damaged Lead-gel Batteries
rcheuls@gmail.com
DANGER: No fires, sparks, open flames or smoking. Wear acid-resistant gloves, clothing and safety glasses.
Potential risks
Risk of poisoning
If battery gel is swallowed this can cause poisoning symptoms such as headaches, dizziness, stomach aches, respiratory paralysis, unconsciousness,
vomiting, caustic burns and cramps. The absorption of lead in the body can cause damage to blood, nerves and kidneys; in addition, lead
compounds are considered to represent a reproductive hazard.
Risk of injury
Battery electrolyte gel is just as caustic as normal electrolyte fluid and can cause serious caustic burns to the skin and eyes. Strict caution is required
when handling damaged lead-gel batteries (e.g. when removing from a vehicle damaged in an accident) due to the sharp edges on a broken housing
and direct contact with the lead plates.
Safety precautions and rules of conduct

- No fires, sparks, open flames or smoking.
- Keep tools and other conductive objects away from lead-gel batteries (risk of short-circuit).
- Disconnect and remove lead-gel batteries for charging.
- Always disconnect negative terminal before positive terminal connect positive terminal before and always negative terminal.
- Switch on the charging equipment only after connecting to the terminals and switch off the charging equipment before disconnecting from
the terminals.
- Keep lead-gel batteries away from unauthorized persons (especially children).
- Observe the instructions of the particular lead-gel battery and the operator's manual of the vehicle.
- Wear acid-resistant clothing and eye protection with side guards.
- Only fill gel into suitable and appropriately marked containers.
First aid measures
Eye contact
^ Rinse out eyes immediately with plenty of water.
Skin contact
^ Remove affected clothing.
^ Immediately neutralize acid or gel on skin or clothing with acid converter or soap suds and rinse off with plenty of water.
Swallowing battery gel

^ Have the person affected drink plenty of water with the addition of activated charcoal.
As a general rule, always consult a medical service or doctor after first-aid has been rendered.

- CO(2) and dry extinguishing agent
AP00.20-P-0000-02A Safety Notes/Warning Notes
AP00.20-P-0000-02A Safety Notes/warning Notes
Safety information (hazardous situations for persons), warnings (quality of work, property damage).
These notes are identified by the following symbols (logos):
In order to rule out any risk of personal injury, to avoid impairing the reliability and safety of the vehicle, and to prevent damage to the vehicle as a
result of work improperly carried out, these instructions are to be read carefully and complied with in full.
Consequently, it is not possible for Daimler AG to evaluate in the last consequence every situation which might present a risk of injury for the
operative. It is therefore essential that anyone performing repair work on Mercedes-Benz passenger cars applies his professional expertise in order
to satisfy himself that his own safety is not at risk and that the vehicle will not be impaired in any way, in particular in terms of safety, by the
method of repair selected.
It is therefore expressly pointed out that all work for the operations described must be carried out in compliance with valid directives and
instructions from the responsible local authorities and those relating to health, work safety and environmental protection.
rcheuls@gmail.com
AS00.00-Z-0002-01A Risk Of Injury. Skin Or Eye Injuries May Result When Handling Hot Or
Glowing Objects.
AS00.00-Z-0002-01A Risk Of Injury. Skin Or Eye Injuries May Result When Handling Hot Or Glowing Objects.
DANGER: Wear protective gloves, protective clothing and (where necessary) safety glasses.
Risk of injury
Unprotected contact with hot or glowing objects may cause severe burns to the skin and eyes.
If glowing objects come into contact with water, hot steam or hot splashing water may result in severe skin and eye burns. Severe and possibly
permanent injuries may result if hot or glowing objects come into contact with unprotected skin or eyes.
Fire may result if glowing objects come into contact with flammable materials or substances.
Safety precautions/instructions
- Wear protective clothing, safety glasses and heat-resistant gloves.
- Transport hot or glowing objects using approved equipment only.
- When handling glowing objects, avoid sparks and keep objects away from flammable materials and substances.
First aid measures

- Flush the affected skin areas with plenty of cold water and dress with sterile bandages.
- Consult a doctor without delay.
AS00.00-Z-0004-01A Risk Of Death. Death May Occur If Body Parts Are Drawn Into Rotating
Vehicle Parts.
AS00.00-Z-0004-01A Risk Of Death. Death May Occur If Body Parts Are Drawn Into Rotating Vehicle Parts.
DANGER:
Do not reach into rotating parts. Wear closed and snug-fitting work clothes.
Secure area near rotating vehicle parts against unauthorized access.
Risk of death
Freely rotating parts near the running engine and around the drive train can cause serious injuries.
During all work on rotating driven axles the opposite wheel hub spins in rotation as well. This produces a blind hazard area that must be protected
from unauthorized access.
- Wear closed and snug-fitting work clothes.
- Remove all items of jewelry, such as chains, rings, etc.
- Restrain long hair by wearing an appropriate head cover.
- Set up appropriate shielding (e.g. barrier, safety guard) to secure blind hazard areas against unauthorized access.
AS00.00-Z-0014-01A Risk of Injury. Rubber Mounts and Bearing Parts Can Suddenly Come Loose
During Installation/Removal and
AS00.00-Z-0014-01A Risk Of Injury. Rubber Mounts And Bearing Parts Can Suddenly Come Loose During Installation/removal And
Shoot Wildly Through The Air.
DANGER: Shield hazard area with suitable catch device (basket, grate box). Also ensure that no unauthorized persons are present in the
hazard area.
Risk of injury
When installing and removing tight transverse control arm mounts, the rubber mounts can be put under extremely high tension. If one of the mounts
is released suddenly it can shoot out of the installation bore hitting and injuring anyone in the immediate area.
- When pressing parts in and out ensure that no one is in the immediate vicinity and therefore in the hazard area except for the person
performing the work.
- Also secure the pressing point (hazard area) with a suitable catch device (basket, grate box).
- When pressing out loosen mount by tapping a number of times with a hammer. Press out in a number of intervals relieving the pressure in
between.
AS00.00-Z-0015-01A Risk of Explosion From Pressurized Spray Cans
AS00.00-Z-0015-01A Risk Of Explosion From Pressurized Spray Cans
rcheuls@gmail.com
DANGER: Protect cans from direct sunlight and temperatures above 50 °C
Risk of explosion
Spray cans (engine compartment preservative, paints, etc.) are pressurized and can explode when heated up to above 50 °C.
- Protect spray cans from the sun's rays or temperatures above 50 °C. After use do not drill or incinerate the spray can.
- Only use in well ventilated areas, wear respiratory protection if necessary.
AS00.00-Z-0021-01A Risk of Death Caused By Coming Into Contact With Components of A 220 V
System
AS00.00-Z-0021-01A Risk Of Death Caused By Coming Into Contact With Components Of A 220 V System
DANGER: Do not touch voltage conducting parts in the 220 V system
Risk of death caused by electric shock
Risk of death caused by coming into contact with electrical parts of the 220 V system. Electric shocks can cause fibrillation of the heart or even
cardiac arrest. It may also take several minutes for the consequences of an electric shock to show themselves; for this reason always contact a
doctor.
Risk of injury caused by burns
Electric shock or direct body contact with a power source can lead to burns or scalding.
Never connect the 220 V power supply to an outside socket during any repair work.
Do not touch any conductive parts of the 220 V system.
Before beginning any work always:

- Disconnect the 220 V system
- Ensure that the 220 V system cannot be reactivated
- Ensure that no voltage is present
- Ensure that the parts you are working on are grounded and short circuited
All repair work should be performed only by a trained electrician or under the direction and supervision of a trained electrician.
Persons who wear electronic implants (e.g. heart pacemakers) must not carry out any work on such components.
When performing any repair work on the 220 V system, proper insulated protective clothing must be worn and insulated tools and protective
devices must be used as per the safety regulations.
Observe country-specific regulations.
First aid measures
The shocked person must be immediately removed from the electric circuit.
Use protective gloves and a wood board or a wood ladder to push or move the shocked person out of the danger zone.
First attempt to turn off the power.
- Check for breathing. If there is no breathing or insufficient breathing, the preferable action is to perform mouth-to-mouth resuscitation. If
necessary, carry out CPR.
- If victim is unconscious, but breathing, place victim in the recovery position.
- Sterile bandages for burns.
If any of these symptoms occur, consult a physician immediately.

AS00.19-Z-0001-01A Risk of Injury Caused By Burns to Skin and Eyes. Risk of Poisoning Caused
By Inhaling Fumes When Working
AS00.19-Z-0001-01A Risk Of Injury Caused By Burns To Skin And Eyes. Risk Of Poisoning Caused By Inhaling Fumes When Working
With Heat-shrinkable Tubing.
DANGER: Work in well ventilated rooms only. Wear safety glasses with side protection and protective gloves.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Potential risks
Risk of injury
When working with heat-shrinkable tubing, excessive temperatures may cause burns to skin and eye.
Risk of poisoning
When working with heat-shrinkable tubing, vapors may be produced which lead to symptoms of poisoning such as coughing, headaches, dizziness
and nausea. Moreover, irritation may occur to the respiratory paths and eyes.
- Work only in well ventilated rooms.
- Avoid overheating the heat-shrinkable tubing.
- Stop heat-shrinking immediately if the shrink hose becomes blistered or charred or shows other signs of damage.
- Do not inhale the vapors.
- Avoid contact with melted shrink tubing.
- Wear safety glasses with side protection and protective gloves.
First aid measures
When eyes or skin come in contact with melted shrink tubing

- Flush the affected area immediately with plenty of water for approx. 15 minutes.
- Treat affected areas like burn wounds. Do not remove any burned parts.
- Contact physician or medical service.
When vapor is inhaled:

- Take victim to fresh air.
- Keep victim calm and cover with a blanket.
- Contact physician or medical service.

- Water mist, general-purpose foam, powder, carbon dioxide
- Protective equipment for firefighters (compressed air equipment, oxygen apparatus, chemical resistant protective clothing)
AS15.10-Z-0001-01A Risk of Death Caused By Contact With Parts Conducting High Voltages
AS15.10-Z-0001-01A Risk Of Death Caused By Contact With Parts Conducting High Voltages.
Danger!
Do not touch parts which conduct high voltages. Persons who wear electronic implants (e.g. heart pacemakers) should never perform
any work on the ignition system
Risk of death caused by high voltages in the ignition system

Electronic ignition systems operate within a hazardous power range both at the low voltage side (primary circuit) as well as on the high voltage
side (secondary circuit). Contacts with such parts can result in burns, heart flutter or cardiac arrest.
- Persons with heart pacemakers must not perform any work on the ignition system.
- Switch ignition off before commencing any work on the ignition system.
- Do not touch or dismantle components of ignition system when working on running or rotating engine with cranking speed.
- Wear safety shoes (with rubber soles).
- Detach the crankshaft position sensor connection either at the control unit or at the position sensor.
- Do not install any electrically conducting, uninsulated adapters or installation sensors into the ignition cable.
First aid measures

^ Switch off current, move injured person to safety.
rcheuls@gmail.com
^ Immediately notify an emergency physician.
^ Perform mouth to mouth respiration, if necessary.
^ Perform cardiopulmonary resuscitation, if necessary.
OS00.00-P-1000-01A Notes on Scrapping Gas-Filled Hydraulic Components All

OS00.00-P-1000-01A Notes on Scrapping Gas-filled Hydraulic Components All
Unusable gas pressure dampers, spring accumulators, pressure reservoirs and impact absorbers have to be depressurized before being scrapped
according to the respective valid accident prevention regulations. These safety measures are necessary because gas pressurized hydraulic parts
can explode if heat is applied. A risk of explosion is given, e.g. when scrapping with cutting torches, smelting or if gas pressurized parts in
landfills start to burn or are part of a smoldering fire.
The scrapping of gas-filled hydraulic parts can also be handed over to a scrap dealer who carries out the required safety measures. If accepted,
the scrap dealer must sign an official declaration (see sample), in which he/she is bound to scrap gas filled hydraulic parts in accordance with the
respective valid accident prevention regulations.
This type of agreement however does require that it is absolutely impossible to retrieve shock absorbers from the scrap which can then be
subsequently repaired. Any such devices therefore need to be damaged to permanently disable them for any reuse. To this end it is sufficient to
bang the shock absorber pipe on a hard edge, to make a dent in it with a light hammer blow or to crush it slightly in a vise.
Danger
On no account should the piston rod be bent, this may cause an accident!
If agreements to render gas-filled hydraulic parts harmless, cannot be made with a scrap dealer, then the specified safety measures must be
performed by the owner. For accident prevention reasons, safety glasses and gloves must be worn as protection against any escaping gas and oil
as well as drill shavings. The balance holes are to be drilled with as little operating speed as possible. Any escaping oil is to be collected.
OS00.00-P-1001-01A Releasing Gas From Gas Strut and Emptying

OS00.00-P-1001-01A Releasing Gas From Gas Strut and Emptying
1 Clamp gas-operated strut in machine vise of pillar drilling machine.

Conrod must point away from body, no other persons must be within danger area.
2 Drill gas-operated strut approx. 20 mm (dimension a) from bottom of gas-operated strut diameter with a 3 mm drill (arrow). Drill with as
little force as possible.
3 Unclamp gas-operated strut, pump gas-operated strut empty by pressing conrod in several times.
Observe regulations for disposal of hydraulic oil.
4 Dispose of gas-operated strut (worn part).
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine: Application and ID
AH01.00-P-0001-01D Notes On Position Of Engine Number
ENGINE 112, 113, 120, 137, 271, 272, 273, 275, 285, 628, 629, 642, 651
Shown on engine 275
The engine number is located on the upper right transmission flange.
With OM 642 the engine number is located on the left front on the cylinder crankcase below the vacuum pump
With OM 651 the engine number is located on the left side on the cylinder crankcase below the vacuum pump
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine: Description and Operation
AP01.00-P-1000ZZ Cleaning and preserving engine and engine compartment
Cleaning and preserving engine and engine compartment
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine: Testing and Inspection
AR01.00-P-1300CW Check Cylinders For Leaks
AR01.00-P-1300CW Check cylinders for leaks
rcheuls@gmail.com
Steps 1-10
Cylinder leakage
Special Tools
rcheuls@gmail.com
AR01.00-P-1300-01VA Connect Cylinder Leakage Testing Unit
272 589 00 91 00
Threaded adapter
1 Calibrate cylinder leakage tester (04).

Cylinder leakage tester (pressure loss)
gotis://A_01_04.0
2 Screw threaded adapter (06) to high-pressure testing hose (05).
3 Turn threaded adapter (06) with high-pressure testing hose (05) in tapped bore for spark plug.
4 Mount high-pressure testing hose (05) on cylinder leakage tester (04).
Shown on engine 272.963
rcheuls@gmail.com
AR18.00-P-0025-05QB Determine Oil Consumption
AR18.00-P-0025-05QB Determine Oil Consumption
Weigh engine oil
1 Allow engine oil to drain in the oil reservoir provided.

When oil filler cap is opened and engine is at operating temperature.
2 Place oil reservoir on a balance and weigh.
3 Note oil mass in kg and kilometer reading for the vehicle.
4 Fill up the engine with the prescribed quantity of engine oil.
5 Fit remaining parts to vehicle
Determine oil consumption
1 Weigh engine oil.
3 Perform measurement run.
4 Weigh engine oil again.

To prevent measurement errors, the new measurement must be carried out at the place of the first oil measurement!
6 Determine differential mass and measurement distance.
rcheuls@gmail.com
AR18.00-P-1250CW Check Oil Pressure
ENGINES 271 in MODEL 172, 204, 207, 212
01 Remote thermometer
02 Tester cap
03 Tester
1 Oil filter cover
2 Filter element
3 Sealing rings
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
103 589 00 21 00
Tester
124 589 07 21 00
Remote thermometer
271 589 03 63 00
Tester cap
271 589 04 63 00
Tester cap
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine: Procedures
AH00.00-P-0007-01SF Notes on Bolted Connections With Self Tapping Screws

AH00.00-P-0007-01SF Notes on bolted connections with self tapping screws
General:
Terms:
"Self-tapping" is the generic term and it comprises both "thread-forming" and "thread-cutting". The following covers only thread forming screws
that meet the globally applicable "TAPTITE" standard.
Properties:
Thread forming screws create a screw-in thread in prefabricated core holes via typical conical crests without cutting.
The screw-in threads created by thread forming screws can easily take up screws with a metric ISO thread (standard screw).
Automatic centering during initial manual installation of self-tapping screws is given.
Repair and replacement solutions:

^ It is permissible to reuse an existing or other used thread forming screw.
^ The installation of a new thread forming screw into an already existing screw-in thread is not permissible.
^ It is permissible to replace a thread forming screw with a new or used standard screw. The length of the standard screw must be three threads
(groove tip) shorter than the length of the originally installed thread forming screw.
AR33.10-P-0105CW Attach Engine Lifting Device
AR33.10-P-0105CW Attach engine lifting device
rcheuls@gmail.com
Remove/install Steps 1-2
Remove/install Steps 2 (Continued)-6
Special Tools
AH01.10-P-0001-01A Use of Engine No. When Installing Reconditioned Engines and Factory-New
Replacement Engines or Crankcases
rcheuls@gmail.com
AH01.10-P-0001-01A Use of engine no. when installing reconditioned engines and factory-new replacement engines or crankcases
The engine number has a different legal significance in individual countries. In the Federal Republic of Germany, for example, it has been
classified by the legislative authorities since mid-1972 as "insignificant in terms of traffic legislation". It is therefore no longer included in the
vehicle title document and vehicle registration document.
Practically all other countries continue to require the indication of the engine number on motor vehicles which are registered in such countries. In
dealing with international traffic, the authorities proceed on the basis of the provisions of the country in which the vehicle is registered.
In order to avoid any problems on the occasion of vehicle checks or when crossing international frontiers as a result of the lack of or incorrect
engine number, the following directives have to be observed when carrying out repairs.
1. Directives for vehicles which are registered in the Federal Republic of Germany
a) In the case of vehicles for which no engine number is indicated in the vehicle registration document (first registration after approx.
mid-1972), it is not necessary to stamp or revise an engine number if a replacement engine or crankcase of the same type is fitted.
b) If an engine number is indicated in the vehicle registration document, it is possible, if an engine of the same type is fitted, to transfer the
number of the removed component to the new engine, or the appropriate authority (vehicle inspection authority, vehicle registration
authority) should be requested to delete the engine number in the vehicle title document or registration document. The German Federal
Minister of Transport has issued appropriate ministerial orders in Transport Gazette 1973, p. 66.
2. Vehicles which are registered outside of the Federal Republic of Germany

If a reconditioned engine or factory-new replacement engine or crankcase is fitted and this is of the identical type, it is then necessary to adopt
the engine number of the engine removed and to transfer it to the new engine or crankcase.
Note
It is possible in the case of various engines only to stamp the engine number in place when the engine is removed.
For this reason, pay attention to the particular directives stated in Para 3 for the installation of reconditioned engines, crankcases and short
blocks.
3. Special directives
3.1 Installation of factory-new replacement engine of identical type

a) If a factory-new engine is installed and an engine number is required (e.g. vehicle registered outside of the Federal Republic of Germany), the
number of the factory-new engine must be ground off and the number of the originally installed engine of identical type stamped in its place.
b) If the factory-new engine is fitted with an engine type plate (older car engines) and it is necessary to indicate an engine number in the vehicle
documents, in this case take the engine type plate off the engine removed and affix it at the same point on the engine of identical type to be
installed.
3.2 Installation of reconditioned engine of identical type

a) The reconditioned engine plate must not be removed either from the reconditioned engine to be installed, nor from the engine removed, if the
latter was a reconditioned engine.
b) If the engine removed is fitted with an Engine type plate (older car engines) and it is necessary to indicate an engine number in the vehicle
documents, the engine type plate then has to be taken off the engine removed and affixed at the same point to the reconditioned engine to be
installed. This plate should be affixed in addition to the reconditioned engine plate.
In the event that a vehicle owner has problems on the occasion of vehicle checks or when crossing international frontiers because of the lack of
an engine number, the workshop in question may in certain circumstances be held liable.
After replacing an engine, the engine number has to be altered in the vehicle maintenance booklet and on the vehicle data cards as well as in the
repair customer file. These documents should clearly show which engine is installed in the vehicle in order to ensure smooth parts service.
In addition, the copy of the vehicle data card which is held at the Parts Department of the relevant Branch or Importer should also be altered.
3.3 Model designation identification of crankcases and short blocks

Crankcases and short blocks available in the parts sector are not provided with an engine model designation identification and also not with an
engine number.
Extract from Transport Gazette 1973 p. 66

(applies only to the Federal Republic of Germany)
Official Gazette of the Federal Minister of Transport
Directive in respect of vehicle title document (VkBI 1972 p. 354)
Bonn, 28 December 1972
rcheuls@gmail.com
StV 2/36.15.17
To make it possible to identify the engine on the occasion of vehicle inspections (e.g. by an inspection authority when a vehicle is taken out of
service or at the Customs on the occasion of importation of vehicle), the workshop carrying out the repairs has to stamp the engine model
designation in the crankcase or the short block in the space provided for the engine number.
Example:
Type Engine model designation
201.024 102.962
Pursuant to the directive relating to the vehicle title document dated 20 June 1972, Part C. No. 9.1, a dash should be inserted at the relevant point
in the place of data which are no longer required in future (e.g. in the case of the "factory number of engine") in those instances where the older
type of title documents are used for the preparation of the vehicle title document.
The question which is now posed is what procedure should be adopted in respect of the vehicle title document or the vehicle registration
document in the event that the factory number of the engine from the past is still entered in the older type of title documents and a replacement
engine with a new number is now installed in the vehicle in question. Following consultation with the competent authorities in the regions, now
provide the following instructions:
1.
In view of the fact that the factory number of the engine is regarded as insignificant in respect of traffic legislation, no change requires to be
made to the vehicle documents. This also does not conflict with section 27 Para 1 StVZO pursuant to which the data in the vehicle title and
registration documents constantly have to reflect actual circumstances. This requirement namely covers only those particulars relating to actual
circumstances which are of significance in terms of traffic legislation. This is no longer the case, however, in respect of the factory number of the
engine.
II.
In order to spare the relevant vehicle owner any misunderstandings or indeed possible disadvantages (e.g. on the occasion of checks when
abroad), recommend proceeding as follows:
In the event that the replacement engine installed has a different number than that entered in the title and registration document, the figures in the
column "engine factory number" shall be deleted and the following endorsement made at a suitable point both in the title as well as in the
registration document:
"Entry of engine factory number no longer necessary".

If the endorsement is made close to the deletion, it is sufficient to state:
"Entry no longer required".

The Federal Minister of Transport
Ip. p.
Wagner
AP01.00-P-1000ZZ Cleaning and Preserving Engine and Engine Compartment
AP01.00-P-1000ZZ Cleaning and preserving engine and engine compartment
rcheuls@gmail.com
Cleaning and preserving engine and engine compartment
AR01.00-P-0050-01A Remove Sealant

AR01.00-P-0050-01A Remove sealant
Repair materials
rcheuls@gmail.com
1 Wipe off operating fluids and other soiling from sealing surface using rags.
2 Spray Loctite(R) 7200 onto sealing surfaces and leave to work for about 10 to 20 minutes.
Observe manufacturer's processing instructions!
3 Remove loosened silicone sealant with a scraper from sealing surfaces and wipe off with rags.
Do not use any sharp-edged tools or abrasive paper as this will damage the sealing surfaces.
The sealing surfaces must feel even after treatment. The sealing surfaces must not be metallic bright; a thin layer of firmly adhering silicone
sealant must remain (see picture).
4 Absolutely be sure to thoroughly clean the sealing surface with cleaning spray Loctite(R) 7063 and blow off using compressed air.
Fully blow off the cleaning spray Loctite(R) 7063 before applying the new silicone sealant otherwise leaks can occur.
AR01.10-P-0110CW Crank Engine With Starter
AR01.10-P-0110CW Crank engine with starter
Steps 1-7
rcheuls@gmail.com
Special Tools
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine: Removal and Replacement
AR01.10-P-2500-01A Position Portable Lifting Platform

AR01.10-P-2500-01A Position portable lifting platform
The lifting platform (01) is variably adjustable in the vehicle longitudinal direction at the adjusting screw (03). The mounting plates (2) guided in
rails are also variably adjustable in the vehicle longitudinal direction and transverse direction at the adjusting screw (04) to the transmission and
front axle carrier. The respectively individual mounting plates (2) can be adjusted for height by means of an adjusting rod (05) to the required tilt
of the transmission and front axle carrier.
Ensure that no cables of lines get caught when lowering.
1 Position lifting platform (01) with aggregate mount (02) under the front axle carrier (1).
Take note in doing so of even alignment of the mounting plates (2) on the engine/transmission unit.
rcheuls@gmail.com
2 Fix the whole engine/transmission unit by means of tensioning straps (3) to the mounting plates (2).
AR01.00-P-2410-02CW Disconnect Engine Wiring Harness
AR01.00-P-2410-02CW Disconnect Engine Wiring Harness
- To remove cylinder head cover and cylinder head
Shown on engine 271.9 in model 171
Perform steps 1 to 8 for removal of cylinder head cover.
rcheuls@gmail.com
1 Disconnect electrical connectors (1, 2) at left intake camshaft
Hall sensor (B6/4) and at left exhaust camshaft Hall sensor (B6/7)
2.1 Engine 271.9: Disconnect electrical connector (3) at coolant temperature sensor (B11/4).
3 Disconnect electrical connector (4) at air pump switchover valve (Y32).
4 Disconnect electrical connector (5) at exhaust camshaft solenoid (Y49/3).
5 Remove ground line (6) from front cover.
6 Engine 271.8: Disconnect electrical connector at boost pressure control pressure transducer (Y31/5).
7 Disconnect electrical connector (7) to connection for clamping device 61 (D), unclip electrical line to mounting clip and pull out upwards.
8 Release the engine wiring harness and remove cylinder head cover.
Installation: Check that engine wiring harness is correctly routed to the cylinder head cover (arrow).
Perform steps 9 to 16 for removal of cylinder head.
9 Engine 271.9: Remove bolt (11a) from intake manifold (12).

10.1 Engine 271.9: Disconnect electrical connectors (14) at fuel injection valve (Y62).
10.2 Engine 271.8: Disconnect electrical connector at rail.
11 Disconnect electrical connector (15) at throttle valve actuator (M16/6)
12 Disconnect electrical connector (16) an intake air temperature sensor (B17).

13 Disconnect electrical connector (17) at pressure sensor (B28).
14 Detach hose (18) for crankcase ventilation system from intake manifold (12).
15 Detach hose (19) for regeneration from intake pipe (12).
16 Remove engine wiring harness (11) from intake manifold (12) and place to one side.
AR01.10-P-2401CW Remove/Install Engine With Transmission

AR01.10-P-2401CW Remove/Install Engine With Transmission
ENGINES 271 in MODEL 172, 204, 207, 212
rcheuls@gmail.com
1 Engine cover
2 Brake booster vacuum line
3 Regeneration vacuum line
5 Power steering expansion reservoir
6 Return flow pipe
12 Fuel line
14 Coolant lines
Shown on engine 271.9 with transmission 716.6
7 Screw/bolts
8 Electrical connector
9 Bracket
10 Screw/bolts
11 Inlet and pressure connection
15 Bracket
A9 AC compressor
M16/6 Throttle valve actuator
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
129 589 00 91 00
Set of stop plugs
210 589 00 71 00
Hand pump
119 589 04 63 00
Pressure hose
rcheuls@gmail.com
Variable Valve Timing Actuator: Service and Repair
AR05.20-P-7201CVA Remove/Install Camshaft Adjusters
AR05.20-P-7201CVA Remove/Install Camshaft Adjusters
ENGINES 272 in MODEL 204
On exhaust camshafts
ENGINES 272, 273 in MODEL 207
On exhaust camshafts
2 Exhaust camshaft
5,6 Center valve of exhaust camshaft
9,10 Pulse wheel of exhaust camshaft
13,14 Camshaft adjuster of exhaust camshaft
26 Cap
13 Camshaft adjuster of exhaust camshaft

18 Dowel pin
19 Pin
20 Bore in camshaft adjuster
21 Dowel pin in camshaft adjuster

22 Fitted bore on exhaust camshaft
rcheuls@gmail.com
001 589 65 09 00
Wrench socket
rcheuls@gmail.com
Variable Valve Timing Solenoid: Locations
Exhaust Camshaft Solenoid

Exhaust Camshaft Solenoid
Camshaft Intake Solenoid, Left

Camshaft Intake Solenoid, Left
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Intake Camshaft Solenoid, Left

Intake Camshaft Solenoid, Left
rcheuls@gmail.com
Camshaft Intake Solenoid, Right

Camshaft Intake Solenoid, Right
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Camshaft Exhaust Solenoid, Left

Camshaft Exhaust Solenoid, Left
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Camshaft Exhaust Solenoid, Right

Camshaft Exhaust Solenoid, Right
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Intake Camshaft Solenoid

Intake Camshaft Solenoid
rcheuls@gmail.com
Exhaust Camshaft Solenoid, Left

Exhaust Camshaft Solenoid, Left
rcheuls@gmail.com
Exhaust Camshaft Solenoid, Right

Right Exhaust Camshaft Solenoid
rcheuls@gmail.com
Intake Camshaft Solenoid, Right

Intake Camshaft Solenoid, Right
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Compression Check: Testing and Inspection
AR01.00-P-1200CW Test Compression Pressure
AR01.00-P-1200CW Test compression pressure
rcheuls@gmail.com
Steps 1-10
Compression pressure
rcheuls@gmail.com
Compression pressure
rcheuls@gmail.com
Compression Check: Testing and Inspection
AR01.00-P-1300-01VA Connect cylinder leakage testing unit
Special Tools
1 Calibrate cylinder leakage tester (04). tester (pressure loss).

2 Screw threaded adapter (06) to high-pressure testing hose (05).
3 Turn threaded adapter (06) with high-pressure testing hose (05) in tapped bore for spark plug.
4 Mount high-pressure testing hose (05) on cylinder leakage tester (04).
rcheuls@gmail.com
Balance Shaft Chain: Service and Repair
AR03.20-P-1200-01Q Separate Timing Chain of Lanchester Balancer
Separate timing chain of Lanchester balancer
rcheuls@gmail.com
2 Position chain separation tool (1 ) Andrew pressure screw (2) at a chain link of the timing chain (3) and separate timing chain m Ensure when
putting on the pressure screw, that the pressure pin fits closely at pin of chain link.
3 Screw in pressure screw (2) and separate timing chain (3).
4 Unscrew pressure screw (3) and remove chain separating tool (2).
rcheuls@gmail.com
Balance Shaft Chain: Service and Repair
AR03.20-P-1200-02Q Rivet Timing Chain of Lanchester Balancer
Rivet timing chain of Lanchester balancer
1 Connect the ends of the new timing chain (4) with a new riveted link (6). m Insert riveted link (6) from the rear.
rcheuls@gmail.com
2 Place assembly insert (7) with the digit F10 into theme rivet press tool (1 ) and attach.
3 Insert assembly insert (8) with the digit D10 into theme rivet press tool (1 ) as illustrated.
4 Place new outer plate (9) into the assembly insert. The outer plate (9) is held magnetically.
5 Fit on riveting tool (1 ) so that the spacer webs (arrow) are resting on the rollers of the riveted link.
6 Screw in pressure screw at rivet press tool (1 ) until solid resistance is felt. m When turning the spindle, ensure that the pins of the riveted link
move into the holes of the outer plate (9).
7 Remove rivet press tool (1).
8 Convert assembly insert (8) with the digit D10 to the illustrated rivet profile (arrow).
rcheuls@gmail.com
9 Fit on rivet press tool (1 ) exactly above the center of the pin (arrow). m Rivet pins of the riveted link individually.
10 Tighten pressure screw at rivet press tool (1 ) ED .
11 Remove rivet press tool (1).
12 Inspect riveting (arrows), re-rivet if necessary.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Crankshaft Main Bearing: Service and Repair
AR03.20-P-4351CW Remove/Install Crankshaft
ENGINES 271 in MODEL 172, 204, 207, 212
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
615 589 01 33 00
Puller
rcheuls@gmail.com
Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley: Service and Repair
AR03.30-P-1600CW Remove/Install Belt Pulley/Vibration Damper
ENGINES 271 in MODEL 172, 204, 207, 212
01 Counterholder
1 Center bolt
2 Belt pulley/vibration damper
3 Woodruff key
rcheuls@gmail.com
271 589 00 40 00
Counterholder
rcheuls@gmail.com
000 589 88 33 00
Two-armed puller
001 589 53 21 00
Dial indicator
363 589 02 21 00
Dial indicator holder
271 589 03 40 00
Counterholder
rcheuls@gmail.com
Cylinder Head Assembly: Service and Repair
Pull out guide rail pins at cylinder head
A Remove slide rail bolts with extractor and threaded bolts.
Pull out slide rail bolts (11 ) with threaded insert (03) and extractor (02), for this step screw threaded insert (03) into the slide rail bolts (11 ) and
pull out with extractor (02) .
B Remove slide rail bolts with extractor.
Screw extractor (04) into slide rail bolts, rotate hexagon and pull out slide rail bolts.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Camshaft Housing: Service and Repair
Information on application of sealant to bottom part of camshaft housing
Application of sealant to bottom part of camshaft housing
The line (A) identifies the application of the sealant.
The sealant must be applied only to the specified surfaces with a bead of 2.0 mm 0.5 mm. The sealant must be processed within 10 min. The bead
must not be spread. Only the approved sealant may be used.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Drive Belt: Diagrams
Running diagram of poly V-belt
rcheuls@gmail.com
Drive Belt: Testing and Inspection
AP13.22-P-1352CW Check Visible Area Of Poly-V Belt For Wear
Steps 1 - 4
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine Mount: Service and Repair
AR22.10-P-1180CW Remove/Install Engine Mount or Engine Crossmember at the Rear
AR22.10-P-1180CW Remove/install engine mount or engine crossmember at the rear
rcheuls@gmail.com
Steps 1.1-6
Engine mount, engine support (engine side)
Engine mount, engine support (engine side)
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine Mount: Service and Repair
AR22.10-P-1260CW Remove/Install Front Engine Mounts and/or Engine Support
AR22.10-P-1260CW Remove/Install Front Engine Mounts And/Or Engine Support
ENGINES 271 in MODEL 172, 204, 207, 212
1 Engine air intake duct

2 Screw/bolt
3 Engine mount
4 Screw/bolts
5 Anti-twist lock
6 Cutout
7 Engine support
8 Screw/bolt
9 Screw/bolts
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
001 589 01 16 00
Set of engine bearing wrenches
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine Lubrication: Service and Repair
AH18.00-P-0102-01A Notes concerning extension of the oil change interval
When using engine oil conforming to Specifications for Operating Fluids, sheet 229.5, the oil change interval can be extended.
Vehicles without ASSYST or without ASSYST PLUS

^ On vehicles without ASSYST or without ASSYST PLUS the oil change interval increases from 15.000 km to 20.000 km.
Observes entries in the maintenance booklet.
Vehicles with ASSYST

^ In vehicles with ASSYST, the interval can be extended by a factor of 1.3 using the STAR DIAGNOSIS diagnosis system.
^ As of model refinement, extension of the interval is also possible with the instrument cluster.
Vehicles with ASSYST PLUS

^ For vehicles with ASSYST PLUS the intervals can be extended by a factor of 1.3 through the instrument cluster.
^ Alternatively, the intervals can also be extended using the STAR DIAGNOSIS system.
If this is not done, the shorter oil change interval will be stored automatically.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine Oil Pressure: Testing and Inspection
ENGINES 271 in MODEL 172, 204, 207, 212
01 Remote thermometer
02 Tester cap
03 Tester
1 Oil filter cover
2 Filter element
3 Sealing rings
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
103 589 00 21 00
Tester
124 589 07 21 00
Remote thermometer
271 589 03 63 00
Tester cap
271 589 04 63 00
Tester cap
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine Oil: Service and Repair
AP18.00-P-0101-02Z Suction Off Engine Oil
Maintain a waiting time of at least 5 minutes after switching off the engine until the engine oil has flowed back into the oil pan, otherwise not all
the engine oil is extracted. Any quantity of oil remaining in the engine will result in an excess amount of oil being recorded after filling with the
specified oil change quantity, which in turn may result in damage to the engine and the catalytic converter.
Engine oil should only be extracted when at operating temperature.
1 Pull out oil dipstick and extract engine oil through the guide tube.
Engine oil extractor - mobile
gotis://S_18.1_02.0
Shown on engine 104
rcheuls@gmail.com
Oil Filter: Service and Repair
Replace oil filter element, drain oil filter
E3 Oil filter
1 Unscrew screw cap (1 ) and remove.
Use oil collecting pan.
2 Remove oil filter element (2) from screw cap (1).
3 Replace sealing rings (3).
4 Push new oil filter element (2) onto screw cap (1).
5 Mount screw cap (1 ) and tighten.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Oil Level Sensor: Locations
Oil Level Check Switch
Oil Level Check Switch
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Oil Pan: Diagrams
Bolt diagram of oil pan
rcheuls@gmail.com
Rear Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: Procedures
Installing the rear crankshaft radial sealing ring
The rear crankshaft radial sealing ring (1 ) is vulcanized in the end cover (2). As a result, the rear crankshaft radial sealing ring (1 ) and the end
cover (2) can only be replaced together. Do not reuse the end cover (2) with the rear crankshaft radial sealing ring (1 ) after removal. In addition
to the sealing lip (1 d), the rear crankshaft radial sealing ring (1 ) has a protective lip (1 s). The sealing lip (1 d), the protective lip (1 s) and the
contact surface (3a) on the crankshaft flange (3) must not be oiled for assembly!
1 Clean and degrease crankcase (4) and oil pan (5) in the area of the end cover (2) as well as the contact surface (3a) at the crankshaft flange (3).
rcheuls@gmail.com
2 Clean and degrease new end cover (2) in the area of the sealing compound application.
3 Apply sealing compound to the end cover (2) in the form of a bead (A) with a height and width of 2.0 mm (a 0.5) mm (see picture).
Use exclusively approved sealing compounds. Do not spread bead (A).
Mount end cover (2) within 5 minutes after application of sealing compound, otherwise this could result in leakage, which causes engine, clutch
and environmental damage!
rcheuls@gmail.com
4 Mount the rear crankshaft radial sealing ring (1 ) on to the insertion toothy (6).
Ensure that the protective lip (1 s) points in the direction of the outgoing-power side and the sealing lip (1 d) points against the outgoing-power
side. Otherwise, there may be leakage at the rear crankshaft radial sealing ring (1). m The rear crankshaft radial sealing ring (1 ) can be fitted on
the insertion took (6) only if insertion tool (6) is fitted together with insertion tool (7) . (7) from insertion tool (6).
rcheuls@gmail.com
5 Separate insertion tool
6 Mount the end cover (2) with the rear crankshaft radial shaft sealing ring (1 ) and the insertion tool (6) on the contact surface (3a) of the
crankshaft flange (3).
The contact surface (3a) must not be rubbed with emery cloth because this causes irreparable damage to the crankshaft surface rendering the
crankshaft unusable.
7 Tighten the bolts (2a) crosswise in steps. Observe tightening torques.
8 Detach the insertion tool (6) from the crankshaft flange (3).
Lift the protective lip (1 s) carefully and check the correct installation position of the sealing lip (1 d).
An incorrect installation position leads to leakage, which causes engine, clutch and environmental damages. m The sealing lip (1 d) must point
rcheuls@gmail.com
to the crankcase (4) along the entire circumference.
10 Check the correct installation position of the protective lip (1s).
An incorrect installation position leads to premature wear of the rear crankshaft radial shaft sealing ring (1).
The protective lip (1 s) must to the transmission housing along the entire circumference.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Rear Crankshaft Main Bearing Seal: Removal and Replacement
AR03.20-P-3063CW Replace Rear Crankshaft Radial Sealing Ring
ENGINES 271 in MODEL 172, 204, 207, 212
1 Cylinder crankcase
2 Oil pan
3 End cover
3a Screw
4 Radial shaft seal
4d Lip
4s Protective lip
rcheuls@gmail.com
220 589 05 99 00
rcheuls@gmail.com
Electrical connection set
271 589 00 43 00
Insertion tool
rcheuls@gmail.com
Front Crankshaft Seal: Service and Repair
Installing front crankshaft radial seal
1 Debur edge of mounting bore for crankshaft radial sealing ring at timing case cover.
2 Fit crankshaft radial sealing ring onto side (a) of drift (2).
Circumference and sealing lip of crankshaft radial seal as well as the mating contact surface on the vibration damper must be free of oil and
grease.
3 Align groove of drift (2) to parallel key of crankshaft.
Secure through rotary movements, that the groove of them drift (2) matches with the parallel key in the crankshaft, otherwise damage could
occur to the parallel key.
4 Push drift (2) onto crankshaft and press in crankshaft radial sealing about 2 mm by hand.
rcheuls@gmail.com
5 Knock crankshaft radial sealing ring into crankcase with light blows from a hammer, until the lower edge of the drift (2) is resting on the
crankcase.
6 Take off drift (2).
The crankshaft radial sealing ring must be positioned at right angles to the crank journal (3) otherwise proper sealing is not assured.
The installation depth (B) of the crankshaft radial sealing ring (1 ) is fixed by them drift (2) and must not be altered subsequently.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Valve Guide Seal: Service and Repair
AR05.30-P-3500-02A Replace valve stem seals
Special Tools
Shown on engine 111
1 Detach valve stem seal (86) using pliers (1).

2 Check surface of valve stems for roughness and ridging.
Replace valves if the stem surface is rough, or if there is ridging.
3 Fit protective sleeve (2) onto valve stem.
4 Lightly lubricate sealing lip on the valve stem seal (86) with engine oil
5 Press on the valve stem seal (86) with a drift (3).
rcheuls@gmail.com
Water Pump: Service and Repair
AR20.10-P-1271CW Remove/Install Coolant Pump
ENGINES 271 in MODEL 172, 204, 207, 212
1 Circulation pump
2 Gasket
3 Screw
4 Poly-V belt
5 Tensioner pulley
6 Bolts
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Cooling System: Testing and Inspection
AR20.00-P-1010CW Inspecting cooling system for leaks
Steps 1-12
rcheuls@gmail.com
Cap for radiator or expansion reservoir
Special Tools
rcheuls@gmail.com
Cooling System: Procedures
AR20.00-P-1142CW Drain/fill in coolant
Steps 1-12
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine cooling, general
Mixture ratio for coolant
Special Tools
rcheuls@gmail.com
Cooling System: Removal and Replacement
AP20.00-P-2080CW Replace Coolant
ENGINE 156, 271, 272, 276, 642, 646, 651 in MODEL 204
ENGINE 270, 651 in MODEL 246
Shown on model 204 with engine 272
1 Cap
2 Expansion reservoir
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Auxiliary Water Pump: Service and Repair
AR83.25-P-1170CW Remove/Install/Replace Heating Water Circulation Pump
Steps 1 - 11
rcheuls@gmail.com
Coolant: Description and Operation
AH20.00-P-1142-01CW Notes on coolant level
When the engine is cold, the engine coolant level must reach up to the marking (arrow) in the coolant expansion reservoir (1). When coolant is
warm: approx. 1 cm above this scribe mark.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Coolant: Procedures
AH20.00-N-2080-01A Notes on Coolant

AH20.00-N-2080-01A Notes on coolant
Coolant composition
passenger car and commercial vehicle engines (normally)
50 water in % by volume and

50 corrosion/antifreeze agent in % by volume.
Observe different coolant composition for CV engines.
Tasks of corrosion and frost protection

^ Corrosion and cavitation protection of all components in cooling system
^ Antifreeze protection (frost protection)
^ Increase the boiling point so that coolant does not evaporate so rapidly. Avoiding ejection of coolant at high coolant temperatures.
Antifreeze protection
50% by volume of anticorrosion/ antifreeze agent offers antifreeze protection down to approx. -37°C A higher concentration is only necessary if
the ambient temperatures are even lower. 55 % by volume of anticorrosion/antifreeze agent offers antifreeze protection down to approx. -45°C.
A concentration of more than 55 % by volume of anticorrosion/ antifreeze agent should not be used as the maximum antifreeze protection is
already reached. An even higher concentration once reduces antifreeze protection and impairs heat dissipation. Reduced heat dissipation can lead
to damage to components in the cooling system or damage to the engine.
Water
Use water which is clean and not too hard. Drinking water often satisfies requirements, but not always the contents of dissolved substances in the
water may be of significance for the occurrence of corrosion. If in doubt, analyze the water.
Period of use
The maximum permissible period of use of the coolant can be taken from the maintenance booklet.
Before pouring in fresh coolant, flush the used coolant out of the cooling system. In the event of high pollution or oil fouling levels, clean the
cooling system, otherwise damage can occur to the components of the cooling system.
Disposing of coolants
Pay attention to legal provisions and local wastewater regulations.
AR20.00-P-1142CW Drain/Fill In Coolant
AR20.00-P-1142CW Drain/fill in coolant
rcheuls@gmail.com
Steps 1-13.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
Coolant pump, coolant thermostat
rcheuls@gmail.com
Special Tools
rcheuls@gmail.com
Coolant: Removal and Replacement
AP20.00-P-2080CW Replace Coolant
ENGINE 156, 271, 272, 276, 642, 646, 651 in MODEL 204
Shown on model 204 with engine 272
1 Cap
2 Expansion reservoir
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Radiator Cooling Fan: Service and Repair
AR20.40-P-5050CW Remove/install fan unit
rcheuls@gmail.com
Steps 1-18
Front end assembly with front reinforcement
rcheuls@gmail.com
Front end assembly with front reinforcement
rcheuls@gmail.com
Heater Core: Service and Repair
AR83.25-P-1100CW Remove And Install Heat Exchanger
Steps 1 - 12
rcheuls@gmail.com
Radiator: Service and Repair
AR20.20-P-3865CW Remove/Install Radiator
ENGINES 271, 272, 276, 642, 646, 651 in MODEL 204
ENGINES 271, 272, 273, 276, 642, 651 in MODEL 207
1 Radiator
1a Coolant hose
1b Coolant hose
1c Coolant hose
2 Capacitor
3,4 Electrical connector
5 Fan unit
6 Charge air hoses
1 Radiator
2 Capacitor
7 Rubber bushing
8 Bracket
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Thermostat: Service and Repair
AR20.10-P-2460CW Remove/Install Coolant Thermostat
ENGINES 271 in MODEL 172, 204, 207, 212
1 Housing
2 Coolant thermostat
3 Bolts
1 Housing
2 Coolant thermostat
3 Bolts
rcheuls@gmail.com
Y16/2 Heating system shutoff valve
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Exhaust System: Service and Repair
AR49.10-P-7100CW Remove/Install Components For Exhaust System
AR49.10-P-7100CW Remove/Install Components For Exhaust System
ENGINES 156, 271, 272, 276 in MODEL 204
ENGINES 271, 272, 273, 276, 278 in MODEL 207
Exhaust system for engine 271
1 Catalytic converter with exhaust manifold

2 Connecting flange
3 Connecting pipe with catalytic converter
4 Pipe clamp
5 Center muffler
6 Vibration damper
7 Rear muffler
8 Exhaust rubber mount
Exhaust system for engine 272
4 Pipe clamp
5 Center muffler
9 Left catalytic converter
10 Right catalytic converter
11 Left rear muffler
rcheuls@gmail.com
12 Right rear muffler
13 Front connecting strut
14 Rear connecting strut
Shown: exhaust system for model 204.057 with code (920) Gasoline direct injection with stratified charge
2 Connecting flange
4 Pipe clamp
5 Center muffler
9 Left CAT (CAT with exhaust manifold)
10 Right CAT (CAT with exhaust manifold)
11 Left rear muffler
12 Right rear muffler
14 Rear connecting strut
22 RH NOx storage catalytic converter
23 LH NOx storage catalytic converter
B16 Temperature sensor upstream of NOx storage catalytic converter, right
B16/1 Temperature sensor upstream of NOx storage catalytic converter, left
G3/3 Left oxygen sensor upstream of catalytic converter
G3/4 Right oxygen sensor upstream of catalytic converter
G3/5 Left oxygen sensor downstream of catalytic converter
G3/6 Right oxygen sensor downstream of catalytic converter
N37/5 Left NOx sensor control unit
N37/5b1 Left NOx sensor
N37/6 Right NOx sensor control unit
N37/6b1 Right NOx sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Exhaust System: Service and Repair
AR49.10-P-5531-01DA Replacing Rivet Nuts In Exhaust Manifold
Replace rivet nuts in exhaust manifold
103 589 01 39 00 Caulking screw
1 Use a suitable bolt (arrow) to knock rivet nuts out of the holes in the exhaust manifold.
NOTE: Screw in bolt by hand only.
2 Insert new rivet nut into hole of the exhaust manifold.

3 Screw In caulking bolt and tighten to about 30 Nm.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Exhaust Manifold: Service and Repair
AR49.10-P-5531-01DA Replace the rivet nuts in the exhaust manifold.
Special Tools
1 Hammer rivet nuts with a suitable bolt (arrow) out of exhaust manifold bores.
Only screw bolt into rivet nut by hand.
2 Insert new rivet bushes into exhaust manifold bore.

3 Screw cocking bolt into rivet nut and tighten.
4 Unscrew cocking bolt.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Exhaust Pipe: Service and Repair
AZ49.10-P-0002CW Retrofit AMG tailpipe
- except vehicles without screwed-on tailpipe
Steps 1-3
Shown on vehicle with 6-cylinder engine
The AMG exhaust tip (1) is pushed into the foremost position. The mounting bolt (2) is in position (a).
Position (a) applies to model 204.0 with standard rear apron.
Parts ordering notes
Shown on vehicle with 4-cylinder engine
The AMG exhaust tip (1) is pushed into the rearmost position. The mounting bolt (2) is in position (b).
Position (b) applies to model 204.0/2 with AMG rear apron or model 204.2 with standard rear apron.
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Exhaust Pressure Sensor: Locations
Exhaust Back Pressure Sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Powertrain Management: Description and Operation
GF07.61-P-3008KE Motor Electronics (ME) Ignition System, Function

GF07.61-P-3008KE Motor Electronics (ME) Ignition System, Function
- up to model year 08
The high voltage is distributed rotorlessly. Advantages of the rotorless high voltage distribution are:
^ Essentially lower electromagnetic base noise
^ No rotating parts (noise/wear reduction)
^ Fewer high voltage connections
1. Determining the ignition angle in line with the input signals and actuating the ignition coils
The ME-SFI control unit essentially analyzes the following signals for determining the ignition angle:
^ Hot film mass air flow sensor,
^ Crankshaft position sensor,
^ Intake/exhaust camshaft Hall sensor,
^ Coolant temperature sensor,
^ Intake air temperature sensor,
^ Knock sensor,
^ Pressure sensor (intake manifold),
^ Torque request via CAN
and interrupts at the ground end the ignition coil ignition coil primary circuit in the very ignition timing moment.
2. Ignition angle adaptation

2.1 START
When the engine is started and up to approx. 500 rpm, the ignition timing is controlled by means of a specific start map. At the same
time only the signals from the crankshaft position sensor and the coolant temperature sensor are evaluated.
Once the engine speed has reached approx. 500 rpm a transition is made from the fixed ignition timing point to the ignition timing point,
electronic map-controlled in line with the momentary operating state.
If less than approx. 7 V no further engine start and no energizing of the ignition coils is possible.
rcheuls@gmail.com
2.2 Catalytic converter heating up (warming-up phase)

The ignition angle is continuously retarded for about 20 seconds in order to bring the catalytic converter more rapidly up to operating
temperature if:
^ Coolant temperature at start > 15 °C < 40 °C
^ Selector lever position "P" or "N" (with transmission 722)
2.3 Idle
In order to assist the idle speed control, the ignition angle can be retarded by as much as a 36° crank angle and advanced by as much as a
20° crank angle.
Altering the ignition angle provides more rapid control than altering the position of the throttle valve.
2.4 Intake air and coolant temperature

The ignition time point is retarded at a high load, as a function of the intake air temperature and/or coolant temperature, in order to
prevent any knocking tendency at high intake air and coolant temperatures.
Ignition angle adjustment takes place from an:
^ Intake air temperature > 35 °C
^ Coolant temperature >100 °C
The values of the retardation of the ignition angle of intake air temperature and coolant temperature are added together.
2.5 Inertia fuel shutoff

The ignition angle is briefly retarded when combustion is resumed (fuel injection valves actuated (Y62)) in order to prevent a sudden
increase in torque.
2.6 Transmission overload protection (for transmission 722)

The ignition angle is briefly retarded during a gearshift operation and the engine torque thus reduced in order to protect the shift
elements of the automatic transmission from excessive thermal stresses during power shifts (1-2-1, 2-3-2). The ME control unit is
supplied with a signal over the CAN databus by the ETC control unit for this purpose.
2.7 ESP/ASR control mode

In order to reduce the engine torque as rapidly as possible in the ESP/TCS control mode, the ignition angle is retarded before reducing
the throttle valve angle.
The information regarding the torque reduction is provided by the ESP control unit via the CAN databus to the ME control unit.
2.8 Smooth engine running analysis

Smooth engine running is constantly monitored in order to protect the catalytic converters from excessive thermal stresses if combustion
misfiring exists.
If the smooth engine running analysis detects combustion misfiring, the relevant fuel injector or injectors are no longer actuated after a
certain number of misfirings (but not more than two injectors simultaneously).
2.9 Knock control (AKC)

If uncontrolled combustion (knocking) occurs at one or several cylinders, the ignition angle is retarded at the relevant cylinder or
cylinders.
Ignition angles can be checked using the STAR DIAGNOSIS.
GF07.61-P-3020KE ME-SFI Two-Sensor Control, Function

GF07.61-P-3020KE ME-SFI Two-Sensor Control, Function
rcheuls@gmail.com
The ME engine control unit determines the lambda mean value from O2 sensor signal downstream of TWC. This value is compared with a stored
value for optimum exhaust emissions.
If the deviation is too large after a number of measurements, a correction variable (delay time) is determined for the lambda control. The correction
variable (value for new O2 sensor upstream TWC approx. 0) makes it possible to compensate for aging of the O2 sensor upstream of TWC within
certain limits. If the correction variable exceeds the stated limit value, the O2 sensor upstream of the TWC must be replaced.
The correction values are performance map dependent and are implemented by the ME control unit by adapting the fuel injection.
if the limit value is exceeded or if the plausibility check of the O2 sensor signals (upstream and downstream of the catalytic converter) is failed the
engine diagnosis indicator lamp or for United States of America the CHECK ENGINE indicator lamp lights up in the instrument cluster.
Exceeding a limit value is stored in the fault memory and can be read out and deleted using STAR DIAGNOSIS.
The effect of the firewall catalytic converter is monitored with the O2 sensor signal downstream of TWC.
GF07.61-P-3026KE Engine Oil Information, Function

GF07.61-P-3026KE Engine Oil Information, Function
rcheuls@gmail.com
Oil sensor (up to 05/2005)
Tasks of the oil sensor are:

^ Detecting oil temperature
^ Detecting oil quality for demand-based oil change interval display
^ Warning the driver that the oil level is too low by means of an indication in the instrument cluster
The oil level, oil temperature and oil quality are detected by means of an oil sensor installed in the oil pan.
The oil sensor, which functions according to the capacitive measuring principle, has integrated electronics, which process the three signals into one
PWM signal (pulse-width modulate signal).
The PWM signal is transmitted to the ME control unit and then on via the CAN data bus to the instrument cluster.
Each information block consists of three successive square-wave signals, This is followed by a short pause.
A measured variable is assigned to each square-wave signal (A, B, C). The quantisizing in each case is based on the on/off ratio (T) of approx. 20
to 80 %.
Power for the oil sensor of approx. 5 V (sensor voltage) is supplied by the ME control unit.
Faults at the oil sensor are detected by the ME control unit and entered in the fault memory.
Oil level indicator switch (as of 06/2005)
The minimum oil level in the oil pan is monitored by an oil level check switch integrated in the oil pan.
If the oil level is sufficient, the contact to the engine ground is closed. If the minimum oil level is too low, the switch opens and the ME control unit
rcheuls@gmail.com
sends a corresponding signal via the CAN data bus to the instrument cluster.
GF07.61-P-4023MFW ME-SFI Transmission Shift Delay, Function

GF07.61-P-4023MFW ME-SFI Transmission Shift Delay, Function
- ENGINES 271.910 in MODEL 204.044 /045 /245
- with CODE (423) Automatic five-speed transmission (NAG)
- ENGINES 271.950 in MODEL 204.041 /241
- with CODE (423) Automatic five-speed transmission (NAG)
- as of model year 2009 /AEJ 08
- ENGINES 271.952 in MODEL 204.046 /246
- with CODE (423) Automatic five-speed transmission (NAG) as of model year 2009 /AEJ 08
Function requirements for transmission shift delay, general points

- Circuit 87M ON (engine control ON)
- Engine running
- Coolant temperature at start less than 50°C
- Vehicle speed less than 53 km/h
Transmission shift delay, general points
The transmission shift delay warms up the firewall catalytic converter more rapidly to its operating temperature after engine start.
The ME-SFI control unit (N3/10) regulates the transmission shift delay according to the following sensors and signals:
- Coolant temperature sensor (B11/4)
- Electronic Stability Program control unit (N30/4), vehicle speed over the chassis CAN (CAN E)
Function sequence for transmission shift delay
Transmission shift delay is active for a maximum of 160 s and is entirely electronic.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit makes a request to the electronic transmission-control control unit (N15/3) via the drive train CAN (CAN C) to shift
the shift characteristic curves.
Partial load gear shifts (1-2-1, 2-3-2) thus take place at higher engine speeds or at higher vehicle speeds.
GF07.10-P-1008MG RPM Control, Function

GF07.10-P-1008MG Rpm Control, Function
ENGINES 271.8 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3, 207.3 /4, 212.0 /2
Function requirements for rpm control, general points

^ Circuit 87 M ON (engine timing ON)
^ Engine running
Rpm control, general

Rpm control stabilizes the idle speed and limits the motor speed to protect the engine, the drive train and the vehicle. The ME-SFI [ME] control
unit (B70) detects the engine speed via the crankshaft Hall sensor signal (N3/10). The ME-SFI [ME] control unit reads in the following sensors
and signals for rpm limitation:
- Crankshaft Hall sensor, engine speed
- Throttle valve positioner (M16/6), throttle valve position
- Electronic stability program control unit (N30/4) (except code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS) or Electronic stability program control unit
Premium (N30/7) (with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS), wheel speed via chassis CAN (CAN E)
- The electronic transmission control control unit (N15/3) (for code (423) 5-speed automatic transmission (NAG)) or fully integrated
transmission control controller unit (Y3/8) (for code (427) 7-speed automatic transmission), gear range via the drive train CAN (CAN C)
The Electronic Stability Program control unit (N30/4) will be introduced into service as of 1.3.2011 (model 204.0/2) or as of 1.6.2011 (model
204.3) in 2 variants:
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Electronic Stability Program control unit, Basis variant (except code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS)
- Electronic Stability Program control unit, Premium variant (except code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS)
Up to 28.2.2011 or 31.5.2011 only the Electronic Stability Program control unit Basis variant will be used.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit limits the engine speed by the following measures:
- Adjusting the opening angle of the throttle valve
- Adjusting the ignition angles of the ignition coils (T1)
- Cut out of the fuel injectors (Y76) (for rpm limitation)
- Adaptation of the injection time of the fuel injectors (for idle speed control)
Function sequence for rpm control

The rpm control is described at the following points:
^ Function sequence for torque converter protection (for automatic transmission)

^ Manual transmission function sequence (for manual transmission)
^ Function sequence for a defective throttle valve actuator
^ Function sequence for driving mode
^ Function sequence for maximum speed limit
^ Function sequence for missing variant coding
^ Function sequence for idle speed control
Function sequence for torque converter protection (for automatic transmission)

In order to protect the torque converter in selector lever positions P or N (no power flow) from excessive static internal pressure, the maximum
engine speed is limited to approx. 4200 rpm. The ME-SFI [ME] control unit receives information on the current selector lever position from the
electronic transmission control unit or the fully integrated transmission controller unit via the drive train CAN.
Function sequence for manual transmission (for manual transmission)

To prevent damage to the manual transmission, the maximum engine idle speed is limited to about 4000 rpm when the vehicle is stationary.
Function sequence for a defective throttle valve actuator

In the event of a defective throttle valve actuator, the maximum engine speed is limited in idle to approx. 1400 rpm and in driving mode to
approx. 1800 rpm.
Function sequence for driving mode

In order to protect the engine from inadmissible engine speeds during driving mode, the maximum engine speed is limited to about 6000 rpm.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit detects the driving mode on the "wheel speed" CAN signal, which is sent from the Electronic Stability Program
control unit via the chassis CAN.
Function sequence for maximum speed limit

Upon reaching 250 km/h the opening angle of the throttle valve and the injection time of the fuel injectors are reduced by the ME-SFI [ME]
control unit. These measures ensure simple maximum speed limitation through the reduction of the engine torque.
Function sequence for missing variant coding

If no variant coding exists, maximum engine speed is limited to 2400 rpm.
Function sequence for idle speed control

The idle speed control regulates and stabilizes the idle speed depending on operating conditions and engine loads when the accelerator pedal is
not actuated.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit also reads in the following sensors and signals for idle speed control:

- Pressure sensor downstream of throttle valve (B28/7), engine load
- On-board electrical system battery (G1), on-board electrical system voltage (undervoltage)
- Clutch pedal switch (S40/3) (for manual transmission)
- Automatic air conditioning control and operating unit (N22/7), air conditioning system status over interior CAN (CAN B) and chassis CAN
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit regulates the idle speed through the throttle valve actuator and adapts the injection time of the fuel injectors
according to variations in the air mass. To assist the idle speed control, the ME-SFI [ME] control unit can adjust the ignition angles of the
ignition coils by up to 20° KW (CKA) (CranK Angle) toward "retard" or 20° CKA toward "advance".
Adjusting the ignition angle enables a faster response than adjusting the throttle valve.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit regulates the idle speed in the following operating and engine load conditions:
^ Warming-up phase
^ Engagement of the gear range "D" or "R" (for an automatic transmission)
^ Operate the clutch pedal (for manual transmission)
^ Switching on the A/C compressor (A9)
^ Purge control
Warm-up phase
rcheuls@gmail.com
In the warm-up phase, the ME-SFI [ME] control unit controls the idle speed according to coolant temperature, in order to bring the catalytic
converter more quickly up to operating temperature after engine start.
Additional function requirements in the warm-up phase are:
- Coolant temperature less than 40°C

- Gear range "P" or "N" engaged (for automatic transmission)
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit raises the idle speed to about 1100 to 1300 rpm for about 20 s.
After this time has elapsed, the idle speed is increased at a coolant temperature of less than 70°C in line with the temperature for approx. 50
seconds by approx. 50 to 100 rpm.
Engagement of the gear range "D" or "R" (for an automatic transmission)

When gear range "D" or "R" is selected, the idle speed is set to a lower value to reduce the tendency of the vehicle to creep. For this purpose the
ME-SFI [ME] control unit evaluates the "engaged drive stage" CAN signal from the electronic transmission control unit or the fully integrated
transmission control.
Operate the clutch pedal (for manual transmission)

When actuating the clutch pedal the idle speed is stabilized. Clutch pedal actuation is detected by the ME-SFI [ME] control unit through the
clutch pedal switch.
Switching on the A/C compressor

When the engine is at idle, so that engine speed will not fall when the refrigerant compressor is engaged, the automatic air conditioning control
and operating unit sends a status signal to the ME-SFI [ME] control unit before the AAC is engaged.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit adapts the idle speed appropriately.
Purging
The idle speed control prevents any change in the engine speed due to purging.
Diagnosis
The basic setting of the idle speed can be read out and influenced using the Xentry Diagnostics.
GF07.10-P-1011MG Smooth Running Control, Function

GF07.10-P-1011MG Smooth Running Control, Function
ENGINES 271.8 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3, 207.3 /4, 212.0 /2
Function requirements for smooth running control, general points

^ Engine running
Smooth running control, general points

Engine running is constantly monitored in order to protect the firewall catalytic converter from excessive thermal stresses if combustion misfiring
occurs.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit (N3/10) reads in the following sensors and signal for smooth running control:

- Intake camshaft Hall sensor (B6/15), intake camshaft setting
- Exhaust camshaft Hall sensor (B6/16), exhaust camshaft setting
- Accelerator pedal sensor (B37), accelerator pedal position
- Crankshaft Hall sensor (B70), engine speed
- Instrument cluster (A1), fuel level via the chassis CAN (CAN E)
- Electrically stability program control unit (N30/4) (except code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS) or Premium electrically stability program control
unit (N30/7) (with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS), wheel speed signal via chassis CAN
- Electronic Stability Program control unit, basis variant (except code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS)
rcheuls@gmail.com
Function sequence for smooth running control

The function sequence is described in the following steps:
^ Function sequence for combustion misfire detection

^ Function sequence for misfire counter
^ Function sequence for factors for smooth running control
Function sequence for combustion misfire detection

For the smooth running control, the signal from the crankshaft Hall sensor is evaluated using a comprehensive mathematical procedure, to check
for precise uniformity of timing between individual firings. Each individual combustion must produce a characteristic acceleration at the
increment wheel. If there are combustion misfires, the increment wheel turns slightly more slowly until the next ignition (due to torque
fluctuation).
If the smooth running control in the ME-SFI [ME] control unit detects combustion misfiring, the corresponding fuel injector (Y76) is no longer
actuated after a certain number of combustion misfires. However at least two fuel injection valves are deactivated simultaneously.
Function sequence for misfire counter

The total number of combustion misfires detected is stored in the fault memory and subdivided into:
- "Cylinder-specific" combustion misfires

- "Emission limit" combustion misfires
- "Catalytic converter damaging" combustion misfires
Smooth engine running signal
m/s2 Acceleration
s Time
A Engine running without combustion misfiring -> Acceleration values within tolerance range (up to 3 m/s 2 )
B Engine running with combustion misfiring -> Acceleration values too high
C Misfire counter Starts for misfire detection
That which is detected is combustion misfiring caused by:
- Ignition system
- Injection system
- Mechanical engine components (for example, valve seats, valve springs, unmetered air)
- Fuel deficiency
Function sequence for factors for smooth running control

The following factors affect smooth running control:
^ Engine speed and engine load

^ Coolant temperature
^ Recognition of road bumps
^ Synchronization of fuel injection and firing order
^ Fuel reserve signal
^ Sensor adaptation
Engine speed and engine load

Using the engine speed and engine load, the ME-SFI [ME] control unit calculates a reference value for the time between two combustions.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Coolant temperature
For a cold engine more combustion misfires are permissible than for an engine at operating temperature.
Recognition of an uneven road surface

Vibrations transmitted through the drive train may have a negative effect on engine running at certain engine speeds and load conditions.
Therefore, the tolerance range for smooth running control is increased on poor road surfaces ("wash board").
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit receives the wheel speed signal (for detection of uniform wheel rotation) from the Electronic Stability Program
control unit over the chassis CAN.
Synchronization of the fuel injection and firing order

Cylinder identification is required for fault storage and evaluation using the signals from the crankshaft Hall sensor and the intake camshaft Hall
sensors or exhaust camshaft Hall sensor.
Fuel reserve signal

If combustion misfiring has been detected, a fault is stored if the fuel level is too low. Combustion misfires due to fuel starvation are detected via
this additional information.
The SAM control unit with rear fuse and relay module (N10/2) evaluates the signals from the LH and RH fuel level indicator sensors (B4/1,
B4/2) and sends the corresponding signal over the body CAN (CAN B) to the instrument cluster.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit receives the fuel level information from the instrument cluster over the chassis CAN
Sensor adaptation
The tolerance range for smooth running control is reduced after successful adaptation of the crankshaft Hall sensor.
In this way, the smooth running control can be adapted to the specific smooth running characteristics of the engine.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit stores the smooth operation characteristics of the engine during a deceleration phase (accelerator pedal not
operated) when uniform smooth operation is present. These are required as a comparison parameter for misfire detection.
The tolerance range for smooth running control is present in the ME-SFI [ME] control unit and can be adapted using the Xentry diagnostics if
necessary.
GF07.10-P-1012MG Thermal Management, Function

GF07.10-P-1012MG Thermal Management, Function
ENGINES 271.8 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3, 207.3 /4, 212.0 /2
Function requirements for thermal management, general points

^ Engine running
Thermal management, general

The coolant temperature of the engine is regulated by the controlled thermal management from ME-SFI [ME] control unit (N3/10). This has the
following advantages:
- The optimum operating temperature is reached faster

- Reduction of the exhaust emissions
- Fuel savings (up to around 4%)
- Improved heating comfort
As of YoM 11
At cold temperatures the wide open throttle operation vent line heater element (R39/2) is actuated by the ME-SFI [ME] control unit. This
prevents freezing of the crankcase ventilation system and any associated engine damage.
Thermal management is performed based on the following sensors and signals:

- Charge air temperature sensor (B17/8)
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Accelerator pedal sensor (B37), accelerator pedal operation (how fast and how far driver Model calm or sporty)
- Front SAM control unit with fuse and relay module (N10/1), outside air temperature via the chassis CAN (CAN E)
- Automatic air conditioning control and operating unit (N22/7), air conditioning system status over interior CAN (CAN B) and chassis CAN
- Instrument cluster (A1), vehicle speed via chassis CAN
unit (N30/7) (with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS), wheel speed via chassis CAN
Function sequence for thermal management

The thermal management system is described in the following
^ Function sequence for heating system switch-off

^ Function sequence for heating the coolant thermostat
^ Function sequence for fan control
^ Function sequence for radiator shutters
^ Function sequence for overheating protection
Function sequence for heating system switch-off

To heat up the engine more quickly, the ME-SFI [ME] control unit switches off the heating system coolant circuit by actuating the heating
system shutoff valve (Y16/2).
Function sequence for heating the coolant thermostat

Depending on the operating conditions (as a function of a characteristic map), the ME-SFI [ME] control unit actuates the heating element in the
coolant thermostat (R48) using a ground signal. The voltage is supplied through circuit 87 M2
Heating causes the two-disk thermostat located in the coolant thermostat to open. In this way the coolant temperature of 80 to 105°C is regulated
via the duty cycle.
The two-disk thermostat can be set in four positions:
^ Full throttling
^ Bypass mode
^ Mixed mode
^ Cooler mode
Two-disk thermostat positions
1 Coolant from engine

2 Coolant back to engine
3 Coolant to engine radiator
4 Coolant to heater heat exchanger
A Full throttling
B Short-circuit mode position
C Mixed mode position
D Radiator mode position
Full throttling
For a cold start the coolant thermostat is not heated.
No circulation of the coolant occurs whereby the coolant standing in the engine is warmed very quickly.
The heating circuit is also switched off by the heating system shutoff valve when the vehicle heating is switched off.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Bypass mode
From an outside temperature greater than 12°C and a coolant temperature of 45°C or from a coolant temperature of greater than 70°C, switching
to short circuit operation takes place.
For short-circuit operation the coolant thermostat is heated less and part of the coolant flows back into the engine circuit. Short circuit operation
can be 'choked', so that the heater responds more quickly.
The closing plate on the two-disk thermostat opens but dependent on the pressure (for the rotating coolant pump) from a pressure differential of
greater than 0.7 bar (motor rpm greater than 4000 rpm).
Mixed-fuel mode
The mixed-fuel operation is enabled unheated if the coolant temperature reaches 103°C for the first time after the start.
For mixed-fuel operation the coolant thermostat is heated in such a way that the coolant flows through the engine radiator and the engine circuit.
The two-disk thermostat already opens heated at a coolant temperature of 80°C.
At partial load, the two-disk thermostat regulates at an increased coolant temperature of around 100°C.
In order to prevent critical coolant temperatures from occurring, the range of increased coolant temperature is lowered under the following
conditions:
- Intake air temperature greater than 38°C

- engine speed greater than 3000 rpm
- engine load greater than 30%
- Sporty driver
The coolant temperature is thus lowered according to outside air temperature. If outside air temperature is below 12°C, the temperature is
lowered to about 90°C and if outside air temperature is above 12°C, it is lowered to about 8 0°C.
Cooler mode
The coolant thermostat is heated constantly during radiator operation. The coolant only flows through the engine radiator.
If the coolant temperature is above about 110°C, the two-disk thermostat is open continuously, irrespective of heating (limp-home function).
If the coolant temperature is too high, a warning message is shown in the multifunction display (A1p13) on the instrument cluster (A1). For this
purpose, the ME-SFI [ME] control unit sends the appropriate signal over the chassis CAN to the instrument cluster. appropriate signal over the
chassis CAN to the instrument cluster.
Function sequence for fan control

The ME-SFI [ME] control unit actuates the combustion engine fan motor and air conditioning system with integrated control (M4/7). The
specified fan speed is set by the ME-SFI [ME] control unit with a pulse width modulated signal (PWM signal).
The duty cycle of the PWM signal is 10 to 90%.
This means, for example:
10% Fan motor "OFF"

20% Fan motor "ON", minimum rpm
90% Fan motor "ON", maximum rpm
If actuation is faulty, the air fan rotates at the maximum rotational speed (fan emergency mode).
The automatic air conditioning control and operating unit sends the air conditioning status via the interior and chassis CAN to the ME-SFI [ME]
control unit.
Delayed fan switch off

With "ignition OFF", the fan motor runs on for up to 5 min. if the coolant temperature or engine oil temperature (calculated from the temperature
model) has exceeded the specified maximum values. The PWM signal duty cycle is 40% maximum while the delayed fan switch-off is active.
If the battery voltage drops too much during this time, delayed fan switch-off is stopped.
Function sequence for radiator shutters

The radiator shutters are closed in order to lower the fuel consumption (by producing a lower aerodynamic drag). This also causes reduced
engine compartment cooling and a dampening of engine noise emissions to the outside.
The radiator shutters actuator (Y84) is actuated by the ME-SFI [ME] control unit after the engine start by means of a ground signal. In this way
the vacuum in the vacuum unit is built up and the radiator shutters closed by means of a linkage.
The radiator shutters are opened when the coolant temperature reaches 111°C and closed again at 99°C.
Function sequence for overheating protection

In case of thermal overload, the overheating protection protects against engine damage and overheating damage to the firewall catalytic converter
.
If the coolant temperature or charge air temperature are too high the ignition timing is adjusted in the direction "retarded", dependent on the
motor rpm and load. The correction by retarding the ignition timing is map-controlled by the ME-SFI [ME] control unit.
The retardation of the ignition timing point commences at a coolant temperature of approx. 90°C and a charge air temperature of Examples of
ignition angle correction towards "retard":
rcheuls@gmail.com
- for coolant at 100°C, charge air at 20°C, and at full load ->2° crank angle
- for coolant at 100°C, charge air at 60°C, and at full load ->8° crank angle
- for coolant at 125°C, charge air at 60°C, and at full load ->11°
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit also actuates the coolant thermostat heating element so that the two-disk thermostat is fully open and all the
coolant is cooled by the engine radiator.
GF07.10-P-1013MG Torque Coordination, Function

GF07.10-P-1013MG Torque Coordination, Function
ENGINES 271.8 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3, 207.3 /4, 212.0 /2
Function requirements for torque coordination, general points

^ Engine running
Torque coordination, general

The torque interface in the ME-SFI [ME] control unit (N3/10) coordinates and sets priorities for the requirements of all systems (according to
drivability and priority setting), which determine engine torque requirement. It also determines how dynamically each request is to be met.
The following systems can make an engine torque request:
- The driver, through the accelerator pedal sensor (B37)

- Electronic Stability Program (ESP), via the chassis CAN (CAN E) from the Electronic Stability Program control unit (N30/4) (except code
(233) DISTRONIC PLUS) or Electronic Stability Program Premium control unit (N30/7) (for code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS)
- CC, over the Electronic Stability Program control unit (except code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS)
- DISTRONIC PLUS, via radar sensor control unit (N62/1) (model 207. 3/4 up to 31.5.11 with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS, model 212 0/2
up to 31.5.10 with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS or code (234) Blind spot assist)
- DISTRONIC PLUS or Active Blind Spot Assist, via the video and radar sensor system control unit (N62/2) (model 212.0/2 as of 01.06.10,
model 204.0/2 and model 207.3/4 as of 01.06.11, model 204.3 with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS, with code (237) Active Blind Spot
Assist, with code (238) Active Lane Keeping Assist)
- Transmission control, via the drive train CAN (CAN C) from electronic transmission control control unit (N15/3) (for code (423) 5-speed
automatic transmission (NAG)) or via the fully integrated transmission control controller unit (Y3/8) (for code (427) 7-speed automatic
transmission)
- Maximum engine speed limitation
- Maximum vehicle speed limit
- Maximum torque limitation
Function sequence for torque coordination

According to the dynamic requirements, the ME-SFI [ME] control unit varies the engine torque requirement, by:
- Extending or shortening the injection time of the fuel injectors (Y76)
- Advance or retard adjustment of the ignition angle of the ignition coils (T1) (this allows very rapid variation of the engine torque)
- Combined adaptation of injection time and ignition angle
Torque reserve
If the injection time is increased and the ignition angle is retarded at the same time, the engine torque remains the same at first.
However, the engine torque can then be raised very quickly by advancing the ignition angle.
rcheuls@gmail.com
GF07.10-P-1019MG Engine Limp-Home Mode, Function

GF07.10-P-1019MG Engine Limp-Home Mode, Function
ENGINES 271.8 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3, 207.3 /4, 212.0 /2
Function requirements for engine limp-home mode, general points

^ Engine running
Engine limp-home mode, general

The task of the engine limp-home mode consists of ensuring continued safe driving in the case of malfunctions on individual components of the
engine control system.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit (N3/10) controls engine limp-home mode according to the following sensors and signals:
- Intake camshaft Hall sensor (B6/15), intake camshaft setting

- Exhaust camshaft Hall sensor (B6/16), exhaust camshaft setting
- Throttle valve positioner (M16/6), throttle valve position
- Electronic Stability Program control unit (N30/4) (except code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS) or Electronic Stability Program Premium control
unit (N30/7) (for code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS), brake actuation via the chassis CAN (CAN E)
The Electronic Stability Program control unit (N30/4) will be introduced into service as of 1.3.2011 (model 204.0/2) or as of
Function sequence for engine limp-home mode

^ Function sequence for limp-home mode on failure of the accelerator pedal sensor
^ Function sequence for limp-home mode on failure of throttle valve actual value potentiometer 1 or 2 (M16/6r1, M16/6r2)
^ Function sequence for limp-home mode on failure of the throttle valve actuator motor (M16/6m1)
^ Function sequence for limp-home position
^ Function sequence for limp-home mode on failure of the crankshaft Hall sensor
Function sequence for limp-home mode on failure of the accelerator pedal sensor
If a Hall sensor fails, the system switches over to the second Hall sensor. The throttle valve opening is limited to about 60% of the maximum
opening. In addition, the speed at the which the throttle valve opens is dynamically limited (throttle valve opens with a delay).
If the plausibility check for the Hall sensor signals is negative or if both Hall sensors fail, only idle speed is then still controlled.
Function sequence for limp-home mode for failure of throttle valve actual value potentiometer 1 or 2,
If one potentiometer fails, the other potentiometer is used. Air mass is used as an additional comparison value.
If both potentiometers are faulty, the spring capsule brings the throttle valve to the limp-home position of about 10° opening angle.
Function sequence for limp-home mode on failure of the throttle valve actuator motor
The throttle valve actuator is switched in a deenergized state and the throttle valve is set to the limp-home position at an opening angle of approx.
10° by the spring capsule.
Function sequence for limp-home position

When the throttle valve IS in limp-home position, fuel is shut off/ resupplied to the cylinders to limit engine speed to about 1200 to 1400 rpm at
idle, and about 1800 in driving mode. If the brake pedal is operated, this always means idle speed input. The ME-SFI [ME] control unit
activates/deactivates the cylinders by switching the fuel injectors (Y76) on or off, depending on:
- Engine speed
- Brake recognition
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Engaged gear range (for automatic transmission)
Function sequence for limp-home mode on failure of the crankshaft Hall sensor
If no voltage signal is received from the crankshaft Hall sensor, the voltage signal from the intake camshaft or exhaust camshaft Hall sensor is
used instead (for limp-home mode).
Diagnosis
Faults detected by the accelerator pedal sensor and the throttle valve positioner are stored in the fault memory and can be read out and deleted
with the Xentry diagnostic system.
GF07.10-P-1041MG Engine Control, Start/Stop Function

GF07.10-P-1041MG Engine Control, Start/Stop Function
ENGINES 271.8 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3, 207.3 /4, 212.0 /2
- with CODE (B03) ECO start/stop function
The partial function "Engine control, start/stop function" is viewed in terms of the engine control system.
Information for partial function "Energy management start/stop function" is documented in the function description "Energy management
function".
Function requirements for the engine timing start stop function, general points
^ Engine running at operating temperature (coolant temperature: T greater than 60°C less than 115°C)
^ Speed of 15 km/h exceeded once during forward travel
^ Engine hood closed
^ Gearshift lever in "neutral" (for a manual transmission)
^ Gear range "N" (for an A/T)
^ Clutch pedal not actuated (for manual transmission )
^ System diagnosis completed
Engine control, start/stop function, general points

For a stationary vehicle, the start/stop function switches the engine off automatically and starts it again, as soon as the driver wishes to drive off.
The fuel consumption and thus the exhaust emissions are reduced by stopping the engine with the vehicle at a standstill. Conventional cutout and
starting of the engine with the transmitter key (A8/1) or via the KEYLESS-GO start/stop button (S2/3) (for code (889) Keyless Go) continues to
be possible.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit (N3/10) permanently performs an SD and assesses the function requirements for the start stop function.
The front SAM control unit with fuse and relay module (N10/1) also checks the function of all involved components and transmits the status to
the ME-SFI [ME] control unit via the chassis CAN (CAN E).
If the function requirements are fulfilled, the driver is notified of start/stop readiness by the "ECO" symbol in the multifunction display (A1p13)
in the instrument cluster (A1).
For the start-stop function the ME-SFI [ME] control unit reads in the following sensors and signals:

- Accelerator pedal sensor (B37), accelerator pedal actuation
- Transmission neutral position sensor (B79/2) (for a manual transmission)
- Clutch pedal switch (S40/3), clutch operation (for manual transmission)
- Start enable clutch pedal switch (S40/5), full clutch operator (for a manual transmission)
- instrument cluster, vehicle speed via chassis CAN (CAN E)
- Supplemental restraint system control unit (N2/10), direct crash signal
- supplemental restraint system control unit via the chassis CAN:
- Indirect crash signal
- Status of driver seat belt
- Signal engine hood closed (with code (U60) Pedestrian protection)
- Front SAM control unit with fuse and relay module (N10/1) via the chassis CAN:
- Air conditioning status
- Engine stop prohibition
- Engine start request
- Signal from the door contact on the front left
- ECO start/stop function button (N72/1s50) status
- Signal engine hood closed (with code (551) Anti-theft alarm system (ATA))
rcheuls@gmail.com
unit (N30/7) (with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS), via the chassis CAN
- Brake actuation
- Wheel speed
- Engine stop enable
- AIRMATIC control unit (N51/3) (with code (489) AIRMATIC (air suspension with continuous adjustable damping) via chassis CAN:
- Radar sensors control unit (N62/1) (model 207.3/4 up to 31.5.11 with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS, model 212.0/2 up to 31.5.10 with code
(233) DISTRONIC PLUS or code (234) Blind Spot Assist) or video and radar sensor system control unit (N62/2) (model 212.0/2 as of
01.06.10, model 204.0/2 and model 207.3/4 as of 01.06.11, model 204.3 with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS, with code (237) Active Blind
spot Assist, with code (238) Active Lane Keeping Assist), engine torque request (increase or reduction) via the chassis CAN
- Steering column module control unit (N80) via the chassis CAN:
- Steering wheel angle
- Steering wheel angular velocity
- Fuel system control unit (N118), fuel pressure via the drive train CAN (CAN C)
- Fully integrated transmission control control unit (Y3/8) (for code (427) 7-speed automatic transmission), status of gear range via drive train
CAN (CAN C)
Engine control, start/stop function, function sequence

The start/stop function consists of the following partial functions:
^ Function sequence for engine stop

^ Function sequence for engine start
^ Function sequence for forced engine start
Function sequence for engine stop

The engine is switched off by the ME-SFI [ME] control unit if all of the following function conditions are fulfilled:
- Indicator lamp on the ECO start/stop function button lights up
- vehicle speed = 0 km/h (for an A/T)
- vehicle speed 8 km/h (for a manual transmission)
- Coolant temperature greater than 60°C and less than 115°C
- Transmission oil temperature greater than 10°C and less than 120°C (for an A/T)
- Engine oil temperature in the specified value range
- Engine rpm in specified value range
- Transmission in neutral (for a manual transmission)
- Gear range "N" (for an A/T)
- Clutch not actuated (for a manual transmission)
- Accelerator not operated
- Service brake actuated up to standstill of the vehicle
- Adequate vacuum in the brake booster
- No control intervention function from AIRMATIC, brake assistance and distance regulation system
- Engine hood closed
- No crash signal
- Steering wheel angle a maximum of 210°
- Steering wheel angular velocity in the specified value range
- Outside temperature in range
- Condition of the on-board electrical system OK
- Driver door closed
- Driver seat belt applied
- Interior temperature regulated
After an automatic engine stop a maximum of three automatic engine stops are permitted without exceeding the speed of 8 km/h.
After the fourth engine start, the vehicle must exceed a speed of 8 km/h for the engine to be stopped again.
Function sequence for engine start

The engine is automatically started for actuating the acceleration or clutch pedal.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit actuates the circuit 50 starter relay (N10/1kM) with a ground signal. The power contact on the relay closes and
the starter solenoid switch (M1) is supplied at "circuit 50" with a voltage from "circuit 30". The FSCU receives the CAN signal "fuel specified
pressure" from the ME-SFI [ME] control unit via the drive train CAN and appropriately actuates the fuel pump (M3) by means of a pulse width
rcheuls@gmail.com
modulated signal (PWM signal).
Function sequence for a forced engine start

The forced engine start subfunction is available as a protection function. Here the engine is force started autonomously (without any action taken
by the driver) by the ME-SFI [ME] control unit if one of the following function conditions occurs:
- Condition of the on-board electrical system not OK

- Coolant temperature greater than 115°C
- Exceeding of the engine stop period of a maximum of 3
- Change in the status of the A/C
- AIRMATIC, brake assist or distance regulation system in control intervention function mode
- A brake application cannot be safely completed once initiated
- The vacuum in the brake booster is not adequate
- Driver absence detected
- Change of the steering wheel angle by more than 8°
- Vehicle speed greater than 2 km/h
- Communication error of the start/stop function with one of the following systems: suspension and steering functions, energy management,
brake and control systems
A maneuvering process is recognized for an engaged reverse gear and the start/stop function is deactivated. If the engine is stopped it is force
started, and if it is running the engine stop function is suppressed.
The start/stop function is subsequently activated again for an engaged forward gear and for exceeding a vehicle speed 15 km/h.
GF07.61-P-6000MG Component Description For ME-SFI [ME] Control Unit

GF07.61-P-6000MG Component Description For ME-SFI [ME] Control Unit
ENGINES 271.820 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3
ENGINES 271.860 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3, 207.3 /4, 212.0 /2
Front view of engine compartment model 212
N3/10 ME-SFI [ME] control unit
Location
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit is located on the left at the air filter housing.
Task
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit represents the engine control, when connected electrically to the sensors and actuators of engine 271
The following systems and functions are controlled and coordinated by the ME-SFI [ME] control unit according to input signals:
- Ignition system
- Fuel supply
- High pressure gasoline injection
- Electronic accelerator
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Diagnosis and fault storage
- Engine timing start stop function (for code (B03) ECO start/stop function)
- Drive authorization system and immobilizer
- Regulated camshaft adjustment
- Charge pressure control
- Torque interface
- Alternator interface
- Heat management
- Emission control
Input and output signals

The following input signals are evaluated by the engine control system and respective output signals are issued:
^ Direct input signals

^ Direct output signals
^ LIN signals
^ CAN input signals
^ CAN output signals
Direct input signals

- Terminal 15
- Circuit 30 (fused)
- Circuit 31
- Circuit 87M1.2
- Circuit 87M2.2
- Rear knock sensor (A16/1)
- Front knock sensor (A16/4)
- Rail pressure sensor (B4/6)
- Intake camshaft Hall sensor (B6/15)
- Exhaust camshaft Hall sensor (B6/16)
- Charge air temperature sensor (B17/8)
- Pressure sensor upstream of throttle valve (B28/6)
- Pressure sensor downstream of throttle valve (B28/7)
- Pressure sensor upstream of compressor impeller (B28/15)
- Accelerator pedal sensor (B37) - potentiometer 1
- Accelerator pedal sensor - potentiometer 2
- Crankshaft Hall sensor (B70)
- Position sensor for transmission neutral(B79/2) (for code (B03) ECO Start-stop function)
- Oxygen sensor downstream of catalytic converter (G3/1)
- Oxygen sensor upstream of catalytic converter (G3/2)
- Throttle valve actual value potentiometer 1 (M16/6r1)
- Throttle valve actual value potentiometer 2 (M16/6r2)
- Swirl flap Hall sensor (M59b1)
- Crash signal from supplemental restraint system control unit (N2/10)
- Clutch pedal switch (S40/3) (for manual transmission)
- Start enable clutch pedal switch (S40/5) (for manual transmission and for code (B03) ECO start/stop function)
- Oil level check switch (S43)
Direct output signals

- Sensor voltages 1 and 2 (5 V) - engine plug
- Sensor voltages 1 and 2 (5 V) - vehicle plug
- Sensor grounds 1 and 2 - engine plug
- Sensor ground 1 - vehicle plug
- Accelerator pedal sensor - reference masses for potentiometer 1 and 2
- Oxygen sensor upstream of catalytic converter - oxygen sensor heater
- Oxygen sensor downstream of catalytic converter - oxygen sensor heater
- Fan motor for combustion engine and air conditioning system with integrated control (M4/7) - specified fan speed
- Throttle valve - actuator motor (M16/6m1) +
- Throttle valve - actuator motor (M16/6m1) -
- Swirl flap actuator motor (M59m1) +
- Swirl flap actuator motor (M59m1) -
- Circuit 50 starter relay (N10/1kM)
- Engine circuit 87 relay (N10/1kN)
- Secondary air injection relay (N10/1kP) up to 12/2009 (except code (498) Japan version)
- Fuel pump control unit (N118) - "fuel pump ON" ground signal
- Wide open throttle operation vent line heater element (R39/2) (as of YoM 11)
- Coolant thermostat heating element (R48)
- Cylinder 1 ignition coil (T1/1)
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Heating system shutoff valve (Y16/2)
- Boost pressure control transducer (Y31/5)
- Air pump switchover valve (Y32) up to 12/2009 (except code (498) Japan version)
- Intake camshaft solenoid (Y49/1)
- Exhaust camshaft solenoid (Y49/2)
- Purge control valve (Y58/1)
- Cylinder 1 fuel injector (Y76/1)
- Radiator shutters actuator (Y84)
- Quantity control valve (Y94)
- Divert air switchover valve (Y101)
LIN signals
- Alternator interface via drive LIN (LIN C1)
CAN input signals
Instrument cluster (A1)

- Fuel reserve signal
Supplemental restraint system control unit (N2/10)

- Crash signal
- Driver seat belt applied
- Engine hood closed (for code (U60) Pedestrian protection)
Front SAM control unit with fuse and relay module (N10/1)
- Engine hood closed (for code (551) Antitheft alarm system (EDW)
Electronic transmission-control control unit (N15/3) (for code (423) 5-speed automatic transmission (NAG)) or fully integrated transmission
control controller unit (Y3/8) (for code (427) Automatic 7-speed transmission)
- Drive position
- Transmission mode
- Actual gear, target gear
- Engine torque reduction request
- Starter enable in selector lever position "P, N"
- Engine idle specified speed (for actuation of the torque converter lockup clutch)
- Status of torque converter lockup clutch
- Transmission limp-home mode
AIRmatic control unit (N51/3) (with code (489) AIRmatic (air suspension with continuous adjustment damping))
Automatic air conditioning control and operating unit (N22/7)

- Specified fan speed request
- Engine torque request
- A/C status
Electronic Stability Program control unit (N30/4) (except code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS) or Premium Electronic Stability Program control unit
(N30/7) (with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS)
- Vehicle speed
- Wheel speed signal
- Brake recognition
- Cruise control request
- Engine stop enable
rcheuls@gmail.com
Radar sensors control unit (N62/1) (model 207.3/4 up to 31.5.11 with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS, 212.0/2 up to 31.5.10 with code (233)
DISTRONIC PLUS or code (234) Blind Spot Assist) or video and radar sensor system control unit (N62/2) 212.0/2 as of 1.6.10, model 204.0/2
and model 207.3/4 as of 1.6.11, model 204.3 with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS, code (237) Active Blind Spot Assist or code (238) Active
Lane Keeping Assist)
Left front door control unit (N69/1)

- Driver door closed
Upper control panel control unit (N72/1)

- Status button for ECO start/stop function (N72/1s50) (with code (B03) ECO start/stop function
Electronic ignition lock control unit (N73)

- Start enable (drive authorization system)
Steering column tube module control unit (N80)

- Steering wheel angle
- Steering wheel angular velocity
Fuel system control unit (N118)

- Fuel pressure
- Self-diagnosis data
- Requested diagnostic data
CAN output signals
Instrument cluster
- Engine oil level too low
- Circuit 61 signal (generated by ME-SFI [ME] control unit)
- Fuel consumption (the trip computer is informed about the current fuel consumption by means of square-wave pulse packages (1 pulse = 0.2
l/h))
Electronic ignition lock control unit

- Start enable request (drive authorization system)
Electronic transmission control control unit (for code (423) 5-speed automatic transmission (NAG)) or fully integrated transmission control
controller unit (for code (427) 7-speed automatic transmission)
- Requests for catalytic converter heating
- Shift request
- Engine torque
- Engine coolant temperature
- Engine speed
- Engine load
- Kickdown
- Engine speed limitation active
- Engine control limp-home mode
Fuel pump control unit

- Fuel pump ON
- Fuel requirements
- Diagnosis request
Design
The housing of the ME-SFI [ME] control unit is made out of diecast aluminum and the cover is made out of corrosion-proof sheet steel. The
ME-SFI [ME] control unit is protected against water and dusts.
The housing contains the 32-bit measuring and control electronics for the engine control.
Power supply
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit is "circuit 30 fused" and also supplied with a voltage for ignition ON by "circuit 87 M2.2 and M1.2".
In the operating voltage range it has both short-circuit protection and reversed polarity protection.
Power is supplied through several pins connected in parallel to relieve the electrical connectors.
Ground connection
The "circuit 31" ground connection is made via several ground lines to the left major assembly compartment electronics ground point (W16/5).
Processor run-on
If the ME-SFI [ME] control unit receives the signal "circuit 15 OFF", a processor run-on of approx. 10 seconds is started.
rcheuls@gmail.com
However, it may also last for several minutes due to various functions (for example, on-board diagnosis (OBD), drive authorization system
(DAS), thermal management).
Assembly operations
Ensure before unplugging the plug on the ME-SFI [ME] control unit that the ignition is switched off and computer run-on has ended. This is to
prevent damage to the ME-SFI [ME] control unit and save errors in the control units linked to the CAN.
Variants
The engine control variants (e.g. national and exhaust variants) are activated with Xentry Diagnostics using the variant coding function.
Replacement of the ME-SFI [ME] control unit is not necessary.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Powertrain Management: Testing and Inspection
AP00.20-P-0000-13CV Read Out Workshop Code
AP00.20-P-0000-13CV Read Out Workshop Code
- with convenience multifunction steering wheel (12 buttons)
1 Turn the key in the ignition lock into position "1".

The standard display (kilometer counter) must appear in the multifunction display (A1p13), if necessary press the scroll forward button
repeatedlyS110s1.
2 Press the system selection button (S110s3) repeatedly until the menu item trip with high-lighter is stored in the multifunction display
(A1p13).
"Trip" remains selected for apron. 5 seconds. Operation step 3 must be carried out within this time.
3 Press the Accept phone call button first (S111s3) and keep pressed, then within a second also press and keep pressed the OK button
(S110s6).
Keep both buttons pressed for approx. 5 seconds (S111s3, S110s6): The workshop menu with the indexes "Vehicle data", "Dynamometer
test" (A1p13) and "ASSYST PLUS" appears in the multifunction display.
4 Press the scroll forward button (S110s1) repeatedly until "ASSYST PLUS" is stored with the high lighter and confirm selection with the OK
button (S110s6).
The indexes "Service data" and "Full service" (A1p13) appear in the multifunction display.
5 Confirm selection "Service data" with OK button (S110s6).

The workshop code (e.g. 20) and the service code (e.g. <>) appear in the multifunction display (A1p13)D0FA1.
6 Note the workshop code and service code.

The codes are required for dynamic maintenance (ASSYST PLUS) in the Workshop Information System (WIS).
7 If necessary, press the scroll forward button (S110s1) and note the remaining time and remaining distance.
8 Press the "Back" button (S110s4) repeatedly until (A1p13) the standard display (kilometer counter) appears in the multifunction display.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Powertrain Management: Testing and Inspection
AP00.20-P-0000-13CW Read Out Workshop Code
AP00.20-P-0000-13CW Read Out Workshop Code
- with the multifunction steering wheel (4 buttons)

The standard display (kilometer counter) must appear in the multifunction display (A1p13), if necessary press the system selection button
repeatedlyS110s3.
2 First press also button R (S110s7) and keep pressed, then press and keep pressed button + (S111s1) within a second.
Keep both buttons (S110s7, S111s1) pressed for approx. 5 seconds: The voltage indicator appears in the multifunction display (A1p13).
3 Press system selection button (S110s3).

"ASSYST PLUS" appears in the multifunction display (A1p13).
4 Press button R (S110s7).

"Service data" appears in the multifunction display (A1p13).
5 Press button R (S110s7).

The workshop code (e.g. 20507) appears in the multifunction display (A1p13).
6 Note workshop code.

The workshop code is needed for dynamic maintenance (ASSYST PLUS) in the WIS.

The service code (e.g. <>) appears in the multifunction display (A1p13A1.
8 Note service code.

The workshop code is needed for dynamic maintenance (ASSYST PLUS) in the WIS.

The remaining time and remaining distance appear in the multifunction display (A1p13), note if necessary.
10 Press the "System selection button" (S110s3) repeatedly until (A1p13) the standard display (kilometer counter) appears in the multifunction
display.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Powertrain Management: Tools and Equipment
WS07.00-N-0014-01B 103 589 00 21 01 Pressure Gage

WS07.00-N-0014-01B 103 589 00 21 01 Pressure Gage
FG 07/18/47/Set B Separate Part
ENGINES 102.96 /97 /98 /99, 103, 104, 110.98 /99, 111 /948 /978, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 155, 156, 159, 166, 271, 272, 273, 275, 442,
470, 471, 472, 473, 611, 612, 613, 628, 629, 640, 642, 646, 647, 648, 651, 668, 934, 936
103 589 00 21 01
Use:
Pressure gauge 0 - 10 bar for fuel pressure measurement
WS07.00-N-0014B 103 589 00 21 00 Testing Unit

WS07.00-N-0014B 103 589 00 21 00 Testing Unit
FG 07/18/47/Set B
ENGINES 102.96 /97 /98 /99, 103, 104, 110.98 /99, 111 /948 /978, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 152, 155, 156, 157, 159, 166, 266, 270, 271,
272, 273, 275, 276, 278, 442, 470, 471, 472, 473, 611, 612, 613, 628, 629, 640, 642, 646, 647, 648, 651, 668, 934, 936
Modification notes
103 589 00 21 00
Use:
Check engine oil pressure Fuel pressure measurement
WS07.00-P-0014-01B 103 589 00 21 01 Pressure Gauge

WS07.00-P-0014-01B 103 589 00 21 01 Pressure Gauge
ENGINE 102.96 /97 /98 /99, 103, 104, 110.98 /99, 111, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 155, 156, 159, 166, 271, 272, 273, 275, 611, 612, 613,
628, 629, 640, 642, 646, 647, 648, 651, 668
103 589 00 21 01
Use:
Pressure gauge for pressure measurements from 0 to bar.
rcheuls@gmail.com
WS07.00-P-0014-02B 103 589 00 21 04 Pressure Hose

ENGINE 102.96 /97 /98 /99, 103, 104, 110.98 /99, 111, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 155, 156, 159, 166, 266, 271, 272, 273, 275, 611, 612,
613, 628, 629, 640, 642, 646, 647, 648, 651, 668
103 589 00 21 04
Use:
Pressure hose with M 12 1.5 mm union nut on both sides.

FG 07/18/Set B Component Part
ENGINE 102.96 /97 /98 /99, 103, 104, 110.98 /99, 111, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 155, 156, 159, 166, 266, 271, 272, 273, 275, 611, 612,
613, 628, 629, 640, 642, 646, 647, 648, 651, 668
103 589 00 21 05
Use/specification:
Pressure hose with M 12 x 1.5/ M 10 x 1 mm union nut and double union
WS07.00-P-0014B 103 589 00 21 00 Testing Unit

WS07.00-P-0014B 103 589 00 21 00 Testing Unit
FG 07/18/Set B
ENGINE 102.96 /97 /98 /99, 103, 104, 110.98 /99, 111, 112, 113, 116, 117, 119, 120, 152, 155, 156, 157, 159, 166, 266, 270, 271, 272, 273,
275, 276, 278, 611, 612, 613, 628, 629, 640, 642, 646, 647, 648, 651, 668
Modification notes
103 589 00 21 00
Use:
Testing unit 0-10 bar for measuring gasoline and oil pressure
WS07.00-P-0024B 119 589 04 63 00 Pressure Hose

rcheuls@gmail.com
WS07.00-P-0024B 119 589 04 63 00 Pressure Hose

FG 01/09/07/47/Set B
ENGINE 104, 111, 112, 113, 119, 120, 152, 156, 157, 159, 266, 271, 272, 273, 275, 276, 278, 612.965, 640
119 589 04 63 00
Use:
Pressure hose with angle connection 7/16-20 UNF and union nut M 12 X 1.5 mm for LH gasoline injection system. (in combination with testing
unit 103 589 00 21 00)

FG 07/Set B
ENGINE 166, 271, 611, 612, 613, 628, 629, 642 /, 646, 647, 648, 668
Modification notes
166 589 01 63 00
Use:
3-pin adapter cable for testing the ignition coil module for M166 and the ignition coil for M271.

FG 07/Set B
ENGINE 266, 271, 272, 273, 640, 642, 646, 647, 648, 642
Modification notes
266 589 01 63 00
Use:
154-pin adapter cable for diagnosis of the fuel injection and ignition system and for diagnosis of the common rail system in combination with
socket boxes 124 589 00 21 00 and 129 589 00 2100.
rcheuls@gmail.com
WS09.00-P-0006B 611 589 02 21 00 Leak Tightness Tester

WS09.00-P-0006B 611 589 02 21 00 Leak Tightness Tester
FG 09/49/Set B
ENGINE 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 276, 278, 611.960 /961 /962, 612.961 /962 /963, 613.960 /961, 628.960 /963, 629, 639.939, 646.951 /961,
647.961 /981, 651, 668.940 /941 /942
611 589 02 21 00
Use:
Check the leak tightness and searching for leaks on the suction side of the charge air system.
Note:
Engine 271.9 in combination with 271 589 01 91 00 connecting adapter.
Engine 270 in combination with 270 589 00 91 00 connecting adapter.
WS47.00-P-0034B 001 589 00 07 00 Claw-Type Wrench

WS47.00-P-0034B 001 589 00 07 00 Claw-Type Wrench
FG 47/Set B
MODEL 204, 207, 212, 218, 246
MODEL 906 with ENGINE 642, 271, 272
001 589 00 07 00
Use:
Claw wrench for loosening and tightening locking ring on delivery unit.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Firing order
rcheuls@gmail.com
Camshaft Position Sensor: Locations
Exhaust Camshaft Hall Sensor

Exhaust Camshaft Hall Sensor
Intake Camshaft Hall Sensor, Left

Intake Camshaft Hall Sensor, Left
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Intake Camshaft Hall Sensor

Intake Camshaft Hall Sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
Intake Camshaft Hall Sensor, Right

Intake Camshaft Hall Sensor, Right
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Exhaust Camshaft Hall Sensor, Left

Exhaust Camshaft Hall Sensor, Left
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Exhaust Camshaft Hall Sensor, Right

Exhaust Camshaft Hall Sensor, Right
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Camshaft Hall Sensor

Camshaft Hall Sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Crankshaft Position Sensor: Locations
Crankshaft Position Sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Knock Sensor: Locations
Cylinder 1+2 Knock Sensor

Knock Sensor, Front

Knock Sensor, Front
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com

rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Knock Sensor, Left

Knock Sensor, Left
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Knock Sensor, Right

Knock Sensor, Right
rcheuls@gmail.com
Knock Sensor 1, Right

Knock Sensor 1, Right
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Knock Sensor 2, Left

Knock Sensor 2, Left
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Spark Plug: Specifications
Spark Plug Gap
BE15.10-P-1000-01A Spark plugs
Test values of spark plugs
rcheuls@gmail.com
Accelerator Pedal: Service and Repair
AR30.12-P-1321CW Remove/Install Accelerator Pedal
AR30.12-P-1321CW Remove/Install Accelerator Pedal
Steps 1 - 5
rcheuls@gmail.com
Accelerator Pedal: Service and Repair
AN29.10-P-0002CW Retrofit Pedal Pads
AN29.10-P-0002CW Retrofit Pedal Pads
- MODEL 204.0## /2## (except 204.075 /077 /275 /277) 1# except CODE (950) AMG sport package
Shown on vehicle with transmission 722
1 Stainless steel pedal support

4 Parking brake pedal
5 Brake pedal
B37 Accelerator pedal sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor: Description and Operation
GF30.20-P-2011CY Component Description For Accelerator Pedal Sensor
- ENGINE 156, 271, 272, 642, 646, 651 in MODEL 204
Shown is the driver footwell
B37 Accelerator pedal sensor
Location
The accelerator pedal sensor is located behind the accelerator pedal module.
Task
The accelerator pedal sensor converts the mechanical movement of the accelerator pedal into an electrical voltage that corresponds to the
accelerator pedal position.
Design
Shown is the internal circuit
1 Pin 1: Voltage supply (5 V)

2 Pin 2: Signal voltage 1 (approx. 0.40 to 4.50 V)
3 Pin 3: Ground Hall element 1
4 Pin 4: Ground Hall element 2
5 Pin 5: not used
6 Pin 6: Signal voltage 2 (approx. 0.20 to 2.25 V)
A Hall element 1
B Hall element 2
LL Idle position
rcheuls@gmail.com
FL Full-load position
Function
The accelerator pedal sensor consists of a shaft with ring magnet.

The ring magnet rotates in a printed circuit board with stator in the two fixed Hall elements. This produces a change in the voltage.
Information about the accelerator pedal position is sent in the form of two signal voltages to the ME-SFI [ME] control unit (N3/10) (for gasoline
engines) or the CDI control unit (N3/9) (for diesel engines).
Emergency running
If the signal voltage of one Hall element fails, the signal voltage of the other Hall element is used and the engine goes into limp-home mode.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fuel Filter: Service and Repair
AP47.20-P-0780CWZ Replace Fuel Filter
ENGINES 156, 271, 272, 276 in MODEL 204.0 /2
ENGINES 272, 276 in MODEL 204.9
ENGINES 271, 276, 156 in MODEL 204.3
Shows model 204.041
1 Fuel line
2 Fuel filter
3 Float linkage
B4/1 Left fuel level indicator sensor

B4/7 Fuel pressure sensor (except engine 156)
M3 Fuel pump
rcheuls@gmail.com
001 589 00 07 00
Claw-type wrench
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fuel Injector: Service and Repair
AR07.03-P-0004EVO Remove/Install Fuel Injectors
ENGINES 271.8 in MODEL 204, 207, 212
1 Rail
3 Electrical line
5 Metal clip
Y76 Fuel injectors
rcheuls@gmail.com
271 589 01 43 00
Assembly tool
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fuel Pressure Sensor/Switch: Locations
Rail Pressure Sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fuel Pump: Service and Repair
AR47.20-P-5710CW Remove/Install Fuel Pump
Modification Notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
Steps 1 - 11
Fuel Tank
Special Tools
Repair Materials
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fuel Pump Access Cover: Service and Repair
AR47.10-P-4100-02CW Open, Close Latch
AR47.10-P-4100-02CW Open, Close Latch
Fuel Tank
1 Hammer back damping mat (1) or remove it.

2 Remove bolts (2a) and cover (2) for service opening.
Observe maximum bolt length of 10 mm. When using longer bolts there is the danger of leaks at the fuel tank and injury to persons or
damage to equipment and the environment.
Installation: The impressed arrow on the cover (2) must point in the direction of travel.
Installation: Observe tightening torque [Nm].
3 Install in the reverse order.

Removal of the right cover takes place analog to the left cover (2).
Shown on the left cover
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fuel Supply Line: Service and Repair
AR47.20-P-5510-01CW Disconnect Fuel Line, Stick Together
Remove fuel line

1 Press lock for fuel line (1) by hand or with a screwdriver in the direction of the arrow and detach fuel line (1) from fitting or fuel line.
Mount fuel line

2 Place fuel line (1) on fitting or fuel line.
Check for correct locking by pulling on the connector.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fuel Tank: Procedures
AR47.10-P-4001CW Empty/Fill Fuel Tank

AR47.10-P-4001CW Empty / Fill Fuel Tank
rcheuls@gmail.com
Steps 1 - 10
Fuel Tank
OS47.10-P-0001-01A Disposing of Fuel Tanks

OS47.10-P-0001-01A Disposing Of Fuel Tanks
Before opening the fuel tank, empty completely, clean thoroughly and rinse out with a noncombustible fluid, e.g. with water, steam or an inert gas,
e.g. nitrogen, carbon dioxide.
Sheet metal fuel tanks
Open sheet metal fuel tanks with a chisel or metal saw by approx. 30X30 cm. Dispose of sheet metal ventilated fuel tanks as metal scrap.
Plastic fuel tanks
Open the plastic fuel tank using a suitable saw by approx. 30X30 cm.
In Germany the opened plastic fuel tank can be returned through the Mercedes Recycling System (MeRSy) as "other plastic parts" for recycling.
Operations not connected to MeRSy can dispose of similarly pretreated plastic fuel tanks along with the fraction of industrial refuse similar to
household waste.
Transport
Cut-open and ventilated end of life fuel tanks are not subject to the requirements of the Hazardous Goods Road Transport Regulations.
AR47.10-P-4000FH Empty Fuel Tank on Systems With Faulty Fuel Pumps

AR47.10-P-4000FH Empty Fuel Tank On Systems With Faulty Fuel Pumps
- MODEL 204 with ENGINE 271.8, 272, 276
- with CODE (494) USA version
rcheuls@gmail.com
2 Fuel filter
3 Suction hose
6 Fitting
rcheuls@gmail.com
AR47.10-P-4001FH Empty/Fill Fuel Tank

AR47.10-P-4001FH Empty/fill Fuel Tank
- MODEL 204 with ENGINE 271.8, 272, 276
Shown on engine 276
2 Service valve
3 Valve element
4 Pressure hose
5 Protective cap
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
119 589 04 63 00, Pressure hose
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fuel Tank: Removal and Replacement
AR47.10-P-4100CW Remove/Install Fuel Tank
rcheuls@gmail.com
Steps 1 - 21
Fuel Tank
Repair Materials
rcheuls@gmail.com
Intercooler: Procedures
AR09.41-P-1311-01AL Open and Close Coupling
Open coupling
1 Slide nose (2) of catch spring (3) to position (B).

Do not pull on the eyelet (1) as the catch spring (3) will lose pretension.
2 Detach hose on component.
3 Replace seal.
Close coupling
4 Slide nose (2) of catch spring (3) to position (A).
5 Slide hose onto component until the catch spring (3) latches.
6 Check connection by pulling a little at the hose.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Intercooler: Removal and Replacement
AR09.41-P-6817CW Remove/Install Charge Air Cooler
ENGINES 271, 642, 646, 651 in MODEL 204
ENGINES 271, 642, 651 in MODEL 207
ENGINES 271, 642, 651 in MODEL 212
ENGINES 642, 651 in MODEL 218
Shown on model 204
10 Fan unit
13 Lower air ducting
14 Unlocking lugs
Shown on model 204
1 Electrical line
2 Electrical line
3 Charge air cooler
13 Lower air ducting
B12 Refrigerant pressure sensor

B14 Outside temperature sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
Shown on model 218
3 Charge air cooler
B14 Outside temperature sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
Wastegate Actuator: Locations
Boost Pressure Control Flap Actuator
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Body Control Module: Description and Operation
GF54.21-P-6030CE Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse and Relay Module, Component Description
GF54.21-P-6030CE Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse and Relay Module, Component Description
MODEL 204.0 /2 as of model year 2009 /YoM 08
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
Model 204.0/2/3, shown on model 204.0

N10/2 Rear SAM control unit with fuse and relay module
Location
The rear SAM control unit is located in the rear right of the luggage compartment.
Model 204.9
N10/2 Rear SAM control unit with fuse and relay module
Location
The rear SAM control unit is located on the front crossmember in the trunk.
Task
The rear SAM control unit has the following tasks:
^ Reading in of sensors, pickups and signals
^ Evaluation of input factors
^ Controlling functions
^ Actuation of components
The fuse and relay module of the rear SAM control unit supplies various systems and control units with power through limit switches to match
the function sequence.
The following tasks are the responsibility of the fuse and relay module:
^ Voltage supply to components
^ Power supply and relay switching
^ Switching consumers using relays
Detailed information is available in the "Fuse and relay box, as- built configuration" function description.
Reading in of sensors, pickups and signals

The input factors are read in via the following connections:
^ Direct line
^ Local Interconnect Network (LIN)
^ Interior CAN (CAN B)
Direct line
The signals from the following components are read via a direct line:
- FM, AM and CL antenna amplifier (A2/18) (model 204.0/3)
- Rear window antenna amplifier 1 (A2/71) (model 204.2/9)
- Left rear door rotary tumbler switch (A85/3s1) (with model 204.0/2/9)
- Right rear door rotary tumbler switch (A85/4s1) (with model 204.0/2/9)
- Left fuel level indicator sensor (B4/1)
- Right fuel level indicator sensor (B4/2)
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Trunk lid rotary tumbler switch (M14/7s1) (model 204.0/3)
- Liftgate rotary tumbler switch (M14/7s1) (model 204.2/9)
- Tank cap central locking motor (M14/10)
- With model 204.0/3 with code (287) Through-loading feature, model 204.2/9:
- Left rear backrest inclination switch (S54/5)
- Right rear backrest inclination switch (S54/6)
- Left rear seat backrest lock switch (S54/7)
- Right rear backrest lock switch (S54/8)
- With code (551) Antitheft alarm system (ATA [EDW]):
- Pedestrian protection Hall sensor + engine hood ATA switch (A38/1) (with model 204.3 with code (U60) Pedestrian protection)
- Left engine hood contact switch (S62/43) (without code (U60) Pedestrian protection)
- with code (889) Keyless-Go:
- KEYLESS-GO trunk lid button (S62/21) (model 204.0/3)
- Liftgate KEYLESS-GO button (S62/21) (model 204.2/9)
- In model 204.2/9 with code (890) EASY-PACK liftgate
- Liftgate control button (S62/36)
- Left rear seat belt buckle switch (S68/5)
- Right rear seat belt buckle switch (S68/6)
- Center rear seat belt buckle switch (S68/14)
- With model 204.0/3 with code (887) Valet Parking:
- Trunk lid contact switch (S88/6)
- With model 204.0/3 with code (494) USA version
- Trunk lid emergency opening switch (S88/10)
- Trunk lid external operation switch (S88/8) (model 204.0/3)
- Liftgate external operation switch (S88/8) (model 204.2/9)
- With model 204.3 with code (275) Memory package (driver seat, steering column, mirrors) or code (242) Electrically adjustable front
passenger seat with memory:
- EASY ENTRY system limit switch, driver seat (S159/3)
- EASY ENTRY system limit switch, front passenger seat (S159/4)
LIN
The signals from the following components are read in via LIN:
- On-board electrical system LIN (LIN B7):
- Battery sensor (B95)
- Rear SAM LIN (LIN B4):
- Alarm siren (H3/1) (up to 31.5.10 with code (551) Antitheft alarm system (ATA [EDW]), as of 1.6.10 with code (551) Antitheft alarm
system (ATA [EDW]) and without code (494) USA version)
- Interior protection and tow-away protection control unit (N26/6) (with code (882) Interior monitoring (only with ATA))
Interior CAN
The signals are read in by the rear SAM control unit over the interior CAN.
The functions that use these signals are described in the individual function descriptions (see block diagram or function schematic).
Evaluation of input factors

The input factors are evaluated by the integrated microprocessor and the relevant systems or components are then actuated.
Controlling functions
The rear SAM control unit controls the following functions:
- Battery state recognition
- Exterior lights (ABL) for vehicle rear
- Rear window defroster
- Trunk lid lock (model 204.0/3), Liftgate (model 204.2/9) and fuel filler door
- Heated seats (HS) (with code (873) front left and right heated seats)
- Electric rear window roller blind (with model 204.0 with code (540) Roller sun blind)
- Antitheft alarm system (ATA [EDW]) (with code (551) Antitheft alarm system (ATA [EDW]))
Actuation of components
The actuation of the components takes place via the following connections:
^ Direct line
^ LIN
^ Interior CAN
Direct line
The following components are actuated via a direct line:
- Left rear lamp unit (E3)
- Right rear lamp unit (E4)
- Model 204.0/2, model 204.9 with code (460) Canada version or code (494) USA version:
- Left rear side marker lamp (E6/3)
- Right rear side marker lamp (E6/4)
- Right luggage compartment lamp (E18/4)
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Left trunk lamp (E18/5) (model 204.2)
- Left license plate lamp (E19/1)
- Right license plate lamp (E19/2)
- Center brake lamp (E21)
- Ambient lamp and left trunk lid warning lamp (E40/2) (model 204.0/3)
- Ambient lamp and left liftgate warning lamp (E40/2) (model 204.2/9)
- Ambient lamp and right liftgate warning lamp (E40/3) (model 204.2)
- Liftgate wiper motor (M6/4) (for model 204.2/9)
- Trunk lid central locking motor (M14/7) (model 204.0/3)
- Liftgate central locking motor (M14/7) (model 204.2/9)
- Tank cap central locking motor (M14/10)
- On model 204.0 with code (540) Roller sun blind:
- Roller sun blind motor for rear window (M24)
- With code (409) Left/right front multicontour seats
- Pneumatic pump for MKS (M40)
- With code (494) USA version:
- Trunk lid emergency opening switch
- Rear window heater (R1)
- With code (873) Heated seats, left and right front seat:
- Left front seat sitting surface heater pad (R13/1)
- Left front backrest heater pad (R13/2)
- Right front seat sitting surface heater pad (R13/3)
- Right front backrest heater pad (R13/4)
LIN
The following component is actuated via the rear SAM-LIN:
- Alarm siren (up to 31.5.10 and as of 1.6.10 with code (551)
Antitheft alarm system (ATA [EDW]) and without code (494) USA version)
Interior CAN
The signals are sent over the interior CAN by the rear SAM control unit.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Body Control Module: Description and Operation
GF54.21-P-6070CE Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse and Relay Module, Component
Description
GF54.21-P-6070CE Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse and Relay Module, Component Description
MODEL 204.0 /2 as of model year 2009 /YoM 08
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
N10/1 Front SAM control unit with fuse and relay module
Task
In the front SAM control unit are two microprocessors, one for controlling the base functions (e.g. exterior lights (ABL)) and the second for
controlling the central gateway functions. Both processors communicate internally with each other over the interior CAN (CAN B) and they can
undergo separate diagnosis.
The front SAM control unit also has a 3D acceleration sensor which is used to detect crash events.
On model 204.9, the 3D acceleration sensor can be triggered as a result of physical shock if the vehicle is driven rapidly over uneven surfaces.
These are entered into an event memory. When mounting, make sure that the front SAM control unit is securely seated.
The processor is responsible for the following tasks for controlling the central gateway functions:
^ Central gateway (CAN interface)
^ Data container
^ System diagnosis
^ Global variant coding
^ Monitoring CAN bus idle
The processor is responsible for the following tasks for controlling the basic functions:
^ Interior CAN and LIN interface
^ Reading in of sensors, pickups and signals
^ Evaluation of input factors
^ Controlling functions
^ Actuation of components
The fuse and relay module of the front SAM control unit supplies various systems and control units with power through limit switches to match
the function sequence.
The following tasks are the responsibility of the fuse and relay module:
^ Voltage supply to components
^ Power supply and relay switching
^ Switching consumers using relays
Detailed information is available in the "Fuse and relay box, as- built configuration" function description.
Central gateway (CAN interface)

The processor for controlling the central gateway functions also acts as an interface between the following databus systems:
- Interior CAN
- Diagnostic CAN (CAN D)
- Chassis CAN (CAN E)
- Front end CAN (CAN G)
Data container
The data container represents a nonvolatile, mobile data memory and is managed by the processor for controlling the central gateway functions.
Benefits: During production, vehicle-specific, test location-specific and control unit-specific data are stored in the data container (e.g. production
number, test status, partial tests not completed). These data can be used in the subsequent tests for test sequence control. The total size of the data
memory is 128 bytes.
System diagnosis
The system diagnosis is integrated as a software module in the processor for controlling central gateway functions.
For off-board diagnosis, the following on-board functions are realized by the processor responsible for controlling the central gateway functions:
- CAN line diagnosis
- CAN SPECIFIED/ACTUAL configuration
- Data logger for telediagnosis
rcheuls@gmail.com
Global variant coding

The processor responsible for controlling the central gateway functions forwards global information such as model series and national version
over the various CAN buses to the networked control units. The control units perform part of their configuration process to match this
information.
Monitoring CAN bus idle

The monitoring of the CAN bus idle enables control units to be determined, which keep the CAN bus active at what otherwise is expected to be a
CAN bus idle period.
This information is filed in a nonvolatile memory. This in turn serves to ensure that even when the on-board electrical system battery (G1) has
been discharged and following a reset of the networked control units, it is still possible to determine whether the discharging of the on-board
electrical system battery was caused by the network or by an individual CAN user.
Interior CAN and LIN interface

The processor for controlling the basic functions also acts as an interface between the following databus systems:
- Instrument panel LIN (LIN 1)
- Wiper/inside rearview mirror LIN (LIN 2)
- Interior CAN
Reading in of sensors, pickups and signals

The input factors are read in via the following connections:
^ Direct line
^ Instrument panel LIN
^ Wiper/inside rearview mirror LIN
^ CAN
Direct line
The signals from the following components are read via a direct line:
- Refrigerant pressure sensor (B12)
- Outside temperature sensor (B14)
- Interior temperature sensor with integrated fan (N70/3b1) (without code (414) Electric glass tilting/sliding roof)
- Exterior lights switch (S1) (as of 1.6.10)
- Right front brake wear sensor (S10/2)
- Right rear brake wear sensor (S10/4)
- Brake fluid level switch (S11)
- Parking brake indicator switch (S12)
- Backup lamp switch (S16/2) (for transmission 711, 716)
- Coolant level switch (S41)
- Windshield washer system fluid level switch (S42)
- With code (B03) ECO Start-stop function
- Additional battery (G1/7)
- Right engine hood contact switch (S62/42) (without code (U60) Pedestrian protection)
Instrument panel LIN

The signals from the following components are read-in over the instrument panel LIN:
- Upper control panel control unit (N72/1)
- Exterior lights switch (up to 31.5.10)
- Instrument panel switch group (S6/1)
Wiper/inside rearview mirror LIN

The signals of the following components are read in via the wiper LIN:
- Inside rearview mirror (A67) (with code (249) Automatically dimming inside rearview mirror and outside mirror (driver))
- Garage door opener (A67n2) (with code (232) Garage door opener with frequency 284-390 MHz)
- Light sensor (B38/1) (model 204.0/2 up to 28.2.11, model 204.9 without code (345) Rain sensor)
- Rain/light sensor (B38/2) (model 204.0/2 up to 28.2.11, model 204.9 with code (345) Rain sensor, model 204.0/2 as of 1.3.11, model 204.3)
- Interior temperature sensor with integrated fan (N70b1) (with code (414) Electric glass tilting/sliding roof)
The communication with the processor responsible for controlling the central gateway functions can also send the data read in by the processor
responsible for controlling the basic functions to control units that are not connected to the interior CAN.
CAN
The processor responsible for controlling the basic functions reads in function-relevant data over the interior CAN.
Information from control units that are not connected to the interior CAN are sent by the processor responsible for controlling the central
gateway functions over the interior CAN. This can be information from control units, which are connected to one of the following CANs:
- Chassis CAN
- Front end CAN
- Diagnostic CAN
Evaluation of input factors

The input factors are evaluated by the processor responsible for controlling the basic functions whereupon the corresponding components are
rcheuls@gmail.com
then actuated.
Controlling functions
The processor responsible for controlling the basic functions manages the following functions:
- ABL
- Interior illumination (IBL)
- Wiper system (WSA)
- Windshield washer heater (with code (875) Heated windscreen washing system)
- Headlamp cleaning system (with code (600) Headlamp cleaning system)
- Central locking (CL) for rear doors, crash opening (up to 30.11.09)
- Rain closing of tilting/sliding roof (SHD) (with code (414) Power glass tilting/sliding sunroof and code (345) rain sensor)
- Decouple on-board electrical system battery and activate additional battery (with code (B03) ECO start/stop function)
Actuation of components
Components are actuated via the following lines:
^ Direct line
^ Instrument panel LIN
^ Wiper/inside rearview mirror LIN
Direct line
The following components are actuated over a direct line by the processor responsible for controlling the basic functions:
- A/C compressor (A9) (with engine 271, 272, 642, with engine 276 or engine 651 as of 1.3.11 without code (B03) ECO start/stop function)
- Refrigerant compressor with magnetic clutch (A9/7) (with engine 274, 276, engine 651 as of 1.3.11 with code (B03) ECO start/stop function)
- Left rear door lock (A85/3) (up to 30.11.09)
- Right rear door lock (A85/4) (up to 30.11.09)
- Left front lamp unit (E1)
- Right front lamp unit (E2)
- As of 1.12.09 with code (621) Intelligent light system (left-hand traffic) or code (622) Intelligent light system (right-hand traffic) and without
code (498) Japan version
- Left daytime running lights headlamp (E1/3)
- Right daytime running lights headlamp (E2/3)
- Up to 30.11.09 and as of 1.12.09 without code (621) Intelligent light system (left-hand traffic) and without code (622) Intelligent light system
(right-hand traffic) or with code (498) Japan version
- Left front fog lamp (E5/1)
- Right front fog lamp (E5/2)
- With code (494) Canada version or code (460) USA version
- Left front side marker lamp (E6/1)
- Right front side marker lamp (E6/2)
- With code (954) Avant-garde or code (955) Elegance
- Left center air vent symbol illumination (E10/1)
- Left front side air vent symbol illumination (E10/2)
- Right front side air vent symbol illumination (E10/3)
- Right center air vent symbol illumination (E10/4)
- Rear vent symbol illumination (E10/5)
- Right front footwell lamp (E17/15)
- Left front footwell lamp (E17/16)
- Glove compartment lamp (E13/1) (Switched through glove compartment lamp switch (S17/9))
- As of 1.6.12 on model 204.9:
- Driver instrument panel ambiance illumination (E43/7)
- Front passenger instrument panel ambiance illumination (E43/8)
- Left fanfare horn (H2)
- Right fanfare horn (H2/1)
- With code (B03) ECO Start-stop function
- Decoupling relay (F32k1)
- Additional battery relay (K57/2)
- Windshield washer system pump (M5/1)
- With code (600) Headlamp cleaning system
- Headlamp cleaning system pump (M5/2)
- Coolant circulation pump (M13/5)
- Spray nozzle heater (R2/1)
- With code (875) heated windshield washer system:
- Spray nozzle hose heater (R2/11)
- With code (301) Ashtray package/smoker package:
- Ashtray illumination (R3e1)
- With engine 272 without code (494) USA version:
- Purge switchover valve (Y58/1)
- With engine 272 with code (494) USA version:
- Activated charcoal canister shutoff valve (Y58/4)
Instrument panel LIN
rcheuls@gmail.com
The following components are actuated via the instrument panel LIN:
- Exterior lights switch (up to 31.5.10) (Function feedback)
- Instrument panel switch group (function feedback)
- Upper control panel control unit (function feedback)
Wiper/inside rearview mirror LIN

The following components are actuated via the wiper LIN:
- Inside rearview mirror
- Garage door opener
- Wiper motor (M6/1)
rcheuls@gmail.com
Body Control Module: Service and Repair
AR54.21-P-1258CW Remove/Install SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Box In Trunk
AR54.21-P-1258CW Remove/Install SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Box In Trunk
rcheuls@gmail.com
Steps 1 - 7
Special Tools
rcheuls@gmail.com
Body Control Module: Service and Repair
AR54.21-P-1260CW Remove/Install Left Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Box
AR54.21-P-1260CW Remove/Install Left Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Box
rcheuls@gmail.com
Steps 1 - 8
Special Tools
rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine Control Module: Locations
CDI Control Module
CDI Control Module
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Battery Temperature Sensor: Service and Repair
AR54.10-P-0003CW Disconnect/Connect Battery Ground Line
MODEL 204
Shown on model 204.0 with engine 271

1 Air duct
2 Nut
3 Ground cable
G1 On-board electrical system battery
Shown on model 204.0 with engine 646

2 Nut
3 Ground cable
G1 On-board electrical system battery
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Electronic Throttle Actuator: Description and Operation
GF30.20-P-3015MG Electronic Accelerator Function
ENGINES 271.8 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3, 207.3 /4, 212.0 /2
Function requirements for the electronic accelerator, general points

^ Engine running
Electronic accelerator, general points

The electronic accelerator function (EFP) is integrated in the ME-SFI [ME] control unit (N3/10), and controls the opening angle of the throttle
valve according to driver requests and operating conditions.
The ME-SFI [ME] control unit regulates the throttle valve position according to the following sensors and signals:

- Front SAM control unit with fuse and relay module (N10/1), reverse travel signal from backup lamp switch (S16/2) via the chassis CAN
(CAN E) (for a manual transmission)
- Electronic Stability Program control unit (N30/4) (except code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS) or Electronic Stability Program Premium control
unit (N30/7) (with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS), brake actuation via the chassis CAN
- Electronic Stability Program control unit or Electronic Stability Program Premium control unit, request to the CC via the chassis CAN (for
CC)
- Electronic transmission control control unit or fully integrated transmission control controller unit, signal for reverse travel via the drive train
CAN
- Radar sensors control unit (N62/1) (model 207.3/4 up to 31.5.11 with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS, model 212.0/2 up to 31.5.10 with code
(233) DISTRONIC PLUS or code (234) Blind Spot Assist) or video and radar sensor system control unit (N62/2) (model 212.0/2 as of
01.06.10, model 204.0/2 and model 207.3/4 as of 01.06.11, model 204.3 with code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS, with code (237) Active Blind
spot Assist, with code (238) Active Lane Keeping Assist), DISTRONIC request via the chassis CAN
- Clutch pedal switch (S40/3), clutch operation (for manual transmission)
The requirements of the torque coordination function are also taken into account.
- Electronic Stability Program control unit, Basis variant (except code (233) DISTRONIC PLUS)
Up to 28.2.2011 or 31.5.2011 only the Electronic Stability Program control unit basic variant will be used.
Function sequence for electronic accelerator

^ Function sequence for throttle valve actuation

^ Function sequence for throttle valve damping
^ Function sequence for reverse travel
^ Function sequence for adaptive accelerator pedal
Function sequence for throttle valve actuation

Depending on the accelerator pedal sensor, the ME-SFI [ME] control unit actuates the throttle valve actuator (M16/6) according to a performance
map. To do this, the ME-SFI [ME] control unit operates the actuator motor (M16/6m1) in the throttle valve actuator with a pulse width
modulated signal (PWM signal).
Provided there are no limiting functions active (for example, cruise control request), the opening angle of the throttle valve is determined by the
accelerator pedal position alone. The actual value potentiometers 1 and 2 (M16/6r1, M16/6r2) report the current throttle valve position to the
ME-SFI [ME] control unit.
Function sequence for throttle valve damping

The ME-SFI [ME] control unit controls the throttle valve damping according to the following sensors and signals:
- Accelerator pedal sensor, accelerator pedal actuation (fast, slow)

- Throttle valve positioner, throttle valve position
- Electronic Stability Program control unit, wheel speed via the chassis CAN
The purpose of throttle valve damping is to delay closing of the throttle valve down to idle speed range if the accelerator pedal is suddenly
released. In this way, the engine torque reduces slowly and the vehicle does not slow down with jerks.
Function sequence for reverse travel
rcheuls@gmail.com
If the ME-SFI [ME] control unit receives the reverse travel CAN signal, the ME-SFI [ME] control unit opens the throttle valves slowly and limits
the maximum opening angle to about 50%. This optimizes ride comfort and driving safety when reversing.
Function sequence for adaptive accelerator pedal

The ME-SFI [ME] control unit recognizes how the accelerator pedal is being actuated and switches between two characteristic curves. After a
50% pedal travel, about 80% of the engine load is released for a sporty driver and 40% of the engine load is released for a relaxed driver. There
is no further difference felt above a pedal travel of about 90%.
If the calm driver characteristic is active (for example, after a long journey on the freeway), the accelerator pedal at first has to be pressed
unusually far in order to obtain high acceleration.
Further functions which support the electronic accelerator and which are described in other documents are:
- Engine speed control
- Cruise control (if cruise control installed)
- DISTRONIC PLUS (for DISTRONIC PLUS)
- Torque coordination
- Engine limp-home mode
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fuel Level Sensor: Service and Repair
AR47.10-P-7000CW Remove/Install Fuel Level Sensor
Steps 1 - 9
rcheuls@gmail.com
Vehicle: Specifications
Air Temperature Sensor ( Ambient / Intake )

Intake air temperature sensor
Alternator
BE15.40-P-1000-01L Check values for alternator
Modification notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
Check values for alternator
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Battery
BE54.10-P-1000-01A Test Values For Battery, Voltage Supply
Modification Notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test And Adjustment Values For The Battery
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test And Adjustment Values For The Battery
Coolant Temperature Sensor/Switch (For Computer)

Coolant temperature sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
Air Bag Systems

BA91.60-P-1000-01M Airbag
Modification Notes
Airbag
BA14.30-P-1000-02A Air Shutoff Valve

BA14.30-P-1000-02A Air shutoff valve
rcheuls@gmail.com

ENGINE 271, 272, 273, 275, 285
Air Injection Pump

BA14.30-P-1000-01D Air Pump
ENGINES 266, 271, 272, 273
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test Values For Distance and Comparison Measurement on Front Axle

BE40.30-P-1000-06I Test values for distance and comparison measurement on front axle
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test Values For Distance and Comparison Measurements on Rear Axle

BE40.30-P-1000-05H Test values for distance and comparison measurements on rear axle
rcheuls@gmail.com
Front Axle Camber

BE40.20-P-1000-13O Front axle camber
rcheuls@gmail.com
Front Axle Caster

BE40.20-P-1000-20E Front Axle Caster
rcheuls@gmail.com
Front Axle Toe

BE40.20-P-1000-07I Front axle toe
rcheuls@gmail.com
Rear Axle Camber

BE40.20-P-1000-09AC Rear axle camber
Rear Axle Toe-In

BE40.20-P-1000-10M Rear axle toe-in
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test Values For Distance and Comparison Measurement on Front Axle

BE40.30-P-1000-06I Test values for distance and comparison measurement on front axle
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test Values For Distance and Comparison Measurements on Rear Axle

BE40.30-P-1000-05H Test values for distance and comparison measurements on rear axle
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Toe-Out on Turns
BE40.20-P-1000-08K Toe-out on turns
rcheuls@gmail.com
Vehicle Level - Front Axle

BE40.20-P-1000-02P Vehicle level - front axle
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Vehicle Level - Rear Axle

BE40.20-P-1000-03P Vehicle level - rear axle
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Check Caster and Assign to Tabular Value

AR40.20-P-0322-03CW Check caster and assign to tabular value
Note Different versions of cross struts
Note: The same version (A or B) must be installed on both sides of the vehicle.
rcheuls@gmail.com
A Old version (sanded surface 1, hump 3)

B New version (sanded surface 2, hump 4)
Depending on the cross strut version the table column
"A" for the old cross strut version (A) or

"B" for the new cross strut version (B)
are used.
The level values are displayed by the electronic inclinometer in decimal degrees [°].
1 Obtain the caster value from the table taking into account the front axle (FA) level values and rear axle (RA) level values measured
previously.
Example for A (old cross strut version), see table:

Front-axle level value (FA): +5.8° (column A)
Rear-axle level value (RA): +2°
= Caster angle value 10° 21' (30')
Example for B (new cross strut version), see table:

Front-axle level value (FA): +7.3° (column B)
Rear-axle level value (RA): +2°
= Caster angle value 10° 21' (30')
FA Front axle level value

RA Rear axle level value
Alternator
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA15.40-P-1000-01F Alternator
ENGINE 152, 157, 270, 271, 272, 273, 276, 278
rcheuls@gmail.com
Antenna
BA82.62-P-1000-01D Antenna
Modification Notes
Antenna
System Specifications
BA68.10-P-1000-02D Cross Member Below Dashboard
Crossmember Below Dashboard
Front Door
BA72.10-P-1000-01S Front Door
Model 204, 207, 212
rcheuls@gmail.com
Front Fender
BA88.10-P-1000-01G Fenders
Fender
Hood
BA88.40-P-1000-01N Engine Hood
Model 204, 207, 212, 218, 231
rcheuls@gmail.com
Interior Moulding / Trim

BA68.50-P-1000-03I Cargo Retainers
Cargo Retainers
Rear Door
BA72.12-P-1000-01O Rear Door
Model 204, 212
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA91.10-P-1000-01Q Front Seats

BA91.10-P-1000-01Q Front seats
Front Seats
BA91.12-P-1000-03I Rear Seats

BA91.12-P-1000-03I Rear Seats
Model 204, 207, 212, 218
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Trunk / Liftgate
BA88.50-P-1000-01E Trunk Lid
Trunk Lid
BE42.20-P-1000-01I Parking brake
Modification Notes
Adjustment Values For Parking Brake
Brake Hose/Line
BA42.10-P-1000-04L Brake Lines, Brake Hoses
Model 172, 204, 207, 212, 218, 231, 246
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE42.10-P-1000-08P Test Values For Front Brake Discs

BE42.10-P-1000-08P Test values for front brake discs
Test Values For Front Brake Disks
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE42.10-P-1000-09O Test Values For Rear Brake Disks

BE42.10-P-1000-09O Test values for rear brake disks
rcheuls@gmail.com
Modification Notes
Test Values For Rear Brake Disks
rcheuls@gmail.com
Parking Brake System

BE42.20-P-1000-01I Parking brake
Modification Notes
Adjustment Values For Parking Brake
Camshaft Position Sensor

Position sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE20.10-P-1000-02A Coolant thermostat
Coolant thermostat
Coolant thermostat
Coolant Line/Hose
Radiator, coolant hoses
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fan Shroud
Fan shroud
rcheuls@gmail.com
Radiator
Radiator, coolant hoses

Position sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
AR05.20-P-6995-01QK Tightening Diagram of Camshaft Housing

AR05.20-P-6995-01QK Tightening diagram of camshaft housing
E3 Cylinder head
Tighten bolts of camshaft bearing housing in the numerical sequence.
BA01.40-P-1000-01G Crankcase, Timing Case Cover, End Cover

rcheuls@gmail.com
Crankcase, Timing Case Cover, End Cover
BA03.10-P-1000-01E Connecting Rods

BA03.10-P-1000-01E Connecting rods
BA03.20-P-1000-01B Crankshaft (Torque)

Crankshaft
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA03.20-P-1000-02C Balancing Shaft

Balancing shaft
BA03.30-P-1000-01I Flywheel, Driven Plate, Vibration Damper, Starter Ring Gear

BA03.30-P-1000-01I Flywheel, driven plate, vibration damper, starter ring gear
BA18.10-P-1000-01F Oil Pump

Oil pump
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE01.00-P-1000-01B Compression Pressure

Modification
Compression Pressure
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE01.00-P-1000-02Z Cylinder Leaktightness

Cylinder Leaktightness
BE01.30-P-1000-04B Cylinder Head/Cylinder Head Bolts

Cylinder Head/cylinder Head Bolts
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE03.30-P-1000-02C Belt Pulley/Vibration Damper

BE03.30-P-1000-02C Belt pulley/vibration damper
Camshaft Bearing
E3 Cylinder head
rcheuls@gmail.com
Camshaft, Engine
BA05.20-P-1000-02A Camshaft, Camshaft Adjustment
ENGINE 103, 104, 111, 152, 157, 271, 272, 273, 276, 278
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Compression Check
ENGINE 111, 156, 157, 159, 270, 271, 272, 273, 276, 278
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
AH03.20-P-4351-01TK Bearing Diagram of Crankshaft

Bearing diagram of crankshaft
rcheuls@gmail.com
The oil grooves (arrows) in the thrust plates (3, 4) must point toward the thrust collars of the crankshaft. Moisten bearing shells (2, 5) with
engine oil before inserting the crankshaft (1).
The thrust plates (3) each have a retaining lug as an anti-twist lock in the crankshaft bearing caps. Pay attention to correct seating of the anti-twist
locks in the crankshaft bearing caps.
AH03.20-P-4351-02TK Interference Fit of Crankshaft Bearing Cap

Interference fit of crankshaft bearing cap
The crankshaft bearing caps are machined together with the crankcase and must not be interchanged.
The crankshafts are inserted into the side in the crankcase as an interference fit. The fit is offcentered 0.5 mm with the result that the crankshaft
bearing caps can be installed only in one position. If installed correctly, the lug (arrow) on the crankshaft bearing cap points to the left, when
viewed in direction of travel.
rcheuls@gmail.com
The crankshaft bearing caps (6, 6a) are numbered consecutively, beginning at the first crankshaft bearing cap at the front.
AR03.20-P-4360-01TK Assign Crankshaft Bearing Shells

Assign crankshaft bearing shells
ED Crankshaft bearing cap
rcheuls@gmail.com
1 Clean bearing points in crankcase, main bearing cap and main bearing journal of crankshaft with a chamois leather.
After a bearing damage, it may be necessary to remove any swarf from the crankshaft and crankcase oil galleries as well as the crankcase! Do not
use any hard objects for cleaning. Blow through oil galleries in direction of flow oil with compressed air.
The top crankshaft bearing shells to the crankcase are assigned by means of color codings (on the reverse side of the crankshaft bearing shells)
and center punch marks, which are stamped in at the crankcase (see arrows).
Only assigned color and center punch mark combinations (see table) may be fitted together.
The bottom crankshaft bearing shells are assigned to the basic journal of the crankshaft by means of letters (initial letter of the particular color).
The initial letters of the particular colors are engraved on the journal of the crankshaft (arrow).
The color coding of the bottom crankshaft bearing shells is indicated on the reverse side of the crankshaft bearing shells.
When installing the crankshaft bearing shells, it is important to keep to the order of the colors which is engraved on the journal of the crankshaft.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Example:
Arrow identifies direction of travel.
^ First letter "B" : A crankshaft bearing shell with the color codingblUe must be inserted in the crankshaft bearing cap (1).
^ Second fetter "G" : A crankshaft bearing shell with the color coding yellow must be inserted in the crankshaft bearing cap (2).
^ Third letter"G" : A crankshaft bearing shell with the color codinyellOW must be inserted in the crankshaft bearing cap (3).
^ Fourth letter "R" : A crankshaft bearing shell with the color codinged must be inserted in the crankshaft bearing cap (4).
2 Insert top crankshaft bearing shells (1 ) with the oil holes (2) and the oil grooves (3) into the crankcase. m Ensure that the anti-twist locks (4)
of the crankshaft bearing shells (1 ) are seated in the recess clearances of the crankcase.
3 Insert bottom crankshaft bearing shells (7) into the crankshaft bearing caps (6). m Ensure that the anti-twist locks (5) of the bottom crankshaft
bearing shells (7) are seated in the recess clearances of the crankcase (6).
The thrust plates are assigned to the fitted bearing by means of the numbers 1 or O (see table). These are engraved on the journal of the
crankshaft (arrow). m The thrust washers installed must have the same designation.
rcheuls@gmail.com
4 Insert crankshaft (7).
5 Install top thrust washers (8).
The oil grooves of the thrust washers (8) must point towards the crankshaft webs (1 O).
6 Install the crankshaft bearing caps (2) according to the marking. When installing the fit bearing cap (3) hold both thrust plates (8) tight.
The anti-twist locks (11 ) of the thrust plates (8) must be seated in the grooves (12) of the fitted bearing cap (3).
The oil grooves (9) of the thrust plates (8) must point toward the crank webs (10).

Crankshaft

rcheuls@gmail.com
BE03.20-P-1000-04E Inspection Data of Crankshaft Bearing Clearance

BE03.20-P-1000-04E Inspection data of crankshaft bearing clearance
rcheuls@gmail.com
Inspection data of crankshaft bearing clearance
BE03.30-P-1000-02C Belt Pulley/Vibration Damper

rcheuls@gmail.com
BE03.10-P-1000-02F Test Dimensions For Pistons

BE03.10-P-1000-02F Test dimensions for pistons
BE03.20-P-1000-04E Test Specifications For Crankshaft Bearing Clearance

BE03.20-P-1000-04E Test specifications for crankshaft bearing clearance
Modification notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test specifications for crankshaft bearing clearance
rcheuls@gmail.com

rcheuls@gmail.com
BA03.10-P-1000-01E Connecting Rod

BA03.10-P-1000-01E Connecting Rod
ENGINE 112, 113, 137, 157, 270, 271, 272, 273, 275, 276, 278, 285
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE03.10-P-1000-03A Test Specifications For Connecting Rod Bolts

BE03.10-P-1000-03A Test Specifications For Connecting Rod Bolts
ENGINE 111, 112, 113, 137, 157, 271, 272, 273, 275, 276, 278, 285, 604, 605, 606
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
AH03.20-P-4351-01TK Bearing Diagram of Crankshaft

Bearing diagram of crankshaft
The oil grooves (arrows) in the thrust plates (3, 4) must point toward the thrust collars of the crankshaft. Moisten bearing shells (2, 5) with
engine oil before inserting the crankshaft (1).
The thrust plates (3) each have a retaining lug as an anti-twist lock in the crankshaft bearing caps. Pay attention to correct seating of the anti-twist
locks in the crankshaft bearing caps.

rcheuls@gmail.com

rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Example:
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA03.20-P-1000-01B Crankshaft
Crankshaft
BE03.20-P-1000-04E Inspection Data of Crankshaft Bearing Clearance

BE03.20-P-1000-04E Test specifications for crankshaft bearing clearance
Modification notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com

ENGINE 112, 113, 137, 155, 156, 159, 271, 272, 273, 275, 285
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com

rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Example:
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com

Crankshaft

rcheuls@gmail.com
Engine Block Heater

Coolant preheater
Harmonic Balancer - Crankshaft Pulley

BE03.10-P-1000-02F Test Dimensions For Pistons

BE03.10-P-1000-02F Test dimensions for pistons
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE03.10-P-1000-02F Test Specifications For Pistons

BE03.10-P-1000-02F Test specifications for pistons
Modification notes
Test specifications for pistons
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test specifications for pistons
AR05.20-P-6995-01QK Tightening Diagram of Camshaft Housing

E3 Cylinder head

rcheuls@gmail.com
Cylinder Leaktightness

ENGINE 103, 104, 111, 112, 113, 119, 120, 137, 155, 157, 270, 271, 272, 273, 275, 276.9, 278, 285
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Camshaft Housing
E3 Cylinder head
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA18.00-P-1000-01D Engine Lubrication, Engine Oil Cooling, General
ENGINE 112, 113, 152, 157, 270, 271, 272, 273, 276, 278
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA18.30-P-1000-01F Oil Cooling

Oil cooling
rcheuls@gmail.com

ENGINE 112, 113, 152, 157, 270, 271, 272, 273, 276, 278
Oil Pan, Engine

Oil sensor
rcheuls@gmail.com
Oil Pump, Engine

Oil pump
BA22.10-P-1000-02A Engine Support (Engine Side)

BA22.10-P-1000-02A Engine Support (Engine Side)
ENGINE 112, 113, 137, 152, 156, 157, 159, 271, 272, 273, 275, 276, 278, 285, 628, 629, 642, 646, 651
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA22.10-P-1000-03E Engine Mount, Engine Support (Engine Side)

BA22.10-P-1000-03E Engine Mount, Engine Support (Engine Side)
Models 172, 204, 207, 212, 218, 231
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Timing Cover
Crankcase, Timing Case Cover, End Cover
Variable Valve Timing

BA05.20-P-1000-02A Camshaft, Camshaft Adjustment
ENGINE 103, 104, 111, 152, 157, 271, 272, 273, 276, 278
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Entertainment Systems
BA82.60-P-1000-01A Rear Entertainment Unit
- except CODE (864) Rear entertainment system
rcheuls@gmail.com
Modification Notes
Rear Entertainment Unit
BA14.10-P-1000-01E Exhaust Manifold

BA14.10-P-1000-01E Exhaust Manifold
ENGINE 152, 157, 271, 272, 273, 276, 278
AR09.40-P-6020-11CD Torque Diagram of Exhaust Manifold

AR09.40-P-6020-11CD Torque Diagram of Exhaust Manifold
rcheuls@gmail.com
Do not use any assembly paste or similar product
1 Tighten nut (4) and then nut (6) to the first stage of the prescribed torque.
2 Tighten nuts (1 to 8) in ascending sequence to the second stage of the prescribed torque.
Fuel Tank
BA47.10-P-1000-01M Fuel Tank
Fuel Tank
Heating and Air Conditioning

BA83.30-P-1000-01A Air Conditioning
Model 129, 140, 168, 170, 199, 202, 204, 207, 208, 210, 211, 212, 215, 218, 220, 230, 231, 240, 414
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA15.10-P-1000-01C Ignition System
ENGINE 152, 157, 270, 271, 272, 273, 275, 276, 278, 285
rcheuls@gmail.com
Firing Order
AR01.00-P-1300-03HA Firing order
Firing order
Firing order
Firing order
rcheuls@gmail.com
Firing order
Firing order - Engine 137, 275, 285
Ignition Coil
Distributor ignition (DI [EZL]) system
Spark Plug Gap

BE15.10-P-1000-01A Spark plugs
Test values of spark plugs
Spark Plug Torque

Ignition system
rcheuls@gmail.com
Pedestrian Protection System

BA91.60-P-1000-02A Engine Hood Lifter
Engine Hood Lifter
Seat Belt Systems

BA91.40-P-1000-01P Seat Belts/Emergency Tensioning Retractors
Modification Notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
Seat Belts/Emergency Tensioning Retractors
BA46.20-P-1000-01N Steering Gear

BA46.20-P-1000-01N Steering Gear
Model 197, 204, 207, 212, 218
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA46.30-P-1000-01R Power Steering Pump

BA46.30-P-1000-01R Power Steering Pump
Model 172, 204, 207
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Power Steering Pump

BE46.30-P-1000-01G Power steering pump test specifications
Power steering pump test specifications
Steering Gear
BE46.20-P-1000-01E Test values for steering gear
Test values for steering gear
BA35.20-P-1000-03I Torque Strut
Model 204, 207, 212, 218, 231
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE33.20-P-1000-01F Test specifications for wheel location, wheel hub
Test specifications for wheel location, wheel hub
Axle Nut
AR35.20-P-0115CW Rear Axle Shaft
Rear axle shaft
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA33.30-P-1000-03G Front Axle Transmission
Models 204, 207, 212, 216, 218, 221
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA27.40-P-1000-01A Housing
BA27.40-P-1000-01A Housing
Transmission 722
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA27.50-P-1000-01A Gear Assembly

BA27.50-P-1000-01A Gear Assembly
Transmission 722
BE27.50-P-1000-01A Test Values For Gear Set
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE27.50-P-1000-01A Test Values For Gear Set

Transmission 722
BE27.50-P-1000-02C Brake Band/Multi-Disk Brake

BE27.50-P-1000-02C Brake Band/Multi-Disk Brake
Transmission 722.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE27.51-P-1000-01C Multi-Disk Clutch

BE27.51-P-1000-01C Multi-disk Clutch
Transmission 722.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fluid Pan, A/T

BA27.10-P-1000-03D Oil Pan, Automatic Transmission
Transmission 722.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA27.60-P-1000-02A Floor-Mounted Shift

BA27.60-P-1000-02A Floor-mounted Shift
Transmission 722
BA27.60-P-1000-04A Shift Rod

BA27.60-P-1000-04A Shift Rod
Transmission 722.6, 9
BA27.20-P-1000-01C Torque Converter

BA27.20-P-1000-01C Torque Converter
Transmission 722.6/9
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE27.20-P-1000-01E Test Values For Torque Converter

BE27.20-P-1000-01E Test Values For Torque Converter
Transmission 722.9 except 722.93
Transmission Cooler, A/T

BA27.55-P-1000-01D Transmission Oil Cooling
Transmission 722.55/9
rcheuls@gmail.com
Valve Body, A/T

BA27.19-P-1000-01A Electrohydraulic Controller Unit
Transmission 722.55/6/9
rcheuls@gmail.com
Axle Shaft Assembly

AR35.30-P-0661-01P Boot cap on joint ring removal and installation
- with rear axle set
Modification Notes
Rear Axle Shaft, Plugged In Shafts
Remove boot cap
rcheuls@gmail.com
1 Using protective jaw pads, clamp rear halfshaft into vice.

2 Using a hand coping saw, saw cup seal (37i) radially in the groove on the press-in edge so that a notch arises.
Avoid damaging the joint ring (37c).
3 Use a screwdriver to lift the notched area.
4 Starting at the standing away end, unscrew cup seal (37i) using suitable pliers until it is possible to lift the cup seal (37i) off the joint ring
(37c).
When unscrewing the cup seal (37i) ensure that the rear axle shaft does not fall out of the joint ring (37c) before the parts have match marks
placed.
5 Remove hose clamps (37k).

6 Pull boot (37l) with cup seal (37i) off joint ring (37c) and slide away on the rear axle shaft.
When replacing both boots (37l) the opposite boot (37l) can be slid over the rear axle shaft
rcheuls@gmail.com
Install boot cap.
7 Replace O-ring on joint ring (37c).
To facilitate assembly of the cup seal (37i), rub O-ring with spirit.
Do not grease or oil the O-ring, as this might cause the cap seal (37i) to turn on the joint ring (37c).
8 Mount cup seal (37i) with hose clamp (37k) and slide on as far as the end stop on the joint ring (37c). If necessary, drive fully home by
tapping gently with a plastic mallet.
Slide on cup seal (37i) carefully otherwise the O-ring will be damaged.
9 By four blows on the circumference, offset by 90 degrees respectively, fix cup seal (37i) in place in the circumferential groove of the joint
ring (37c).
10 By means of even blows with a suitable hammer drive cup seal (37i) into the circumferential groove of the joint ring (37c).
Ensure that the boot cap (37i) seats properly.
11 By positioning a drift ([diameter]4 mm) and applying even blows with the hammer, reposition the cup seal (37i) in the groove.
rcheuls@gmail.com
12 Measure size of joint housing.
The quantity of grease required depends on the size of the joint housing. Using a vernier caliper determine diameter "A" on the outside of ball
joint and diameter "B" on the inside of the ball joint.
For measuring points, see arrows. For quantity of grease, see Table.
13 Fill joint with new grease

14 Slide boot (37l) onto cup seal (37i).
Ensure that the ridge (arrow) on the boot (37l) is resting between the ridges on the boot cap (37i).
After the boot (37l) is slid on, no grooves on the rear halfshaft should be visible at the end with the smaller diameter, this indicates that the
ridge (37l) on the boot is in the first groove.
15 Install hose clamps (37k).
Ensure that dimension (a), measured on the inside, is not exceeded or fallen below.
rcheuls@gmail.com
AR25.10-P-0050CW Clutch
- with TRANSMISSION 716.6/711.6
Clutch
BA25.10-P-1000-01H Clutch
BA25.10-P-1000-01H Clutch
Model 172, 204, 207, 212, 246
BA25.20-P-1000-01B Clutch Operating System

BA25.20-P-1000-01B Clutch Operating System
Model 117, 171, 172, 176, 203, 204, 207, 212, 246 with transmission 711.6, model 163, 170, 171, 202, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 212, 230
with transmission 716.6
rcheuls@gmail.com
Pressure Plate
- with TRANSMISSION 716.6/711.6
Clutch
Differential Assembly
AR35.31-P-0530CW Rear Axle
Rear axle center assembly housing
Rear axle differential gear set
BE41.10-P-1000-01G Propeller Shaft

BE41.10-P-1000-01G Propeller shaft
rcheuls@gmail.com
Check values for propeller shaft inclination angle
Check values for propeller shaft inclination angle
BE41.10-P-1000-02M Check Values For Propeller Shaft Alignment Sleeve

BE41.10-P-1000-02M Check values for propeller shaft alignment sleeve
Modification notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
Check values for propeller shaft alignment sleeve
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
BA41.10-P-1000-01I Propeller Shaft

BA41.10-P-1000-01I Propeller Shaft
Models 172, 204, 207, 212, 218, 231
rcheuls@gmail.com
Flex Plate
BA03.30-P-1000-01I Flywheel, driven plate, vibration damper, starter ring gear
BE40.10-P-1000-01A Wheels, Tires
Model 124, 129, 140, 168, 170, 202, 203, 208, 210, 211, 215, 220, 230
rcheuls@gmail.com
Tires
BE40.10-P-1000-01A Wheels, tires
Modification Notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
Wheels, Tires
Runout
Modification Notes
Wheels, Tires
BE40.10-P-1000-01A Wheels, Tires

Modification Notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
Wheels, Tires
BA82.30-P-1000-01M Windshield Wiper

BA82.30-P-1000-01M Windshield Wiper
Modification Notes
Windshield Wiper
BE82.30-P-1000-01M Adjustment Values For Windshield Wiper

BE82.30-P-1000-01M Adjustment Values For Windshield Wiper
rcheuls@gmail.com
Wiper Arm Test And Adjustment Values
BE82.35-P-1000-01A Windshield Washer System

BE82.35-P-1000-01A Windshield Washer System
Modification Notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test And Adjustment Values For Windshield Washer System

Modification
rcheuls@gmail.com
BE01.00-P-1000-02Z Cylinder Leak Tightness

BE01.00-P-1000-02Z Cylinder leak tightness
rcheuls@gmail.com
Cylinder leaktightness
Radiator Cap
BE20.30-P-1000-01A Test values for cooling system cap
Cap of radiator or expansion reservoir
rcheuls@gmail.com
Diagnosis
Diagnosis using the HHT
rcheuls@gmail.com
Activation applications
Diagnosis
Diagnosis using the HHT
Activation applications
Activation functions
Activation functions
rcheuls@gmail.com
Additional information to the actual value screens
Compression Testing
Compression can be tested as an input using the HHT.
A mechanical problem may be present if the difference in engine speed is > 8 rpm for engines 104/112/113, and > 5 rpm for engine 111.
Any engine speed difference will not present itself in the same manner in all engines, so no conclusions can be drawn concerning the affected
cylinder.
If the engine speed difference is greater than the set value, perform a compression/cylinder leakage test to determine the affected cylinder.
Compression testing
Cylinder balance test

The cylinder balance test must be performed at idle. If the misfire recognition shutoff threshold is exceeded, a fault will be stored and at the same
time the fault count will increases. After repairs, clear the diagnostic memory.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Cylinder balance test
Ignition circuit shutoff

Ignition circuit shutoff can only be performed on Motor 113.
Ignition circuit shutoff
Radiator Cooling Fan

Fan shroud
rcheuls@gmail.com
Vacuum Brake Booster

BE43.10-P-1000-01F Pneumatic brake booster test specifications
Modification Notes
rcheuls@gmail.com
Pneumatic Brake Booster Test Specifications
Pneumatic Brake Booster Test Specifications
Automatic transmission
Filling capacity
Transmission 722.9 except 722.93/96

Inital fill .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 9.0 liters
Transmission 722.96
Initial fill ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 9.7 liters
Transmission 722.93
rcheuls@gmail.com
Note: Proper identification of transmission is required to avoid overfilling.
Fluid - A/T
Automatic transmission
Filling capacity
Transmission 722.9 except 722.93/96

Transmission 722.96
Initial fill ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 9.7 liters
Transmission 722.93
Note: Proper identification of transmission is required to avoid overfilling.
Coolant
Coolant system
Engine 271
Capacity
Total filling (initial fill) ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 8.0 liters

Total filling (workshop change volume) ............................................................................................................................................................ 5.6 liters
Capacity of anticorrosion/antifreeze agent

down to -37°C .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2.8 liters
Capacity of anticorrosion/antifreeze agent

up to -45°C ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 3.3 liters
Rear Axle Differential
Model 204 except model 204.077/277/377 with code 471, P30

Filling capacities
Differential 187 FE, 187 mm dia. ..................................................................................................................................................................... 0.95 liters
Differential 200 FE, 200 mm dia. ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1.1 liters
Differential 215 FE, 215 mm dia. ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1.2 liter
Fluid - Differential
Rear Axle Differential
Model 204 except model 204.077/277/377 with code 471, P30

Filling capacities
Differential 187 FE, 187 mm dia. ..................................................................................................................................................................... 0.95 liters
Differential 200 FE, 200 mm dia. ....................................................................................................................................................................... 1.1 liters
Differential 215 FE, 215 mm dia. ........................................................................................................................................................................ 1.2 liter
Engine Oil
Engine oil capacity
Engine 271
With filter ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 5.5 liters
Fuel Tank
BF47.10-P-1000-01I Fuel Tank Capacity
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fuel Tank
Refrigerant
BF83.00-P-1000-01I Air Conditioning/automatic Air Conditioning
Modification notes
Modification Notes
Air conditioning system/automatic air conditioning
rcheuls@gmail.com
Air Conditioning System/automatic Air Conditioning
Refrigerant Oil
BF83.55-P-1000-01J Refrigerant Compressor
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Wiper and Washer Systems

BF82.35-P-1000-01G Windshield Washer System
rcheuls@gmail.com
Windshield Washer System Filling Capacity
BB00.40-P-0236-15A Automatic Transmission Fluids (ATF, Sheet 236.15)

Service Information bulletin: specifications for Operating Fluids for automatic transmission
Application in vehicles/major assemblies refer to Sheet 231.1 (passenger cars, cross-country vehicles)
Sheet 236.15
^ 7-speed automatic transmission 722.9

as of production date 21.6.2010
except vehicles with engine 629
Recognizable on green overflow pipe and oval forming on oil pan. See also SI00.40-P-0014A
Automatic Transmission Fluids (ATF, Sheet 236.15)

BB00.40-p-0236-15A Automatic Transmission Fluids (ATF, Sheet 236.15)
7-speed automatic transmission 722.9

After transmission production date June 21, 2010
MB Automatic transmission fluid ..................................................................................................................................................... A001 989 78 03 09
Shell .................................................................................................................................................................................................. Spirax S6 ATF ME
MB 236.15 ............................................................................................................................................................................................. A 001 989 78 03
rcheuls@gmail.com
Note: The 2 different variants of 722.9 transmission oil are not compatible with another and can not be mixed. The newer oil can be identified by its
blue color as opposed to the older oil which is red in color
Service Information bulletin: specifications for Operating Fluids for automatic transmission
Application in vehicles/major assemblies refer to Sheet 231.1 (passenger cars, cross-country vehicles)
Sheet 236.15
^ 7-speed automatic transmission 722.9

as of production date 21.6.2010
except vehicles with engine 629
Recognizable on green overflow pipe and oval forming on oil pan. See also SI00.40-P-0014A
Automatic Transmission Fluids (ATF, Sheet 236.15)

BB00.40-p-0236-15A Automatic Transmission Fluids (ATF, Sheet 236.15)
7-speed automatic transmission 722.9

After transmission production date June 21, 2010
MB Automatic transmission fluid ..................................................................................................................................................... A001 989 78 03 09
Shell .................................................................................................................................................................................................. Spirax S6 ATF ME
MB 236.15 ............................................................................................................................................................................................. A 001 989 78 03
Note: The 2 different variants of 722.9 transmission oil are not compatible with another and can not be mixed. The newer oil can be identified by its
blue color as opposed to the older oil which is red in color
Brake Fluid
Brake Fluid
Fluid Type ............................................................................................................................................................................. MB Brake Fluid (DOT 4+)

MB Part No. ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 000 989 08 07 01
BB00.40-P-0310-01A Coolant Specifications
Coolant specifications
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
5. Overview
Which coolant additive, what change interval for which engines?
rcheuls@gmail.com
BB00.40-P-0325-00A Anticorrosion/Antifreeze Agents (Sheet 325.0 )

BB00.40-P-0325-00A Anticorrosion/antifreeze agents (Sheet 325.0)
rcheuls@gmail.com
Calculation of the antifreeze quantity to be refilled with a concentration that is too low (specified: 50 vol.%)
BF20.00-P-1000-04A Mixture Ratio For Coolant

Antifreeze/water
Up to -37°C ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 50/50
Up to -45°C ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 55/45
BB00.40-P-0326-05A Premixed Coolant (Sheet 326.5)

rcheuls@gmail.com
BB00.40-P-0326-05A Premixed Coolant (Sheet 326.5)

Commercial Vehicle and Industrial Engines:
Usable in all engines
See Sheet 310.1
sheet 326.5
BB00.40-P-0235-07A Universal hypoid gear oils
The following are not valid for model 163 vehicles/major assemblies
Fuchs Titan Sintopoid FE .................................................................................................................................................................................... 75w-85
MB 235.7 FE-hypoid gear oil ................................................................................................................................................................... 001 989 33 03
Mobilube FE ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 75w-85
Use the following hypoid gear oils only for model 163
MB 235.7 Universal hypoid gear oil ......................................................................................................................................................... 001 989 17 03
Fluid - Differential
BB00.40-P-0235-07A Universal hypoid gear oils
The following are not valid for model 163 vehicles/major assemblies
Fuchs Titan Sintopoid FE .................................................................................................................................................................................... 75w-85
MB 235.7 FE-hypoid gear oil ................................................................................................................................................................... 001 989 33 03
Mobilube FE ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 75w-85
Use the following hypoid gear oils only for model 163
MB 235.7 Universal hypoid gear oil ......................................................................................................................................................... 001 989 17 03
BB00.40-P-0225-16A Multigrade Break-In Engine Oils (Sheet 225.16)

BB00.40-P-0225-16A Multigrade Break-in Engine Oils (Sheet 225.16)
For Use in Vehicles/Engines Refer to Sheet 223.1
Sheet 225.16
BB00.40-P-0225-17A Low SPAsh Multigrade Break-In Engine Oils (Specification 225.17)


BB00.40-P-0225-18A Low SPAsh Multigrade Break-in Engine Oils (Specification 225.18)
BB00.40-P-0225-26A Multigrade Break-In Engine Oils (Sheet 225.26)
rcheuls@gmail.com
BB00.40-P-0225-26A Multigrade Break-in Engine Oils (Sheet 225.26)

Sheet 225.26
Engine Oil
Engine oil
Mercedes-Benz has very specific engine lubrication requirements and only oils that have a MB approval number and the approved viscosity ranges
are to be used when servicing your engine. The MB approval number will be marked on the oil container
271 .......................................................................................................................................................... MB Approval Number 229.3, 229.5 or 229.51

Approved Viscosities ....................................................................................................................................................... 0W-40, 5W-30, 5w-40, 5w-50
Select oil viscosity grades according to the lowest and highest air temperature expected before next oil change
Approved engine oil viscosity in relation to temperature

Below -13°F/-25°C to Above +86°F/+30°C ........................................................................................................................................ 0W-30, 0W-40
Above -13°F/-25°C to Above +86°F/+30°C ........................................................................................................................... 5W-30, 5W-40, 5W-50
Above -4°F/-20°C to Above +86°F/+30°C ........................................................................................................ 10W-30, 10W-40, 10W-50, 10W-60
Above +5°F/-15°C to Above +86°F/+30°C ....................................................................................................................... 15W-30, 15W-40, 15W-50
Above +23°F/-5°C to Above +86°F/+30°C ...................................................................................................................................... 20W-40, 20W-50
Power Steering Fluid

BB00.40-P-0345-00A Hydraulic fluids (specification 345.0)
Use only the following approved fluids in the event of hydraulic steering system repairs
MB 345.0 Hydraulic Fluid ...................................................................................................................................... A 001 989 24 03 10 (BQ 132 0001)

Pentosin ............................................................................................................................................................................................................. CHF 11S
Wheel Bearing
Wheel bearings
Front Wheel Bearings
MB High Temperature Antifriction Grease ..................................................................................................................................... A 002 989 00 51 10

High temperature roller bearing grease (NLGI Class 2)
rcheuls@gmail.com
Computers and Control Systems: Testing and Inspection
AD00.00-P-2000-04A Connect STAR DIAGNOSIS and read out fault memory
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
1 Connect STAR DIAGNOSIS (0100) to diagnostic socket, on the data link connector (X11/4) or on the data link connector (1.3) (X11/22).
2 Switch on ignition.
3 Start the Diagnosis Assistance System.
4 In the "Model" menu, select the sub menu "Other model series".
5 Go through the instructions on the screen:
^ Enter the control unit version
^ Read out fault memory and erase
^ Readout actual values
^ Perform actuations
^ Adaptation of control units
6 Disconnect STAR DIAGNOSIS (0100).
Stored faults which may be caused by disconnecting cables or by simulation during testing operations must be deleted in the diagnostic
trouble code memory following completion of the operations.
rcheuls@gmail.com
A L L Diagnostic Trouble Codes ( DTC ): Diagnostic Trouble Code Descriptions
ETC2 (722.9) [7-Gear] as of 2008
DTC TEST SCOPE
0218 Temperature of gear oil is too high.
0601 An incorrect variant coding or configuration was detected.
0604 Component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is defective.
0606 This fault code relates to a bogus fault.
060A Component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is defective.
060C Component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is defective.
061B Component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is defective.
062F Component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is defective.
0642 The voltage supply of the speed sensors is faulty. ( Undervoltage )
0643 The voltage supply of the speed sensors is faulty. ( Overvoltage )
06A3 Component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is defective.
0705 Component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)) is defective.
0706 Check component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)).
0712 The signal from component Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS)) is implausible. ( Undervoltage )
0713 The signal from component Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS)) is implausible. ( Overvoltage )
0714 Component Gear oil temperature sensor is defective.
0716 The transmission input shaft has rotated at excessive rpms.
0717 The signal from component Y3/8n1 (Turbine speed sensor (VGS)) is not available.
0718 Component Y3/8n1 (Turbine speed sensor (VGS)) is defective.
0720 Mechanical fault of component Drive train
0721 The transmission output speed signal is implausible when compared to the wheel rpm signal.
0722 The signal from component Y3/8n3 (Output speed sensor (VGS)) is not available.
0723 Component Y3/8n3 (Output speed sensor (VGS)) is defective.
0729 The gear is implausible or the transmission is slipping. ( 6. gear )
rcheuls@gmail.com
0741 Actuation of torque converter lockup clutch is not possible.
0742 Engaging of torque converter lockup clutch not permitted.
0748 The internal electrical check of component Y3/8y2 (K1 clutch control solenoid valve (VGS)) has failed.
076F The gear is implausible or the transmission is slipping. ( 7. gear )
0778 The internal electrical check of component Y3/8y5 (B1 brake control solenoid valve (VGS)) has failed.
0893 Hydraulic fault in transmission (disengaging shift element does not disengage).
0894 The gear is implausible or the transmission is slipping.
2216 Check component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)). The adaptation sequence occurred outside the valid range.
233D Measured value of temperature sensor for gear oil is implausible.
2711 Hydraulic fault in transmission (engaging shift element does not engage).
2759 The internal electrical check of component Y3/8y8 (Torque converter lockup clutch control solenoid valve (VGS)) has failed.
2766 Excessive rpms have occurred at component Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS)).
2767 The signal from component Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS)) is not available.
rcheuls@gmail.com
2768 Component Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS)) is defective.
2783 The friction power of the torque converter lockup clutch is too high.
2805 The signals of the range selector sensor are implausible in comparison to the signals from the electronic selector lever module.
2810 The internal electrical check of component Y3/8y1 (Working pressure control solenoid valve (VGS)) has failed.
C001 CAN controller: CAN bus OFF
C002 CAN controller: CAN bus OFF
C300 Component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is defective. Read and observe repair information.
C426 Start enable 'Drive authorization system' not issued.
D138 The message from the auxiliary oil pump is not available on the CAN bus.
E0513 The CAN signal for start enable sent to the drive authorization system by transmission control is missing or invalid.
E0562 The voltage supply of circuit 87 has undervoltage.
E0563 The voltage supply of circuit 87 has overvoltage.
E0602 Control module Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is not coded.
E1240 No CAN message was received from control unit Driver requested torque. ( Toggle error )
E1242 No CAN message was received from control unit Driver requested torque. ( CAN signal 'Parity' )
E1644 The variant coding of component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is implausible or no coding.
E1707 Function shutoff of system due to excessive temperature and overvoltage
E231B Temperature sensor 1 of inverter 'Electric machine A' has a malfunction.
E2638 Engine control does not allow any torque intervention by transmission control.
E2806 Component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)) is not learned.
EC100 No CAN message was received from control unit Engine management.
EC103 No CAN message was received from control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module (ESM [EWM])).
EC121 No CAN message was received from control unit N47-5 (ESP and BAS control module).
EC126 One or more messages from control unit N80 (Steering column module) are not available on the CAN bus.
EC132 No CAN message was received from control unit Suspension system.
EC141 No CAN message was received from control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit).
EC155 No CAN message was received from control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).
EC164 No CAN message was received from control unit N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit).
EC167 No CAN message was received from control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit) or N93 (Central gateway control unit).
EC401 One or more signals sent from control unit Engine management via the CAN bus is implausible.
EC404 No CAN message was received from control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module (ESM [EWM])).
EC415 One or more signals sent from control unit N47-5 (ESP and BAS control module) via the CAN bus is implausible.
EC421 The CAN signals sent from control unit Suspension system are incomplete.
EC423 One or more signals sent from control unit A1 (Instrument cluster) via the CAN bus is implausible.
EC424 One or more signals sent from control unit N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit) via the CAN bus is implausible.
rcheuls@gmail.com
EC428 No CAN message was received from control unit N80 (SCM [MRM] control unit).
EC429 No CAN message was received from control unit N80 (Steering column module).
EC431 One or more signals sent from control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit) via the CAN bus is implausible.
EC513 The CAN signal for start enable sent to the drive authorization system by transmission control is missing or invalid.
EC55A No CAN message was received from control unit Engine management.
EC55B No CAN message was received from control unit Engine management.
ED10B No CAN message was received from control unit Engine management.
ED139 No CAN message was received from control unit N80 (SCM [MRM] control unit).
ED13A No CAN message was received from control unit N80 (SCM [MRM] control unit).
ED400 No CAN message was received from control unit Engine management.
ED407 No CAN message was received from control unit N47-5 (ESP and BAS control module).
ED40A No CAN message was received from control unit N47-5 (ESP and BAS control module).
ED40B No CAN message was received from control unit N47-5 (ESP and BAS control module).
ED40C No CAN message was received from control unit N47-5 (ESP and BAS control module).
ED420 No CAN message was received from control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit).
ED504 One or more signals sent from control unit N80 (Steering column module) via the CAN bus is implausible.
ED507 One or more signals sent from control unit Engine management via the CAN bus is implausible.
ED508 One or more signals sent from control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module (ESM [EWM])) via the CAN bus is implausible.
ED50B One or more of the signals transmitted by control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit) or N93 (Central gateway control unit) via the CAN
bus are implausible.
F000 Software error Operational check
rcheuls@gmail.com
A L L Diagnostic Trouble Codes ( DTC ): B Code Charts
EEPROM: checksum error
Possible cause:
- A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT)

Affected functions:
- Drive position selection
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if control unit is faulty 'A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT)'
1. Remedial action if control unit is faulty 'A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT)'
Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641Possible cause and remedy
- Internal fault in control unit

- Replace component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT).
Additional measures
- Perform initial startup.

- Continue with button "F2"
Initial startup
The following procedure will guide you through all steps required to perform a complete initial startup of system ISM.Preconditions
- The new control unit must have already been installed.

You will be guided through the following steps
- Detach transport protection.

- Program control unit.
- Personalizing
- Activating
- Perform calibration.
Start process with button F2.
Warning!Warning:- Connect battery charger.- Make sure that the diagnostic plug is properly seated in the diagnostic socket.- The diagnostic
connector must remain plugged in to the vehicle.- Switch off all electrical consumers.- If possible, do not perform any procedures on the vehicle
during control unit programming.
Warning!Communication with ECU required.
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
A L L Diagnostic Trouble Codes ( DTC ): P Code Charts
P179A09
The redundancy system for DIRECT SELECT has a malfunction. There is a component fault.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
rcheuls@gmail.com
P179A77
The redundancy system for DIRECT SELECT has a malfunction. The commanded position cannot be reached.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
rcheuls@gmail.com
P179A78
The redundancy system for DIRECT SELECT has a malfunction. The adaptation or adjustment is incorrect.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action in the event of a fault in the internal mechanical systems of component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT
SELECT)
1. Remedial action in the event of a fault in the internal mechanical systems of component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT
SELECT)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
- Selector lever position "P" was engaged due to a fault occurring in component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT) or in the
vehicle communications.
Question
- Are other fault codes stored in addition to fault code P179A78?
YES
Preconditions
- There are additional current fault codes shown in control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT).
Possible remedy
- Process displayed fault codes in control module A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT).
End of test
NO
Preconditions
- No further current fault codes are stored in control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT).
Possible remedy
Continue with button "F2"
Perform calibration.
Test prerequisite
- Engine OFF
- Vehicle should be stationary.
- Apply and hold the brakes.
Question
- Is control module ISM to be learned?
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
1. No further information available.
P179B54
The actuator motor for DIRECT SELECT has a malfunction. Calibration was not performed.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if initial startup of control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT) was not performed
1. Remedial action if initial startup of control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT) was not performed
Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641POSSIBLE CAUSES
-Initial startup of control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT) was not performed.
-The coding data were not or were not completely transferred to the memory of control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT
SELECT).
REMEDY

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
P179B77
The actuator motor for DIRECT SELECT has a malfunction. The commanded position cannot be reached.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
P179C03
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is a frequency or pulse width modulation fault.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
P179C09
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is a component fault.
Possible cause:
rcheuls@gmail.com

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
P179C42
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is a general memory error.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
P179C43
rcheuls@gmail.com
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is an error in the additional memory.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
rcheuls@gmail.com
P179C44
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is an error in the data memory.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
rcheuls@gmail.com
P179C45
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is an error in the program memory.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
rcheuls@gmail.com
P179C46
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is an error in the calibration or parameterization memory.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup


- Personalizing
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Activating
P179C47
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is a runtime error.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup

rcheuls@gmail.com

- Personalizing
- Activating
P179C49
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is an internal electrical fault.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

Initial startup
rcheuls@gmail.com


- Personalizing
- Activating
P179C94
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is an unexpected instruction.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

rcheuls@gmail.com
Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
P179C96
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is an internal component fault.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures

rcheuls@gmail.com
Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
P179D
The redundancy system for DIRECT SELECT was activated. There is a signal above the permissible limit value.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Additional measures
rcheuls@gmail.com

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
rcheuls@gmail.com
A L L Diagnostic Trouble Codes ( DTC ): Manufacturer Code Charts
Part 1
CAN controller: CAN bus OFF
Possible cause:
- Engine compartment CAN databus

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
- Automatic transmission Function
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Engine compartment CAN test
1. Engine compartment CAN test
Test 1.1: Procedure in case of CAN faults
Test 1.2: Evaluation of CAN fault codes
Test 1.3: Further CAN test options
1.1. Procedure in case of CAN faults
Test 1.1.1: How do I quickly reach my goal?
Test 1.1.2: General test information
Test 1.1.3: General CAN fundamentals
Test 1.1.4: Possible aids and their usage
1.1.1. How do I quickly reach my goal?

How do I quickly reach my goal?First call up menu item 'Evaluation of CAN fault codes' in case of CAN timeout fault codes and communication
errors.The resulting tests must be performed.Menu item 'Further CAN test options' should only be called up if the above-specified tests do not
produce the desired result.Note:Menu item 'General test information' can be called up for an explanation of the different CAN fault types.
1.1.2. General test information

Notes on CAN fault codes:CAN timeout fault
- A CAN timeout fault code is set due to the absence of a CAN input signal.The cause of this may be not only the transmitter control unit, but
also the CAN networking.
- For example:No CAN message was received from control unit A.
Bus OFF fault
- A Bus OFF fault code is set, when the control unit cannot send a certain amount of messages to the CAN bus or the messages are
incomplete.The control unit then switches off for a short time from CAN bus.
- For example:CAN controller: CAN bus OFF
Functional CAN fault
- A functional CAN fault code is set because of an implausible CAN input signal.The cause of this is not the CAN networking, but the
transmitter control unit or its sensors.
- For example:CAN signal 'A' from control unit B is implausible.
Notes on CAN faults that cannot be read out as fault codes.Bus wake-up event
- An event that wakes up the bus without reason is designated a bus wake-up event.
- The cause of this is not the CAN networking, but the transmitter control unit or its sensors.
- Further possible causes of fault:
- Magnetic fields caused by nearby high-voltage installations, railroad installations or power plants.
- Magnetic fields can radiate on to lines and control units in rare cases and cause undefined behavior in the control units.
- The special tool 'Star Diagnosis CANtool' can be used to log bus wake-up events, bus keepawake events and other signals.
Bus keepawake event
- When a control unit keeps communication on the bus awake without reason, this is designated a bus keepawake event.
rcheuls@gmail.com
1.1.2. No further information available.
1.1.3. General CAN fundamentals
Test 1.1.3.1: Low-Speed CAN (83,3 kBit/s)
Test 1.1.3.2: High-Speed CAN (125 kBit/s , 500 kBit/s)
1.1.3.1. Low-Speed CAN (83,3 kBit/s)

General CAN fundamentals
Low-Speed CAN (83,3 kBit/s)
- 83,3 kBit/s : For example:Interior CAN busSeries 211
- This CAN bus enables single-wire mode.

- 'Single-wire mode' means that fault-free communication between the control units is still possible even if one of the two CAN lines fails.
- This CAN bus does not require external terminating resistors.
Legend and description for figure 1CAN-H: CAN bus HighCAN-L: CAN bus LowECU 1 ... n: Control unit 1 ... nLegend and description for figure
2U 1: Specification approx. 3,6 voltsU 2: Specification approx. 0 voltsU 3: Specification approx. 2,5 voltsU 4: Specification approx. 1,4 voltsU 5:
Specification approx. 5 voltsContinue with button F2
1.1.3.1. No further information available.
1.1.3.2. High-Speed CAN (125 kBit/s , 500 kBit/s)
rcheuls@gmail.com
High-Speed CAN (125 kBit/s , 500 kBit/s)
- 125 kBit/s : Interior CAN busSeries 221

- 125 kBit/s : Telematic CAN busSeries 221
- 500 kBit/s : For example:Drive train CAN bus
- 500 kBit/s : For example:Diagnostic CAN-Bus
- This CAN bus does not permit single-wire mode.

- This means that both CAN lines are always required for fault-free communication between the control units.
- This CAN bus requires external terminating resistors.
- The terminating resistors can be located in control units or voltage distributors depending on the CAN bus.
Legend and description for figure 1CAN-H: CAN bus HighCAN-L: CAN bus LowECU 1 ... n: Control unit 1 ... nCAN terminating resistor (
Example: 120ohms)Legend and description for figure 2U 1: Specification approx. 3,6 voltsU 2: Specification approx. 2,5 voltsU 3: Specification
approx. 1,4 voltsContinue with button F2
1.1.4. Possible aids and their usage

Evaluation of CAN fault codes
- The control units present in the vehicle (actual configuration) are compared with the coding in control unit CGW (specified configuration).
- Filtering and evaluation of all CAN timeout fault codes present in the vehicleThe result of the evaluation leads to the required test steps.
Multimeter
- Aids for voltage and resistance measurement in menu item 'Measurements with multimeter on CAN network'
Measuring system
- Aid for graphic representation of CAN signal and voltage levels

- The specified characteristics shown in Measurement Technology are used to recognize changed CAN voltage levels, which can be caused by
faulty CAN components.
- Possible procedure: Disconnect and then reconnect the CAN bus subscribers at the voltage distributor one at a time.Compare the pass image
with the actual image from the oscilloscope.
Star Diagnosis CANtool
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Aids for representation of actual values and identification of bus wake-up events and bus keepawake events
Continue with button F2
1.2. Evaluation of CAN fault codes

1.3. Further CAN test options
Test 1.3.1: Information to engine compartment CAN network
Test 1.3.2: Measurements with multimeter on CAN network
Test 1.3.3: Test with the aid of the measuring system
1.3.1. Information to engine compartment CAN network
Test 1.3.1.1: Arrangement diagram
Test 1.3.1.2: Wiring diagram of CAN bus
1.3.1.1. Arrangement diagram

Location diagram (with special equipment)
Figure legend
- A1 (Instrument cluster)
- N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit)
- N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit)
- N47-5 (ESP and BAS control module)
- N15/3 (ETC [EGS] control unit)
- N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit)
- N71 (Headlamp range adjustment control module)
- N93 (Central gateway control unit)
- N15/6 (Sprintshift control module)
- N80 (Steering column module)
- X11/4 (Diagnosis test connector)
- X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin)
- Installation point of plug connection X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin)
- Communication with ECU required
rcheuls@gmail.com
1.3.1.2. Wiring diagram of CAN bus

Note
- WIS is not available on this system.

- It is not possible to display the requested WIS document [ PE0019P2200TA ].
- You can start WIS on another system and display the WIS document by entering the document number [ PE0019P2200TA ] in the 'Contents'
field.
1.3.2. Measurements with multimeter on CAN network
Test 1.3.2.1: Voltage supply of engine compartment CAN control modules
Test 1.3.2.2: Resistance test of engine compartment CAN
1.3.2.1. Voltage supply of engine compartment CAN control modules
Test 1.3.2.1.1: Check power supply at control unit ME-SFI.
Test 1.3.2.1.2: Check power supply at control unit ESP.
Test 1.3.2.1.3: Check power supply at control unit ETC.
Test 1.3.2.1.4: Check power supply at control unit ESM.
Test 1.3.2.1.5: Check power supply at control unit EZS.
Test 1.3.2.1.6: Check power supply at control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).
Test 1.3.2.1.7: Check power supply at control unit N80 (Steering column module).
Test 1.3.2.1.8: Check power supply at control unit N71 (Headlamp range adjustment control module).
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test 1.3.2.1.9: Check power supply at control unit N93 (Central gateway control unit).
Test 1.3.2.1.10: Check power supply at control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit).
1.3.2.1.1. Check power supply at control unit ME-SFI.
Test 1.3.2.1.1.1: Test voltage supply of circuit 30.
Test 1.3.2.1.1.2: Test current consumption of component N10/1kR (Circuit 87 relay, engine).
1.3.2.1.1.1. Test voltage supply of circuit 30.

Connect socket box to component N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
Figure legend
- A -ConnectionTest cable 35-pin socket box

- 001 -Sockets of component N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit)
- 05 -35-pin socket box
- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
- II 1-63ConnectionTest cable
- III 64-126ConnectionTest cable
Warning!
-
- Connection A of test cable 108 may NOT be connected to connection B of the 126-pin socket box (050).
Continue to test with button F2
Test voltage supply of circuit 30.
Test sequence
- Measure direct voltage with multimeter between sockets [ F.2 ] 98 and [ F.16 ] 112 of the 35-pole socket box tester.
- Switch on ignition.
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Is the measurement value OK?
YES
The measurement value is OK.End of test
NO
The measurement value is not OK.Possible cause and remedy
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test
1.3.2.1.1.2. Test current consumption of component N10/1kR (Circuit 87 relay, engine).

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test current consumption of component N10/1kR (Circuit 87 relay, engine).
Test sequence
- Measure direct current with multimeter between sockets [F.4] 100 and [F.27] 123 of the 126-pole socket box tester.
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
The test was okay.End of test
NO
- Lines to component N10/1kR (Circuit 87 relay, engine)

- N10/1kR (Circuit 87 relay, engine)
End of test

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1kP (Circuit 15 relay)

- Lines
End of test
1.3.2.1.2. Check power supply at control unit ESP.
Test 1.3.2.1.2.1: Test voltage of terminal 87 at control unit N47-5 (ESP, SPS [PML] and BAS control unit).
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test 1.3.2.1.2.2: Test of cable for voltage supply
Test 1.3.2.1.2.3: Test procedure ground cable
1.3.2.1.2.1. Test voltage of terminal 87 at control unit N47-5 (ESP, SPS [PML] and BAS control unit).
1.3.2.1.2.1. No further information available.
1.3.2.1.2.2. Test of cable for voltage supply

Test prerequisite
- Battery voltage is OK.

Test sequence
- Switch off ignition.

- Connect socket box.
- Measure direct voltage with multimeter between ground and socket (1.14) 14 of the 126-pole socket box tester.
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
The measurement value is OK.Note
- Select further tests.
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test
1.3.2.1.2.3. Test procedure ground cable

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

- W16/Measure resistance with multimeter between 3 and (2.23) 57 of the 35-pole socket box tester.
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
- Are the measurement values OK?
YES
The measurement values are OK.Note
- In the event of stored faults with a high fault frequency count or in the event of customer complaints, check lines and connectors for loose
contact and corrosion..
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
At least one of the measured values is not o.k.Possible cause and remedy
- Ground cable
- W16/3 (Ground (left of component compartment, power ground))
End of test
1.3.2.1.3. Check power supply at control unit ETC.

Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641Test sequence

- Measure direct voltage with multimeter between sockets [2.30] 30 and [2.29] 29 of the 126-pole socket box tester.
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES
The measurement value is OK.Possible cause and remedy
- Replace component N15/3 (ETC [EGS] control unit).

End of test
NO
- Inspect connector 2 at control unit N15/3 (ETC [EGS] control unit) for damage, correct connection, loose contact and corrosion and repair, if
necessary.
End of test
1.3.2.1.4. Check power supply at control unit ESM.


- Disconnect connector at component N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit).
- [A.2] Measure direct voltage with multimeter between 2 and 1 [A.1]
Status of relevant actual value:
- Supply voltage (tml. 15):Warning! Communication with ECU required.
Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
- Replace component Floor-mounted shift.

End of test
NO
- Check fuse f55 (voltage supply from control unit ESM) in component N10/1 (Front SAM control unit with fuse and relay module).
- Check all affected plugs, connectors and electrical components for damage, loose contact, corrosion etc. and repair if necessary.
End of test
Part 2
rcheuls@gmail.com
1.3.2.1.5. Check power supply at control unit EZS.
Test prerequisite

- Fuse F34.f36 is OK.
- Power supply:Warning! Communication with ECU required.
Specified value
- Power supply [11.0...14.5] V

Question
- Is the actual value o.k.?
YES
The actual value is okay.Possible cause and remedy
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
The actual value is not o.k.Test sequence

- Detach sockets A and C at component N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit).
- Measure direct voltage with multimeter between sockets (N73) B.2 and (N73) C.1
Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
The measurement values are OK.Possible cause and remedy
- Inspect connector B,C at control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit) for damage, correct connection, loose contact and corrosion and repair, if
necessary.
End of test
NO
The measurement values are not OK.Possible cause and remedy
- Check lines between components N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit) and N10/1 (Driver-side SAM control unit with fuse and relay module) and
repair or replace if necessary.
- Fuse and component F34 (Interior fuse box)
1.3.2.1.5. No further information available.
1.3.2.1.6. Check power supply at control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).
1.3.2.1.7. Check power supply at control unit N80 (Steering column module).
Test 1.3.2.1.7.1: Inspect control unit N80 (Steering column module) for undervoltage fault.
Test 1.3.2.1.7.2: Test voltage supply of circuit 30 by means of actual value.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test 1.3.2.1.7.3: Test voltage supply of circuit 30 by means of measured value.
1.3.2.1.7.1. Inspect control unit N80 (Steering column module) for undervoltage fault.
If the fault code is not current, it may be deleted. In this case, the battery voltage was too low over an extended period.Charge the battery, if
necessary.Question:Is the fault current in several control modules?Note:This fault could result in consequential faults. You should therefore process
this fault first and then erase the fault memory.
YES
Possible cause and remedy
- Battery voltage too low.Test battery.Charge battery, replace if necessary.

- If fault occurs again:Check alternator.Communication with ECU required
- The quiescent current is too high.Test quiescent current.
NO
Manual check of supply voltage
Test prerequisite
- Fuse F34f33 (Fuse 33) in component F34 (Interior fuse box) is o.k.
- Actual value is not okay or there is a complaint.
- Voltage at terminal 30:Warning! Communication with ECU required.
Test sequence

- Remove component Airbag.
- Please refer to WIS document AR91.60-P-0660.
- Remove component Multifunction steering wheel.
- Remove component A45 (Clock spring contact).
- This information can be shown using the help function (F6 button) in menu item 'Testing and repair work'.
- Measure direct voltage with multimeter between sockets [N80] 1.8 and [N80] 1.9
Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
- Inspect connector 1 at control unit N80 (Steering column module) for damage, correct connection, loose contact and corrosion and repair, if
necessary.
End of test
NO
- Plug connection at control unit N80 (Steering column module)

- Line between component N80 (Steering column module) and component W12 (Ground, center console)
- Line between component N80 (Steering column module) and component F34f33 (Fuse 33)
End of test
1.3.2.1.7.2. Test voltage supply of circuit 30 by means of actual value.

Test prerequisites
- Relevant fault codes exist or a complaint has been received.

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- If fault code 9010/9011 occurs without complaints or function faults, erase fault memory and perform a function check.
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
The actual value is not o.k.Possible cause and remedy
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Test voltage supply of component N80 (Steering column module) by means of measured value.
End of test
1.3.2.1.7.3. Test voltage supply of circuit 30 by means of measured value.

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
1.3.2.1.8. Check power supply at control unit N71 (Headlamp range adjustment control module).
necessary.Question:Is there a current undervoltage fault is several control modules?Note:This fault could result in consequential faults. You should
therefore process this fault first and then erase the fault memory.
YES

NO
Figure legend 1:N71 (Headlamp range adjustment control module)Figure legend 2:N10/1 (Front SAM control unit with fuse and relay module)Test
prerequisite
- The relevant actual value is not okay.

- Fuse N10/1f51 (Fuse 51) is OK.
Test sequence

- Disconnect connector at component N71 (Headlamp range adjustment control module).
- Measure direct voltage with multimeter between sockets (N71) 20 and (N71) 19
Specified value:Voltage = [11.0...14.5] VQuestion
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
The measurement value is OK.Figure legend 1:N71 (Headlamp range adjustment control module)Figure legend 2:N10/1 (Front SAM control unit
with fuse and relay module)Possible cause or remedy in case of malfunction
- Inspect plug connections N71x1 and (N10/1) 24 for damage, loose contact and corrosion, and repair if necessary.
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
The measurement value is not OK.Figure legend 1:N71 (Headlamp range adjustment control module)Figure legend 2:N10/1 (Front SAM control
unit with fuse and relay module)Possible cause and remedy
- Cable (N10/1) 24.1 - (N71) 19 is faulty .

- Cable (N71) 20 - W16/3 (Ground (left of component compartment, power ground)) is faulty .
- N10/1 (Front SAM control unit with fuse and relay module)
End of test
1.3.2.1.9. Check power supply at control unit N93 (Central gateway control unit).
rcheuls@gmail.com
necessary.Note:This fault could result in consequential faults. You should therefore process this fault first and then erase the fault
memory.Question:Is the fault current in several control modules?
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
- Measurement at component
- Measure direct voltage with multimeter between ground socket and socket
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

( Picture : Example )
YES
Test sequence
- Unplug connector 8 at control unit N93 (Central gateway control unit).

- Measurement at connector 8
- Measure direct voltage with multimeter between sockets (N93) 8.1 and (N93) 8.6
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
The measurement value is OK.Restore original status.
- Plug in the connector 8 at component N93 (Central gateway control unit).

End of test
NO
The measurement value is not OK.Possible cause and remedy in the case of undervoltage
- Lines between N93 (Central gateway control unit) and

End of test
NO
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test
1.3.2.1.10. Check power supply at control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit).

- Separate plug connection at transmission.
- Measure voltage in transmission wiring harness using a multimeter.
Measure direct voltage with multimeter between 5 and 4Specified value:
- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
The measurement value is OK.Possible cause of fault
- The conductors in the electrohydraulic control unit are interrupted.

- Component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is defective.
Possible remedy
- Replace component Y3/8 (Electric control unit (VGS)).

Following the repair measures, the following checks MUST be carried out using the Diagnosis Assistance System, menu 'Initial startup'
- Initial startup with manual settings input for new control unit
End of test
NO
Test 1.3.2.1.10.1: The measurement value is not OK.
Test 1.3.2.1.10.2: Possible cause and remedy
Test 1.3.2.1.10.3: Test regulator and generator.
rcheuls@gmail.com
1.3.2.1.10.1. The measurement value is not OK.
1.3.2.1.10.2. Possible cause and remedy
1.3.2.1.10.3. Test regulator and generator.

Note on alternator testDepending on the engine variant, different alternators are installed.
- Alternators without networking

- Alternators networked with engine control unit
Networked alternators can be diagnosed via the engine control unit.Detailed information on alternator testing can be found in WIS.Press button F2
to go to WIS documents
1.3.2.2. Resistance test of engine compartment CAN
Test 1.3.2.2.1: Test total resistance of engine compartment CAN.
Test 1.3.2.2.2: Test terminating resistor of component X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin).
Test 1.3.2.2.3: Test terminating resistor of CAN element in control module N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
1.3.2.2.1. Test total resistance of engine compartment CAN.
Test 1.3.2.2.1.1: Perform measurement at component X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin).
Test 1.3.2.2.1.2: Perform measurement at component N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
1.3.2.2.1.1. Perform measurement at component X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin).
Test total resistance of engine compartment CAN.
Figure legend

Test sequence

- Measurement with multimeter
- (X63/4) 2.Measure resistance with multimeter between pins 2 and 2.1 (X63/4)
Adapter cable no. W220 589 00 99 36 may be used.Specified value
- [55...65]ohms
Question:
- Is the measured value within the specified value range?
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
NO
- Line from component N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit) to component X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin)
- Test terminating resistor of component X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin).
- Test terminating resistor of CAN element in control module N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
End of test
1.3.2.2.1.2. Perform measurement at component N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).

Test total resistance of the CAN engine.
Test sequence

- Connect socket box to component N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
- Measure resistance with multimeter between sockets (F.41) 11 and (F.54) 24 of the 35-pole socket box tester.
Specified value
- Resistor[55...65]ohms
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test
1.3.2.2.2. Test terminating resistor of component X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin).
Test terminating resistor of component X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin).
Test sequence

- Disconnect coupling F at component N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
Specified value
Question
YES
NO
- Line from component X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin) to component N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit)
- Component X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin)
End of test
1.3.2.2.3. Test terminating resistor of CAN element in control module N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
Test terminating resistor of component N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
Test sequence

- Connector F is plugged in at control unit.
- Unplug the socket F from the wiring harness at the socket box.
Specified value
Question
YES
NO
- Control unit N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit)

End of test
1.3.3. Test with the aid of the measuring system

Test sequence
- Measurement of level voltage of engine CAN buses CAN bus High and CAN bus Low with the universal oscilloscope
- Separating one user from the connector strip X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin)
- Observe level voltage.
- Plug in connector again at connector strip X63/4 (CAN databus adapter connector, 2-pin).
- Repeat this procedure for all CAN users.
Specified value
- As soon as the faulty branch was disconnected, the current image of the level voltage changes.
Possible cause of fault in the faulty branch
rcheuls@gmail.com

- Test connectors and wiring for CAN of engine compartment CAN control modules.
- Control unit
Communication with ECU required ( Measuring system )
C300
Component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is defective. Read and observe repair information.
Possible cause:
- Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit)

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if component 'Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit)' is faulty
1. Remedial action if component 'Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit)' is faulty
Test prerequisites
- First of all process all other current fault codes.

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
- Print out the initial quick test log before processing the fault code C300.
- Create control unit log.
Important notes before commencing repair measures
- Always use the same diagnostic unit after the repair measure.
C426
Start enable 'Drive authorization system' not issued.
Possible cause:
- Engine management
Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Fault in CAN communication with control unit Engine management.
1. Fault in CAN communication with control unit Engine management.

Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641WARNING
- This is not a function error of control module Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) and does not justify
replacement.
Possible cause for the entry of this event code
- Operational fault of component Engine management

Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit Engine management.

- Process displayed fault codes in control module Engine management.
End of test
D138
rcheuls@gmail.com
The message from the auxiliary oil pump is not available on the CAN bus.
Possible cause:
- M42 (Electric transmission oil pump) / N89 (Transmission oil additional pump control unit)
Affected functions:
- Engine start
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Check component M42 (Electric transmission oil pump).
1. Check component M42 (Electric transmission oil pump).

Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641Test prerequisite

Test sequence

- Disconnect connector at component N89 (Transmission oil additional pump control unit).
- Use multimeter to check voltage directly at jacks of wiring harness for component N89 (Transmission oil additional pump control unit).
Measure direct voltage with multimeter between 1 and 4Specified value
- Voltage [8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES
The measurement value is OK.Further test:Test CAN wiring for Open circuit.Test sequence

- Disconnect connector at component N89 (Transmission oil additional pump control unit).
- Expose component X30/21 (Drive train CAN voltage distributor connector).
CAN bus HighMeasure resistance with multimeter between (X30/21) 2 and (N89) 3CAN bus LowMeasure resistance with multimeter between
(X30/21) 1 and (N89) 2Question
- Is there an open circuit in the CAN bus lines?
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
There is an open circuit in the CAN bus lines.Cause
- CAN signal interruption

- Component X30/21 (Drive train CAN voltage distributor connector) is defective.
REMEDY
- Check line from control module N89 (Transmission oil additional pump control unit) to component X30/21 (Drive train CAN voltage
distributor connector).
- Replace component X30/21 (Drive train CAN voltage distributor connector).
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
There is no open circuit in the CAN bus lines.Cause
- There is an internal fault in component N89 (Transmission oil additional pump control unit).
- There is an internal fault in component M42 (Electric transmission oil pump).
REMEDY
- Replace component M42 (Electric transmission oil pump).

NOTE
- No further actions are required.

End of test
NO
- Check fuse F1/6f76 (Fuse 76) in component N10/1 (Front SAM control unit with fuse and relay module) for tight installation and corrosion.
- Check lines and plug connection on components M42 (Electric transmission oil pump) and N10/1 (Front SAM control unit with fuse and
relay module) for loose contacts, damages, interruptions, etc. and if necessary, repair or replace parts.
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
Part 1
No CAN message was received from control unit Engine management.
Possible cause:
- Fault in CAN communication with control unit Motor electronics.

- Drive train CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 2: Check the CAN communication with control unit Engine management.
Test 3: Drive train CAN test


rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test 1.3.2.1.7.4: Check the CAN communication with control unit Engine control module.
Test 1.3.2.1.7.5: Engine compartment CAN test
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
1.3.2.1.7.4. Check the CAN communication with control unit Engine control module.
Test prerequisite
- The current fault code 9348 is present.

Status of relevant fault code:Test sequence
- If a CAN fault regarding communication with control module N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit) is present in this control module, then first
of all test CAN lines between the two control modules.
- Continue troubleshooting in control module N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
- If there is no malfunction, ignore the fault code.
End of test
1.3.2.1.7.5. Engine compartment CAN test
YES

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
2. Check the CAN communication with control unit Engine management.

3. Drive train CAN test

Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com

Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
Test prerequisite

End of test
YES

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit


Part 1
One or more messages from control unit N80 (Steering column module) are not available on the CAN bus.
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit N80 (Steering column module).
- Interior CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 2: Check the CAN communication with control unit N80 (Steering column module).
Test 3: Interior CAN check
rcheuls@gmail.com

Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2
One or more messages from control unit N80 (Steering column module) are not available on the CAN bus.

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
2. Check the CAN communication with control unit N80 (Steering column module).
3. Interior CAN check

EC132
No CAN message was received from control unit Suspension system.
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit N51/2 (ABC control module).
- Chassis CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Check the CAN communication with control unit Suspension system.
Test 2: Chassis CAN test
1. Check the CAN communication with control unit Suspension system.

2. Chassis CAN test

Part 1
No CAN message was received from control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit) or N93 (Central gateway control unit).
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit N93 (Central gateway control unit).
- Central CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
rcheuls@gmail.com
-------------------------------------------------
Test 2: Check the CAN communication with control unit N93 (Central gateway control unit).
Test 3: Central CAN test


Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event
rcheuls@gmail.com





rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system


rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

Note
rcheuls@gmail.com

field.

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2
No CAN message was received from control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit) or N93 (Central gateway control unit).

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test 1.3.2.1.7.4: Interior CAN check
Test 1.3.2.1.7.5: Check the CAN communication with control unit CGW.
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
1.3.2.1.7.4. Interior CAN check

1.3.2.1.7.5. Check the CAN communication with control unit CGW.

Test prerequisite

- If a CAN fault regarding communication with control module CGW is present in this control module, then first of all test CAN lines between
the two control modules.
- Continue troubleshooting in control module CGW.
End of test
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
2. Check the CAN communication with control unit N93 (Central gateway control unit).
3. Central CAN test

EC421
The CAN signals sent from control unit Suspension system are incomplete.
Possible cause:
- N51/2 (ABC control module)

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Fault in CAN communication with control unit N51/2 (ABC control module).
1. Fault in CAN communication with control unit N51/2 (ABC control module).
replacement.
- Operational fault of component N51/2 (ABC control module)

Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit N51/2 (ABC control module).
- Process displayed fault codes in control module N51/2 (ABC control module).
End of test
Part 1
The CAN signal for start enable sent to the drive authorization system by transmission control is missing or invalid.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
- DAS Function
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------


Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event
rcheuls@gmail.com





rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system


rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

Note
rcheuls@gmail.com

field.

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
ED50B
One or more of the signals transmitted by control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit) or N93 (Central gateway control unit) via the CAN
bus are implausible.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Fault in CAN communication with control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit).
1. Fault in CAN communication with control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit).
replacement.
- Operational fault of component N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit)

Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit).
- Process displayed fault codes in control module N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit).
End of test
ED504
One or more signals sent from control unit N80 (Steering column module) via the CAN bus is implausible.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Fault in CAN communication with control unit N80 (Steering column module).
rcheuls@gmail.com
1. Fault in CAN communication with control unit N80 (Steering column module).
replacement.
- Operational fault of component N80 (Steering column module)

Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit N80 (Steering column module).
- Process displayed fault codes in control module N80 (Steering column module).
End of test
EU015587
Communication with the instrument cluster has a malfunction. The message is missing.
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).

- Central CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Check the CAN communication with control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).
1. Check the CAN communication with control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).

2. Central CAN test

E231B
Temperature sensor 1 of inverter 'Electric machine A' has a malfunction.
No further information available.
Part 1
Possible cause:
- Central CAN bus
Affected functions:
- DAS Function
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com


Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event
rcheuls@gmail.com




rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system


rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

Note

rcheuls@gmail.com
field.

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test


Test prerequisite

End of test
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
3. Central CAN test

E1240
No CAN message was received from control unit Driver requested torque. ( Toggle error )
E1242
No CAN message was received from control unit Driver requested torque. ( CAN signal 'Parity' )
E1707
Function shutoff of system due to excessive temperature and overvoltage
Possible cause:
- Excess temperature
Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action after a shutdown of the transmission functions due to the occurrence of an overtemperature and (or) overvoltage
1. Remedial action after a shutdown of the transmission functions due to the occurrence of an overtemperature and (or) overvoltage
replacement.
- The vehicle was jump-started.
End of test
F000
rcheuls@gmail.com
Software error Operational check
06A3
Component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is defective.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
- Print out the initial quick test log before processing the fault code 06A3.
Sequence
- Data are being read from the old control unit.

060A
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Print out the initial quick test log before processing the fault code 060A.
Sequence

060C
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641Warning!In the event of stored faults with high fault
frequency counter:The control module must not be replaced.Cause
- Control module has an internal error.

REMEDY
- Disassemble and assemble automatic transmission using the repair instructions.

- Exchange electrohydraulic control unit.
Notes on submitting warranty or goodwill claimsSEAG damage code (7 digits): 54553 73IMPORTANT NOTEFollowing the repair measures, the
following checks MUST be carried out using the Diagnosis Assistance System, menu 'Initial startup'
rcheuls@gmail.com
061B
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641Warning!Erase fault memory.The control module must
not be replaced. END OF TEST
062F
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
rcheuls@gmail.com
Preconditions
- Print out the initial quick test log before processing the fault code 062F.
Sequence

076F
The gear is implausible or the transmission is slipping. ( 7. gear )
Possible cause:
- Mechanical or hydraulic defect in the transmission ( 7. gear )

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Possible causes and remedial action when fault code 076F is displayed
1. Possible causes and remedial action when fault code 076F is displayed
Check oil level in automatic transmission.
IMPORTANT NOTE
- Do not unplug the STAR DIAGNOSIS unit from the diagnostic socket during the procedure.
- The oil level in the automatic transmission is too low.

-
Possible remedy
- Check oil level in automatic transmission.

NOTE
- Refill oil in automatic transmission up to maximum oil level mark at oil temperature of 80° C.
- (Refer to repair instructions: automatic transmission 722.9)
Notes on submitting warranty or goodwill claimsSEAG damage code (7 digits): 27 001 75Question
- Is the fluid level in the automatic transmission OK?
YES
Preconditions
- The fluid level in the automatic transmission is OK.

Cause

REMEDY

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
Preconditions
- The fluid level in the automatic transmission is not OK.

Remedy
- Inspect oil level, adjust to correct level if necessary.

NOTE
Notes on submitting warranty or goodwill claimsSEAG damage code (7 digits): 27 001 75Continue with button "F2"
Erase fault memory in control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit)
Additional measures
- Erase fault memory in control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit)
NOTE
- The fault memory is erased by pressing button "F2".

233D
Measured value of temperature sensor for gear oil is implausible.
0218
Temperature of gear oil is too high.
Possible cause:
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Temperature of gear oil is too high.

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if transmission oil temperature is too high
1. Remedial action if transmission oil temperature is too high

Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641 Error response:- Control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated
transmission control (VGS) control unit) initiates a reduction of the engine torque in relation to the measured transmission oil temperature.- The
reduction of the engine torque necessarily produces a power loss in the engine.POSSIBLE CAUSES
- This fault code may have resulted from the transmission having previously gone into emergency mode, or from stored fault code 2759.
REMEDY
- If fault codes are present, process these.

- Check transmission oil cooling for proper operation and for leakage.
- Perform condition check of the transmission oil.(Continue with button "F6")
0606
This fault code relates to a bogus fault.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: This fault code relates to a bogus fault.
1. This fault code relates to a bogus fault.

Cause
- This fault code may point to a bogus fault in control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit).
REMEDY
- No further action is necessary in such cases.

- Erase fault memory.
End of test
0607
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
- Print out the initial quick test log before processing the fault code 0607.
Sequence

0633
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- DAS Function
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

0641
Possible cause:
rcheuls@gmail.com

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

0642
The voltage supply of the speed sensors is faulty. ( Undervoltage )
Possible cause:
- Local undervoltage of component Speed sensors

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if faulty voltage supply to rpm sensors ( Undervoltage )
1. Remedial action if faulty voltage supply to rpm sensors ( Undervoltage )

Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641Cause
- The voltage supply of the speed sensors is faulty.(Undervoltage)

REMEDY

rcheuls@gmail.com
0651
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

0701
rcheuls@gmail.com
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

REMEDY

0705
Component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)) is defective.
Possible cause:
- Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS))

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test 1: Remedial action if component 'Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS))' is faulty
1. Remedial action if component 'Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS))' is faulty

Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

0706
Check component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)).
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action for an implausible signal from component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS))
1. Remedial action for an implausible signal from component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS))
Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641 NOTEThe following criteria cause fault code 2215 to
be stored
- Control module Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is not correctly learned.
- Initial startup of the control unit was aborted.(Abortion by user)
REMEDY
- Perform teach-in process for component 'Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS))'.
Press button "F2" for further tests
Test 1.1: Teach-in of selection range sensor
1.1. Teach-in of selection range sensor

0711
Possible cause:
rcheuls@gmail.com
Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

0713
The signal from component Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS)) is implausible. ( Overvoltage )
Possible cause:
- Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS))

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action for an implausible signal from component Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS))
1. Remedial action for an implausible signal from component Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS))
- Component Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS)) is defective.

REMEDY

rcheuls@gmail.com
0716
The transmission input shaft has rotated at excessive rpms.
Possible cause:
- Engine overspeed
Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action on overspeed of transmission input shaft
1. Remedial action on overspeed of transmission input shaft

- Conduct a road test with the vehicle.During the road test, drive the engine from gear 1 to gear 3 in the engine speed cutoff range.
- Read out fault memory of control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit).
Question
- Is control unit EGS electronic transmission control indicating the current fault code 0716?
YES
Preconditions
- Control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is indicating the current fault code 0716.
Remedy
- Performance of SCN coding

END OF TEST
NO
Preconditions
- Control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is not indicating any fault codes.
Remedy
rcheuls@gmail.com
END OF TEST
0718
Component Y3/8n1 (Turbine speed sensor (VGS)) is defective.
Possible cause:
- Y3/8n1 (Turbine speed sensor (VGS))

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if component 'Y3/8n1 (Turbine speed sensor (VGS))' is faulty
1. Remedial action if component 'Y3/8n1 (Turbine speed sensor (VGS))' is faulty

0720
Mechanical fault of component Drive train
Possible cause:
- Transmission output speed

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action for non-available signal from component Y3/8n3 (Output speed sensor (VGS))
1. Remedial action for non-available signal from component Y3/8n3 (Output speed sensor (VGS))
0721
The transmission output speed signal is implausible when compared to the wheel rpm signal.
Possible cause:
- Transmission output speed

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
0722
rcheuls@gmail.com
The signal from component Y3/8n3 (Output speed sensor (VGS)) is not available.
Possible cause:
- Y3/8n3 (Output speed sensor (VGS))

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
0723
Component Y3/8n3 (Output speed sensor (VGS)) is defective.
Possible cause:
- Y3/8n3 (Output speed sensor (VGS))

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if component 'Y3/8n3 (Output speed sensor (VGS))' is faulty
1. Remedial action if component 'Y3/8n3 (Output speed sensor (VGS))' is faulty

0729
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action on implausible gear or slipping transmission ( 6. gear )
1. Remedial action on implausible gear or slipping transmission ( 6. gear )

IMPORTANT NOTE

-
Possible remedy
rcheuls@gmail.com
NOTE
YES
Preconditions

Cause

REMEDY

NO
Preconditions

Remedy

NOTE
Additional measures
NOTE
rcheuls@gmail.com

0732
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Possible causes and remedial action when fault code 0732 is displayed
1. Possible causes and remedial action when fault code 0732 is displayed
IMPORTANT NOTE

-
Possible remedy

NOTE
YES
Preconditions

Cause

REMEDY

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
Preconditions

Remedy

NOTE
Additional measures
NOTE

0748
The internal electrical check of component Y3/8y2 (K1 clutch control solenoid valve (VGS)) has failed.
Possible cause:
- Y3/8y2 (K1 clutch control solenoid valve (VGS))

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if component 'Y3/8y2 (K1 clutch control solenoid valve (VGS))' is faulty
1. Remedial action if component 'Y3/8y2 (K1 clutch control solenoid valve (VGS))' is faulty
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Component Y3/8y2 (K1 clutch control solenoid valve (VGS)) is defective.

REMEDY

0778
The internal electrical check of component Y3/8y5 (B1 brake control solenoid valve (VGS)) has failed.
Possible cause:
- Y3/8y5 (B1 brake control solenoid valve (VGS))

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if component 'Y3/8y5 (B1 brake control solenoid valve (VGS))' is faulty
1. Remedial action if component 'Y3/8y5 (B1 brake control solenoid valve (VGS))' is faulty
- Component Y3/8y5 (B1 brake control solenoid valve (VGS)) is defective.

REMEDY

rcheuls@gmail.com
0798
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

REMEDY

rcheuls@gmail.com
0893
Hydraulic fault in transmission (disengaging shift element does not disengage).
Possible cause:
- Mechanical or hydraulic defect in the transmission

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if hydraulic clutch in automatic transmission fails to cut out
1. Remedial action if hydraulic clutch in automatic transmission fails to cut out

Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641Remedy
- Check and, if necessary, correct oil level of automatic transmission.

Notes on submitting warranty or goodwill claimsSEAG damage code (7 digits): 27401 B1 END OF TEST
0894
The gear is implausible or the transmission is slipping.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action on implausible gear or slipping transmission
1. Remedial action on implausible gear or slipping transmission


Notes on submitting warranty or goodwill claimsSEAG damage code (7 digits): 27401 B2 If complaint persists:Please contact the relevant product
rcheuls@gmail.com
service department.END OF TEST
1610
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

1636
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
rcheuls@gmail.com
Sequence

0601
An incorrect variant coding or configuration was detected.
0604
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

0605
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

0613
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
0643
The voltage supply of the speed sensors is faulty. ( Overvoltage )
Possible cause:
- Local overvoltage of component Speed sensors

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if faulty voltage supply to rpm sensors ( Overvoltage )
1. Remedial action if faulty voltage supply to rpm sensors ( Overvoltage )

- The voltage supply of the speed sensors is faulty.(Overvoltage)

REMEDY

0712
The signal from component Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS)) is implausible. ( Undervoltage )
Possible cause:
- Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS))

Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action for an implausible signal from component Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS))
1. Remedial action for an implausible signal from component Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS))
- Component Y3/8s2 (Transmission oil temperature sensor (VGS)) is defective.

REMEDY

0714
Component Gear oil temperature sensor is defective.
0717
The signal from component Y3/8n1 (Turbine speed sensor (VGS)) is not available.
Possible cause:
- Y3/8n1 (Turbine speed sensor (VGS))

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action for non-available signal from component Y3/8n1 (Turbine speed sensor (VGS))
1. Remedial action for non-available signal from component Y3/8n1 (Turbine speed sensor (VGS))
rcheuls@gmail.com
0731
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
IMPORTANT NOTE

-
Possible remedy

NOTE
YES
Preconditions

Cause

REMEDY

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
Preconditions

Remedy

NOTE
Additional measures
NOTE

0733
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
IMPORTANT NOTE

-
Possible remedy

NOTE
YES
Preconditions

Cause

REMEDY

NO
Preconditions

Remedy

NOTE
rcheuls@gmail.com
Additional measures
NOTE

0734
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
IMPORTANT NOTE

-
Possible remedy

NOTE
YES
Preconditions

Cause

REMEDY

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
Preconditions

Remedy

NOTE
Additional measures
NOTE

0735
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
IMPORTANT NOTE

-
Possible remedy

NOTE
YES
Preconditions

Cause

REMEDY

NO
Preconditions
rcheuls@gmail.com
Remedy

NOTE
Additional measures
NOTE

0741
Actuation of torque converter lockup clutch is not possible.
Possible cause:
- Torque converter lockup clutch

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action on impermissible closing or excessively high friction power of the torque converter lockup clutch
1. Remedial action on impermissible closing or excessively high friction power of the torque converter lockup clutch
Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641Question:Does a customer complaint exist?
YES
Requirement:A customer complaint exists.Possible cause
- The software version of control unit EGS electronic transmission control is too old.
Remedy
- Program control unit EGS electronic transmission control.

Notes on submitting warranty or goodwill claimsSEAG damage code (7 digits): 54553 90 Continue with button "F2"
NO
Requirement:No customer complaint exists.RemedyIgnore fault code and erase fault memory. End of test
0742
Engaging of torque converter lockup clutch not permitted.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
-------------------------------------------------
YES
Requirement:A customer complaint exists.RemedyPlease contact the relevant product service department. End of test
NO
1629
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

1631
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

1632
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

1633
rcheuls@gmail.com
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

REMEDY

1634
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

1638
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

1639
rcheuls@gmail.com
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

1693
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
rcheuls@gmail.com
Sequence

1710
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

1711
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites
rcheuls@gmail.com
POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

1712
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test prerequisites

POSSIBLE CAUSES
Preconditions
Sequence

2216
Check component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)). The adaptation sequence occurred outside the valid range.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if component 'Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS))' is faulty
1. Remedial action if component 'Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS))' is faulty

- Component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)) is defective.

REMEDY

2711
Hydraulic fault in transmission (engaging shift element does not engage).
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if hydraulic clutch in automatic transmission fails to cut in
1. Remedial action if hydraulic clutch in automatic transmission fails to cut in


Notes on submitting warranty or goodwill claimsSEAG damage code (7 digits): 27401 B1 END OF TEST
rcheuls@gmail.com
2716
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

REMEDY

2725
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
-------------------------------------------------

REMEDY

2734
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

REMEDY

rcheuls@gmail.com
2759
The internal electrical check of component Y3/8y8 (Torque converter lockup clutch control solenoid valve (VGS)) has failed.
Possible cause:
- Y3/8y8 (Torque converter lockup clutch control solenoid valve (VGS))

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if component 'Y3/8y8 (Torque converter lockup clutch control solenoid valve (VGS))' is faulty
1. Remedial action if component 'Y3/8y8 (Torque converter lockup clutch control solenoid valve (VGS))' is faulty
- Component Y3/8y8 (Torque converter lockup clutch control solenoid valve (VGS)) is defective.
REMEDY

rcheuls@gmail.com
2766
Excessive rpms have occurred at component Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS)).
Possible cause:
- Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS))

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action on overspeed of component Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS))
1. Remedial action on overspeed of component Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS))

- Conduct a road test with the vehicle.During the road test, drive the engine from gear 1 to gear 3 in the engine speed cutoff range.
Question
- Is control unit EGS electronic transmission control indicating the current fault code 2766?
YES
Preconditions
- Control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is indicating the current fault code 2766.
Remedy
- Performance of SCN coding

END OF TEST
NO
Preconditions
- Control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is not indicating any fault codes.
Remedy
rcheuls@gmail.com
END OF TEST
2768
Component Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS)) is defective.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if component 'Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS))' is faulty
1. Remedial action if component 'Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS))' is faulty

2805
The signals of the range selector sensor are implausible in comparison to the signals from the electronic selector lever module.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action after a plausibility error between the signals from components Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)) and N15/5
(Electronic selector lever module control unit)
1. Remedial action after a plausibility error between the signals from components Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)) and N15/5
(Electronic selector lever module control unit)
- The shift rod is not adjusted correctly.

REMEDY
- Adjust the shift rod as per the repair instructions.

WARNING
- This is not a function error in system 'ETC' and does not justify exchanging components.
- If the complaint occurs repeatedly contact your workshop support.
End of test
2810
The internal electrical check of component Y3/8y1 (Working pressure control solenoid valve (VGS)) has failed.
Possible cause:
- Y3/8y1 (Working pressure control solenoid valve (VGS))

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test 1: Remedial action if component 'Y3/8y1 (Working pressure control solenoid valve (VGS))' is faulty
1. Remedial action if component 'Y3/8y1 (Working pressure control solenoid valve (VGS))' is faulty
- Component Y3/8y1 (Working pressure control solenoid valve (VGS)) is defective.

REMEDY

2767
The signal from component Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS)) is not available.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action for non-available signal from component Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS))
1. Remedial action for non-available signal from component Y3/8n2 (Internal speed sensor (VGS))
2783
The friction power of the torque converter lockup clutch is too high.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
YES
Requirement:A customer complaint exists.RemedyPlease contact the relevant product service department. End of test
NO
Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------


Bus OFF fault
rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com


Figure legend

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Test sequence
Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com

- Control unit
E0562
The voltage supply of circuit 87 has undervoltage.
Possible cause:
- Local undervoltage of component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit)
Affected functions:
- Battery / On-board electrical system

- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Check power supply at control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit).
1. Check power supply at control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit).

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

rcheuls@gmail.com
Possible remedy

End of test
NO
Test 1.1: The measurement value is not OK.
Test 1.2: Possible cause and remedy
Test 1.3: Test regulator and generator.
1.1. The measurement value is not OK.
1.1. No further information available.
1.2. Possible cause and remedy
1.3. Test regulator and generator.


E0563
The voltage supply of circuit 87 has overvoltage.
Possible cause:
- Overvoltage
Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com

- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Check alternator.
1. Check alternator.

E0602
Control module Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is not coded.
Possible cause:
- Coding error.
Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action for non-coded control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit)
1. Remedial action for non-coded control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit)
-SCN coding for control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) was not performed.
-The coding data were not or were not completely transferred to the memory of control unit Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control
(VGS) control unit).
REMEDY
- Repeat SCN variant coding.

NOTEIf repeated attempts at SCN coding were not successful, please notify the Hotline. Continue with button "F2"
E1644
The variant coding of component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit) is implausible or no coding.
Possible cause:
- Invalid control module version

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action for implausible control unit variant
1. Remedial action for implausible control unit variant

rcheuls@gmail.com
- An incorrect transmission version is coded in control module Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit).
REMEDY
- Repeat SCN variant coding.

NOTEIf repeated attempts at SCN coding were not successful, please notify the Hotline. End of test
E2638
Engine control does not allow any torque intervention by transmission control.
Possible cause:
- Engine management
Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

replacement.

Possible measures

End of test
E2806
Component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)) is not learned.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action if component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)) is not taught in
1. Remedial action if component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)) is not taught in
Customer complaint
- It is not possible to teach in the selection range sensor after removing/installing component Y3/8 (Electric control unit (VGS)).An error
message occurs during initial startup with STAR DIAGNOSIS, although the shift rod is adjusted correctly.
- The error message reads: the prerequisites are not fulfilled or the peripherals are not operational.
Cause
-When installing component Y3/8 (Electric control unit (VGS)), the retaining bolt of the detent plate was not inserted into the plastic bracket
of the selector range valve.
Remedy
- Remove component Y3/8 (Electric control unit (VGS)).

- Install component Y3/8 (Electric control unit (VGS)), ensuring that the retaining bolt is inserted into the plastic bracket of the selector range
valve.
- Teach in component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)).
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of information
Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com


Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
Test prerequisite

End of test
YES

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit

Part 1
No CAN message was received from control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module (ESM [EWM])).
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit).
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------


rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
Part 1
No CAN message was received from control unit N47-5 (ESP and BAS control module).
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit N47-5 (ESP control unit).
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 2: Check the CAN communication with control unit N47-5 (ESP control unit).


rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
2. Check the CAN communication with control unit N47-5 (ESP control unit).
Part 1
No CAN message was received from control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit).
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit).
- Interior CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 3: Check the CAN communication with control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit).
rcheuls@gmail.com


Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2
No CAN message was received from control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit).

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test 1.3.2.1.7.5: Check the CAN communication with control unit EZS.
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

1.3.2.1.7.5. Check the CAN communication with control unit EZS.

Test prerequisite

End of test

Test prerequisite

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test
NO

End of test
NO
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
3. Check the CAN communication with control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit).


Part 1
No CAN message was received from control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).
Possible cause:

- Central CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com


Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2
No CAN message was received from control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test 1.3.2.1.7.5: Check the CAN communication with control unit KI instrument cluster.
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

1.3.2.1.7.5. Check the CAN communication with control unit KI instrument cluster.
Test prerequisite

- If a CAN fault regarding communication with control module A1 (Instrument cluster (KI)) is present in this control module, then first of all
test CAN lines between the two control modules.
- Continue troubleshooting in control module A1 (Instrument cluster (KI)).
End of test
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit

3. Central CAN test

Part 1
No CAN message was received from control unit N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit).
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit N22/1 (AAC [KLA] control unit).
- Interior CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 2: Check the CAN communication with control unit N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit).
rcheuls@gmail.com

Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2
No CAN message was received from control unit N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit).

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
2. Check the CAN communication with control unit N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit).

EC401
One or more signals sent from control unit Engine management via the CAN bus is implausible.
Possible cause:
- Engine management
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

replacement.

Possible measures

End of test
Part 1
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit).
Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------


Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event
rcheuls@gmail.com




rcheuls@gmail.com


Multimeter
Measuring system

rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit

EC415
One or more signals sent from control unit N47-5 (ESP and BAS control module) via the CAN bus is implausible.
Possible cause:
- N47-5 (ESP control unit)

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Fault in CAN communication with control unit N47-5 (ESP control unit).
Test 2: Fault in CAN communication with control unit N47-5 (ESP and BAS control module).
1. Fault in CAN communication with control unit N47-5 (ESP control unit).
replacement.
- Operational fault of component N47-5 (ESP control unit)

Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit N47-5 (ESP control unit).
- Process displayed fault codes in control module N47-5 (ESP control unit).
End of test
2. Fault in CAN communication with control unit N47-5 (ESP and BAS control module).
replacement.
- Operational fault of component N47-5 (ESP control unit)

Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit N47-5 (ESP control unit).
- Process displayed fault codes in control module N47-5 (ESP control unit).
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
EC423
One or more signals sent from control unit A1 (Instrument cluster) via the CAN bus is implausible.
Possible cause:
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Fault in CAN communication with control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).
1. Fault in CAN communication with control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).

replacement.
- Operational fault of component A1 (Instrument cluster)

Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).

- Process displayed fault codes in control module A1 (Instrument cluster).
End of test
EC424
One or more signals sent from control unit N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit) via the CAN bus is implausible.
Possible cause:
- N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit)

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Fault in CAN communication with control unit N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit).
1. Fault in CAN communication with control unit N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit).
replacement.
- Operational fault of component N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit)
Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit).
- Process displayed fault codes in control module N22 (AAC [KLA] control and operating unit).
End of test
Part 1
No CAN message was received from control unit N80 (SCM [MRM] control unit).
Possible cause:
rcheuls@gmail.com
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------


Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event
rcheuls@gmail.com




rcheuls@gmail.com


Multimeter
Measuring system

rcheuls@gmail.com


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
Part 1
No CAN message was received from control unit N80 (Steering column module).
Possible cause:
- Chassis CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

rcheuls@gmail.com

Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2
No CAN message was received from control unit N80 (Steering column module).

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
3. Chassis CAN test

EC431
One or more signals sent from control unit N73 (EIS [EZS] control unit) via the CAN bus is implausible.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
replacement.

Possible measures
End of test
Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------


Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event
rcheuls@gmail.com




rcheuls@gmail.com


Multimeter
Measuring system

rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
Test prerequisite

End of test
YES

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit


Part 1
Possible cause:
- Chassis CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com

Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
3. Chassis CAN test

Part 1
Possible cause:
- Chassis CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com

Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
3. Chassis CAN test

Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com

Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
Test prerequisite

End of test
YES

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit


Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com

Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
Test prerequisite

End of test
YES

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit


Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------


rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
Test prerequisite

End of test
YES

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit


Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------


rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
Test prerequisite

End of test
YES

rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
prerequisite

Test sequence

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit


Part 1
Possible cause:
- Chassis CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com

Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
3. Chassis CAN test

Part 1
Possible cause:
- Chassis CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com

Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
3. Chassis CAN test

Part 1
Possible cause:
- Vehicle dynamics CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 3: Vehicle dynamics CAN test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
3. Vehicle dynamics CAN test

Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus OFF fault
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------


Bus OFF fault
rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
Part 1
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------


Bus OFF fault
rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
Part 1
No CAN message was received from control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit).
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------


Bus OFF fault
rcheuls@gmail.com
Bus keepawake event


rcheuls@gmail.com



rcheuls@gmail.com

Multimeter
Measuring system



Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Note

field.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Figure legend

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO
- N10/1f57 (Fuse 57)

- Lines
End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Amperage[0.1...0.3] A
Question
YES
NO

End of test

Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

- 108 -Test cable 266 589 01 63 00
Warning!
-
Test sequence
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...15.0] V
Question
YES
NO

- Lines
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
NO
- Lines
- F1f34 (Fuse 34)
End of test

Test prerequisite

Test sequence

rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified value
- Resistor< 1ohms
Question
YES
End of test
NO
- Ground cable
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.0] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO
necessary.
End of test


Specified value
- Voltage[7.0...16.0] V
Question
YES
rcheuls@gmail.com

End of test
NO
End of test
Part 2
No CAN message was received from control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit).

Test prerequisite

Specified value

Question
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test

Test prerequisites

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Voltage [11.0 ... 14.5] V

Question:
YES
- Check alternator.
End of test
NO
End of test

Test prerequisite
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage [11.0...14.5] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
necessary.
End of test
NO

End of test
YES

NO
prerequisite

Test sequence
rcheuls@gmail.com

YES
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

NO
Test prerequisite
- Fuse o.k.
- Fuse o.k.
Test sequence
- Ignition: OFF
Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question

rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
Test sequence

Specified value
- Voltage[11.0...14.5] V
Question
YES

End of test
NO

End of test
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Lines between and

- G1 (Battery)
- G2 (generator)
End of test

- Voltage[8,5...16,4] V
Question
YES

Possible remedy

End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO


Figure legend
rcheuls@gmail.com

Test sequence

- [55...65]ohms
Question:
YES
NO
End of test

Test sequence

Specified value
rcheuls@gmail.com
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
End of test
Test sequence

Specified value
Question
YES
NO
rcheuls@gmail.com
End of test

Test sequence
Specified value

- Control unit
ED507
One or more signals sent from control unit Engine management via the CAN bus is implausible.
Possible cause:
- Engine management
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

replacement.

Possible measures

End of test
ED508
One or more signals sent from control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module (ESM [EWM])) via the CAN bus is implausible.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Fault in CAN communication with control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit).
1. Fault in CAN communication with control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit).
rcheuls@gmail.com
replacement.
- Operational fault of component N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit)
Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit).
- Process displayed fault codes in control module N15/5 (Electronic selector lever module control unit).
End of test
EB210A00
The power supply in the system is too low.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Check power supply at control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT).
1. Check power supply at control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT).

- Disconnect connector at component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT).
- Measure direct voltage with multimeter between 5 and 4
Specified value
- Voltage[8.5...15.0] V
Question
YES

Additional measures

rcheuls@gmail.com
Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
NO
EB210B00
The power supply in the system is too high.
Test 2: Possible cause:

Affected functions:
Test 1.1: Precondition for generator test
Test 1.2: Test regulating voltage.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Test 1.3: Test charge current.
1.1. Precondition for generator test

Note
- Inspect electric cables at the battery and the generator as well as the ground cable between the engine and the body for tight installation and
proper condition.
- The poly V-belt must be correctly tensioned.
- The battery electrolyte density and the charge state of the battery must be o.k.The electrolyte density at 20° C must be greater than 1.24
kg/dmÂ³.The maximum difference between the individual cells of the battery must not be more than 0.04 kg/dmÂ³.
1.2. Test regulating voltage.

Warning!Danger
- Risk of explosion from explosive gas!

- Risk of poisoning and caustic burns from swallowing battery electrolyte!
- Risk of injury from caustic burns to eyes and skin from battery electrolyte or from handling damaged lead acid batteries!
- Secure vehicle to prevent it moving off.
Legend
- 003Multimeter
- G1Battery
- G2Generator
- W10 (Ground, battery)
- X4/10 (Circuit 30 and 61 terminal block and fuse box)
Test sequence

- Connect multimeter as specified in connection diagram (right-hand figure).
- Start engine.
- Increase engine speed to approx. 3000 rpm.
- Measure direct voltage with multimeter between (G1)- and (G1) +
Specified value
- Voltage[13.0 ... 14.5] V

Question
YES
The measurement value is OK. End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
The measurement value is not OK._____________________________________________________________Regulating voltage > 14.5 VPossible
cause and remedy
- Replace regulator or generator.

End of test_____________________________________________________________Regulating voltage < 13.0 VPossible cause and remedy
- Contact resistance at the connections of the charging system

- The tension of the poly V-belt is insufficient.
End of test
1.3. Test charge current.

Warning!Danger

Legend
- 003Multimeter
- 065Current clamp
- 079Volt-ampere tester with load resistor
- G1Battery
- G2Generator
Note
- Account must be taken of the capacitance of the battery when setting the load resistance.
Test sequence

- Connect volt-ampere meter with load resistance as specified in connection diagram (right-hand figure).
- Start engine.
- Set load resistance accordingly.
- Measure direct current with multimeter between (X4/10) and (G2) B+
Specified value
- The charge current stated on the type plate of the generator must be reached.
- The regulating voltage must not drop below 12.7 V.
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
The measurement values are OK.End of test
NO

End of test
EB210D00
The power supply is too low.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Check power supply at control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT).
1. Check power supply at control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT).

- Disconnect connector at component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT).
Specified value
- Voltage[8.5...15.0] V
Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES

Additional measures

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
rcheuls@gmail.com
NO
EB210E00
The power supply is too high.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1.1: Precondition for generator test
Test 1.2: Test regulating voltage.
Test 1.3: Test charge current.
1.1. Precondition for generator test

Note
- Inspect electric cables at the battery and the generator as well as the ground cable between the engine and the body for tight installation and
proper condition.
- The poly V-belt must be correctly tensioned.
- The battery electrolyte density and the charge state of the battery must be o.k.The electrolyte density at 20° C must be greater than 1.24
kg/dmÂ³.The maximum difference between the individual cells of the battery must not be more than 0.04 kg/dmÂ³.
1.2. Test regulating voltage.

Warning!Danger

Legend
- 003Multimeter
- G1Battery
- G2Generator
Test sequence

- Start engine.
- Measure direct voltage with multimeter between (G1)- and (G1) +
Specified value
- Voltage[13.0 ... 14.5] V

Question
rcheuls@gmail.com
YES
The measurement value is OK. End of test
NO
The measurement value is not OK._____________________________________________________________Regulating voltage > 14.5 VPossible
cause and remedy

End of test_____________________________________________________________Regulating voltage < 13.0 VPossible cause and remedy

End of test
1.3. Test charge current.

Warning!Danger

Legend
- 003Multimeter
- 065Current clamp
- 079Volt-ampere tester with load resistor
- G1Battery
- G2Generator
Note
- Account must be taken of the capacitance of the battery when setting the load resistance.
Test sequence

- Connect volt-ampere meter with load resistance as specified in connection diagram (right-hand figure).
- Start engine.
- Set load resistance accordingly.
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Measure direct current with multimeter between (X4/10) and (G2) B+
Specified value
- The charge current stated on the type plate of the generator must be reached.
- The regulating voltage must not drop below 12.7 V.
Question
YES
The measurement values are OK.End of test
NO

End of test
EB226600
The drive authorization data are implausible.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
- This is not a function error of control module A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT) and does not justify replacement.
rcheuls@gmail.com

Possible measures
End of test
EB228600
The calibration of the control unit has been lost or was not carried out.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
SELECT).
REMEDY

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
EP179A12
The redundancy system for DIRECT SELECT was activated. There is a short circuit to positive.
Possible cause:
- Faulty current feed to electrical line for emergency operation of component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT)
Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: The control line for emergency operation of control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT) is permanently energized.
1. The control line for emergency operation of control unit A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT) is permanently energized.
IMPORTANT NOTE
- This fault can be ignored and erased.

End of test
EP179A16
The redundancy system for DIRECT SELECT was activated. The limit value for electrical voltage has not been attained.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action after failure of the actuator motor in component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT) due to
undervoltage
1. Remedial action after failure of the actuator motor in component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT) due to
undervoltage

Specified value
- Voltage[8.5...15.0] V
Question
YES
Preconditions
- The measurement value is OK.

NOTE
- The following tests are to be performed in succession

- If this fault code is currently displayed, the desired change of drive mode may not be performed when the selector lever is actuated.In this
case, move the selector lever to position "D" and hold until the following actual value display has changed.
Test sequence
- Depress brake pedal fully and hold.

- Use the selector lever to engage drive positions R, N and D in succession.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Status of relevant actual value:'Shift lock' function
- 'Shift lock' function:Warning!
Selector lever position
- Current position of actuator motor ISM:Warning!
Question
- Are the listed actual values correctly displayed?
YES
Preconditions
- The listed actual values are correctly displayed.

- No additional tests are necessary.

- Erase fault memory in control unit ISM
End of test
NO
Preconditions
- The listed actual values are not correctly displayed.

Further procedure
- Perform actuation 'Driving position'.

Test prerequisite
- Engine OFF
NO
- Check fuse f111 (voltage supply from control unit ISM) in component F58 (Engine compartment fuse and relay box).
End of test
EP179C16
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. The limit value for electrical voltage has not been attained.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Remedial action after failure of the actuator motor in component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT) due to
undervoltage
1. Remedial action after failure of the actuator motor in component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT) due to
undervoltage

Specified value
- Voltage[8.5...15.0] V
Question
YES
Preconditions
- The measurement value is OK.

NOTE
- The following tests are to be performed in succession

- If this fault code is currently displayed, the desired change of drive mode may not be performed when the selector lever is actuated.In this
case, move the selector lever to position "D" and hold until the following actual value display has changed.
Test sequence
- Depress brake pedal fully and hold.

- Use the selector lever to engage drive positions R, N and D in succession.
Status of relevant actual value:'Shift lock' function
- 'Shift lock' function:Warning!
Selector lever position
- Current position of actuator motor ISM:Warning!
Question
- Are the listed actual values correctly displayed?
YES
Preconditions
- The listed actual values are correctly displayed.

rcheuls@gmail.com
- No additional tests are necessary.

- Erase fault memory in control unit ISM
End of test
NO
Preconditions
- The listed actual values are not correctly displayed.

Further procedure
- Perform actuation 'Driving position'.

Test prerequisite
- Engine OFF
NO
- Check fuse f111 (voltage supply from control unit ISM) in component F58 (Engine compartment fuse and relay box).
End of test
EP179C55
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. The component is not configured.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
SELECT).
REMEDY

Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
EP179C64
Control unit 'DIRECT SELECT' has a malfunction. There is a component fault.
Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641Warning!
Possible cause if fault code P179C64 is stored
- Calibration was not successfully carried out.

- The power consumption of component 'A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT)' is too high.
Possible remedy
- Connect charging equipment.

- Switch off all consumers.
- Perform calibration again.
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
EP179D00
The redundancy system for DIRECT SELECT was activated.
Possible cause:
- Selector lever position

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Operation number of operation texts and work units or standard texts and flat rates:27-0641Possible cause
- Fault in component A80 (Intelligent servo module for DIRECT SELECT)

- Error in the vehicle communication
- Fault code P179D00 might be a consequential fault of fault code P179A78.
Test sequence
- Erase fault memory.

- Teach in component Y3/8s1 (Selection range sensor (VGS)).
- Once again read fault memory.
EU113B8F
Communication with the DIRECT SELECT lever has a malfunction. The signal or message is erratic.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
-------------------------------------------------

Possible measures
End of test
EU113B29
Communication with the DIRECT SELECT lever has a malfunction. There is an invalid signal.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Possible measures
End of test
EU113B31
Communication with the DIRECT SELECT lever has a malfunction. The signal is not present.
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Chassis CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
2. Chassis CAN test

EU113B41
Communication with the DIRECT SELECT lever has a malfunction. There is a general checksum error.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Possible measures
End of test
EU113B68
Communication with the DIRECT SELECT lever has a malfunction. There is incomplete information.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com

Possible measures
End of test
EU140A00
An implausible right front wheel speed signal was received.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
EU140B00
An implausible left rear wheel speed signal was received.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
EU140C00
rcheuls@gmail.com
An implausible right rear wheel speed signal was received.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
EU01008F
Communication with the engine control unit has a malfunction. The signal or message is erratic.
Possible cause:
- Engine management
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Fault in CAN communication with control unit N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
1. Fault in CAN communication with control unit N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).

Possible measures

End of test
EU01018F
Communication with control unit 'Transmission' has a malfunction. The signal or message is erratic.
Possible cause:
- Transmission
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Fault in CAN communication with control unit Transmission.
1. Fault in CAN communication with control unit Transmission.

rcheuls@gmail.com
- Operational fault of component Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit)
Possible measures
- Process displayed fault codes in control module Y3/8n4 (Fully integrated transmission control (VGS) control unit).
End of test
EU01218F
Communication with ESP has a malfunction. The signal or message is erratic.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
EU01288F
Communication with the electric parking brake has a malfunction. The signal or message is erratic.
Possible cause:
- A13 (Electric parking brake control unit)

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Check the CAN communication with control unit A13 (Electric parking brake control unit).
Test 2: Fault in CAN communication with control unit A13 (Electric parking brake control unit).
1. Check the CAN communication with control unit A13 (Electric parking brake control unit).
2. Fault in CAN communication with control unit A13 (Electric parking brake control unit).
- Operational fault of component A13 (Electric parking brake control unit)

Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit A13 (Electric parking brake control unit).
- Process displayed fault codes in control module A13 (Electric parking brake control unit).
End of test
rcheuls@gmail.com
EU01688F
Communication with the electronic ignition lock has a malfunction. The signal or message is erratic.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Possible measures
End of test
EU04158F
Communication with ESP has a malfunction. The CAN message is implausible.
Possible cause:
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
EU010029
Communication with the engine control unit has a malfunction. There is an invalid signal.
Possible cause:
- Engine management
Affected functions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

Possible measures

End of test
EU010031
Communication with the engine control unit has a malfunction. The signal is not present.
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit Motor electronics.

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Check the CAN communication with control unit N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
1. Check the CAN communication with control unit N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).

EU010041
Communication with the engine control unit has a malfunction. There is a general checksum error.
Possible cause:
- Engine management
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com

Possible measures

End of test
EU010068
Communication with the engine control unit has a malfunction. There is incomplete information.
Possible cause:
- Engine management
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

Possible measures

End of test
EU010087
Communication with the engine control unit has a malfunction. The message is missing.
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit Motor electronics.

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Check the CAN communication with control unit N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).
1. Check the CAN communication with control unit N3/10 (ME-SFI [ME] control unit).

rcheuls@gmail.com
EU010131
Communication with control unit 'Transmission' has a malfunction. The signal is not present.
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit Transmission.

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

EU010141
Communication with control unit 'Transmission' has a malfunction. There is a general checksum error.
Possible cause:
- Transmission
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

Possible measures
End of test
EU010168
Communication with control unit 'Transmission' has a malfunction. There is incomplete information.
Possible cause:
- Transmission
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com

Possible measures
End of test
EU010187
Communication with control unit 'Transmission' has a malfunction. The message is missing.
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit Transmission.

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

EU011129
Communication with control unit 'Battery' has a malfunction. There is an invalid signal.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
Test 1: Check the CAN communication with control unit N82/1 (Vehicle power supply control module).
1. Check the CAN communication with control unit N82/1 (Vehicle power supply control module).

Additional measures

rcheuls@gmail.com
Initial startup


- Personalizing
- Activating
EU011131
Communication with control unit 'Battery' has a malfunction. The signal is not present.
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit N82/1 (Vehicle power supply control module).
- Chassis CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
2. Chassis CAN test

EU011168
Communication with control unit 'Battery' has a malfunction. There is incomplete information.
Possible cause:
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
EU011187
Communication with control unit 'Battery' has a malfunction. The message is missing.
Possible cause:
- Chassis CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
2. Chassis CAN test

EU012102
Communication with ESP has a malfunction. There is a general signal fault.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
EU012129
Communication with ESP has a malfunction. There is an invalid signal.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
EU012131
Communication with ESP has a malfunction. The signal is not present.
Possible cause:
- Vehicle dynamics CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 2: Vehicle dynamics CAN test
2. Vehicle dynamics CAN test

EU012141
Communication with ESP has a malfunction. There is a general checksum error.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
rcheuls@gmail.com
-------------------------------------------------
EU012168
Communication with ESP has a malfunction. There is incomplete information.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
EU012831
Communication with the electric parking brake has a malfunction. The signal is not present.
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit A13 (Electric parking brake control unit).
- Central CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
2. Central CAN test

EU012841
Communication with the electric parking brake has a malfunction. There is a general checksum error.
Possible cause:
rcheuls@gmail.com
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

Possible measures
End of test
EU012868
Communication with the electric parking brake has a malfunction. There is incomplete information.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

Possible measures
End of test
EU012887
Communication with the electric parking brake has a malfunction. The message is missing.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Possible cause:
- Check the CAN communication with control unit A13 (Electric parking brake control unit).
- Central CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
2. Central CAN test

EU014668
Communication with the central gateway has a malfunction. There is incomplete information.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
Test 2: Fault in CAN communication with control unit N93 (Central gateway control unit).
2. Fault in CAN communication with control unit N93 (Central gateway control unit).
- Operational fault of component N93 (Central gateway control unit)

Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit N93 (Central gateway control unit).
- Process displayed fault codes in control module N93 (Central gateway control unit).
End of test
EU014687
Communication with the central gateway has a malfunction. The message is missing.
Possible cause:
rcheuls@gmail.com
- Central CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
2. Central CAN test

EU015531
Communication with the instrument cluster has a malfunction. The signal is not present.
Possible cause:

- Central CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------

2. Central CAN test

EU015568
Communication with the instrument cluster has a malfunction. There is incomplete information.
Test 1: Fault in CAN communication with control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
1. Fault in CAN communication with control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).

rcheuls@gmail.com
- Operational fault of component A1 (Instrument cluster)

Possible measures
- Read out fault memory of control unit A1 (Instrument cluster).

- Process displayed fault codes in control module A1 (Instrument cluster).
End of test

EU016831
Communication with the electronic ignition lock has a malfunction. The signal is not present.
Possible cause:
- Chassis CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
2. Chassis CAN test

EU016841
Communication with the electronic ignition lock has a malfunction. There is a general checksum error.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com

Possible measures
End of test
EU016868
Communication with the electronic ignition lock has a malfunction. There is incomplete information.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
-------------------------------------------------

Possible measures
End of test
EU016887
Communication with the electronic ignition lock has a malfunction. The message is missing.
Possible cause:
- Chassis CAN bus
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
2. Chassis CAN test

EU041541
Communication with ESP has a malfunction. The signal or message is erratic.
Possible cause:
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
EU041568
Communication with ESP has a malfunction. There is a general checksum error.
Possible cause:
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
EU041587
Communication with ESP has a malfunction. CAN signal interference
Possible cause:
Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
EU140900
An implausible left front wheel speed signal was received.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
EU142200
An implausible braking torque signal was received.
Possible cause:

Affected functions:
- CAN Communication
-------------------------------------------------
rcheuls@gmail.com
Technical Service Bulletins
All Technical Service Bulletins:

Number Date Name
LI46-20_P-0498522 Apr 13 Steering - Honk Or Squeak When Steering In Both Directions
LI82-61_P-0559542 Apr 13 Navigation - Becker(R)MAP PILOT 'No Navigation Module Connected
LI82-61_P-056044 Apr 13 Navigation - Becker(R)MAP PILOT House Address Numbers Not Found
LI82-61_P-055955 Apr 13 Navigation - Becker(R) MAP PILOT Freezes/Slow/Delayed Response
LI01-40_P-056159 Apr 13 Engine - Oil Leak in Rear Crankcase
2013020002A Apr 13 Recall - Replace Fuel Filter
LI33-30_P-055908 Apr 13 Drivetrain - Noises at Full Lock From Front Axle Area
LI68-10_P-055895 Apr 13 Interior - Noise Sources on Instrument Panel BR 204
S-80_61-61A Apr 13 Antitheft System - 'Replace Key Battery' Message Displayed
LI33-15_P-0474714 Mar 13 Suspension - Front Axle Area Noise When Maneuvering
LI91-10_P-055704 Mar 13 Interior - Front Seat Backrest Trim Protrudes
LI82-70_P-0542264 Mar 13 Cell Phone/Voice Control - Interference/Background Noise
LI09-40_P-055396 Mar 13 Engine - Blue Exhaust Smoke After Engine Start
LI83-00_P-0525102 Feb 13 Computers/Controls - Malfunctions Of Various Power/Control Unit
LI33-20_P-0471172 Feb 13 Steering/Suspension - Front End Wheel Bearing Grinding Noises
LI82-85_P-055695 Feb 13 COMAND(R) - Doesn't Start, Can't Be Operated, Dark Display
LI82-60_P-055630 Feb 13 Infotainment - No Navigation, Media Interface Inoperative
LI82-85_P-0547162 Feb 13 COMAND(R) - NTG 4, Intermittent No audio, 'Device Unavailable'
LI82-85_P-0536002 Feb 13 COMAND(R) - Performs Resets By Itself And Short Operation Time
LI82-85_P-0539273 Feb 13 COMAND(R) - 'Metadata Loss' Message Displayed
S-14_00-31 Feb 13 Emissions - I/m Dynamometer Emissions Testing
LI77-00_P-055046 Jan 13 Body - Moisture In Area of A-Pillar Trim/Headliner
S-98_00-31 Jan 13 Body - Cleaning Tin-Plated Surfaces
LI72-40_P-0550452 Jan 13 Body/Electrical - Various Door Control Function Failures
2013010003 Jan 13 Campaign - Apply Seam Seal To RH And LH Rocker Panels
LI88-70_P-0502282 Dec 12 Body - Meow/Whistle Noise After Retracting/Extending Mirrors
S-42_15-122 Dec 12 Brakes - Brake Rotors Treated With Zinc Dust Spray Paint
S-54_50-256 Dec 12 Instruments - Reset Trip Computer After ECU Software Update
S-40_00-77 Dec 12 Steering/Suspension - Wheel Alignment Data
LI91-40_P-0535723 Nov 12 Restraints - Noise From Seat Belt Height Adjustment
LI47-00_P-054771 Oct 12 Engine Controls - M271.8 EVO Engine Lacks Acceleration/Power
S-58_40-161 Oct 12 Body/Frame - Dedicated Frame Straightener
LI88-50_P-0535862 Oct 12 Body - Rear Spoiler On Liftgate Door Is Loose
S-80_61-59 Oct 12 Keyless System/Instruments - 'Replace Key Battery' Displayed
LI18-20_P-054553 Oct 12 Engine - Oil Leaks In Oil Filter Housing Or Threaded Connection
S-27_00-124 Oct 12 A/T - 722.9 Additional Adaptation Counter Indicator
S-28_00-12 Sep 12 A/T - 722.96 Transmission Group 28 Damage Code Changes
S-88_30-88 Sep 12 Body - License Plate Bracket Installation Precautions
LI91-10_P-0484113 Sep 12 Interior - Pneumatic 4-Way Lumbar Support Fails
LI54-21_P-054626 Sep 12 Lighting - Footwell Lamp Is Permanently Off
LI91-10_P-054143 Sep 12 Interior - Power Seat Fore/Aft Adjustment Inoperative
LI54-35_P-053444 Sep 12 Electrical - Horns Too Quiet, Inoperative, Or Has Poor Sound
LI46-10_P-054502 Sep 12 Steering - Scraping Noises When Steering
LI42-10_P-054515 Sep 12 Brakes - X204 Brake Wear Sensor Fault Message
LI82-10_P-0517692 Sep 12 Lighting - Headlamp Unit Fogged/Droplets Forming
LI82-10_P-053604 Sep 12 Lighting - Right Rear Turn Signal Inop - Fault Displayed
LI54-10_P-0540892 Sep 12 Electrical - Battery Discharged, Vehicle Doesn't Start
S-30_30-67 Aug 12 Collision Avoidance - Short Range Sensor Replacement Info.
S-83_30-136 Aug 12 A/C - A/C Sealant
2012070005 Aug 12 Campaign - Check/Replace B-Pillar Tire Information Label
S-54_10-255 Jul 12 Battery - Battery Charging Information
201206004 Jul 12 Campaign - Replace Oil Drain Screw At A/C Compressor
LI83-55_P-0534652 Jun 12 A/C - Howl, Rattle Noise From Engine Compartment
LI82-10_P-0534392 Jun 12 Lighting - 'High Beam Assist Inoperative' Message Appears
LI27-57_P-0534962 May 12 A/T - ECO Start/Stop Inoperative, DTC P0944 Stored In TCM
LI28-10_P-0519352 May 12 Drivetrain - Oil Leak At Seam Between A/T And Transfer Case
S-80_57-57A May 12 Keyless Entry/Start - Replacement And Diagnosis Revision
LI20-40_P-053718 May 12 Cooling System - Coolant Fan ON With Ignition OFF Via Moisture
S-91_40-198 Apr 12 Restraints - Seat Belt Buckle Warranty Replacement Information
LI82-85_P-053676 Apr 12 Navigation/Cell Phone - Noises From Central Display Area
LI82-70_P-042940 Apr 12 Cell Phone - Bluetooth(R) Choppy, Echo/Distortion
S-46_10-72 Apr 12 Steering - Warranty Policy Regarding Steering Wheels
LI54-10_P-053538 Apr 12 Electrical - Vehicle Doesn't Perform Automatic Engine Stop
LI54-10_P-051049 Apr 12 Electrical - Consumer Shutoff Intermittently Active
rcheuls@gmail.com
Technical Service Bulletins
All Technical Service Bulletins:

Number Date Name
LI91-40_P-0471834 Apr 12 Restraints - Difficult To Pull Seat Belt Out

LI82-62_P-052224 Mar 12 Audio System - Interference From One Rear Indoor Speaker
LI82-85_P-051952 Mar 12 COMAND(R) - Switches ON With Vehicle Locked
S-83_00-135 Mar 12 A/C - HVAC - Foam Cleaner Information and Work Procedure
S-54_65-251 Feb 12 Parking Assist - Parktronic Sensor Return Policy
S-54_65-252 Feb 12 Parking Assist - Malfunction and Fault Scenarios
S-91_60-195A Jan 12 Restraints - Repair And Diag. Of Airbag Wiring Harnesses
LI42-20_P-052990 Jan 12 Brakes - Squeak, Scrape, Or Rattle From Rear Brakes
S-82_00-701 Jan 12 Audio/COMAND(R) - Repair Of Wiring Harnesses
S-32_25-82B Dec 11 Suspension - Strut/Shock Absorber Replacement Guidelines
LI32-25_P-051123 Dec 11 Suspension - Noises From Front Axle Suspension Struts
P-42_30-118 Dec 11 Brakes/Traction Control - Handling Multipole Rings
S-40_10-74 Nov 11 Wheels/Tires - Wheels/Tire Change Information
S-88_30-87 Oct 11 Body - License Plate Bracket Omission
S-91_60-194 Oct 11 SRS - Weight Sensing Sys. (WSS) Communication Issues
S-42_10-117 Sep 11 Brakes - Brake Lining Instructions
S-47_00-61 Sep 11 Fuel System - Use Of E10 Fuel
S-54_50-247 Sep 11 Computer/Controls - Reset Trip Computer After ECU Update
S-32_25-83 Sep 11 Suspension - Assembly Of Suspension Struts And Shocks
S-46_25-70A Aug 11 Steering - Approved Hydraulic Fluids
P-82_85-691A Jul 11 Navigation Sys. - Copy Protection For Hard Disk
LI80-57_P-051521 Jun 11 Steering/Starting - No Crank/Start/ESL And ICM Don't Respond
LI27-60_P-051470 Mar 11 A/T - Hard 2-3 Upshift Or Slips, No 3rd Gear/DTC's Stored
LI32-25_P-0483812 Feb 11 Suspension - Front Axle Dull Thumping Noise On Bumps
LI91-18_P-049463 Apr 10 Interior - Multicontour Seat Cushion Cover Becomes Detached
rcheuls@gmail.com
Vehicle: All Technical Service Bulletins
Technical Service Bulletin # 2013010003 Date: 130101
Campaign - Apply Seam Seal To RH And LH Rocker Panels

Campaign No. 2013010003, January 2013
TO: ALL MERCEDES-BENZ CENTERS
SUBJECT: Model 204, Model Year 2012
Apply Seam Seal to the Left and Right Rocker Panels
This Service Campaign has been initiated because Daimler AG (DAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes- Benz vehicles, has determined that the seam
seal at the rocker panels may be missing due to a production issue. An authorized Mercedes-Benz dealer will apply seam seal on the left and right
rocker panels at the next workshop service.
Prior to performing this Service Campaign:
^ Please check VMI to determine if the vehicle is involved in the Campaign and if it has been previously repaired.
^ Please review the entire Service Campaign bulletin and follow the repair procedure exactly as described.
Please note that Recall and Service Campaigns do not expire and may also be performed on a vehicle with a vehicle status indicator.
Approximately 72 vehicles are affected.
Procedure
1. Remove/install longitudinal member panel (circled, Figure 1) at left and right, refer to WIS:
AR88.80-P-6000CW.
2. Clean the area to be processed under the longitudinal member panel thoroughly and then degrease with silicone remover (marked area).
Note:
Silicone remover is shop supply.
3. Apply missing sealant (to marked areas, Figure 1) using a standard size caulking gun (locally sourced).
Note:
Ensure that the water drains (4 on each side) remain open (arrows, Figure 1).
rcheuls@gmail.com
Primary Parts Information
Warranty Information
Technical Service Bulletin # LI47-00_P-054771 Date: 121026
Engine Controls - M271.8 EVO Engine Lacks Acceleration/Power

M271.8 EVO engine has poor accelerator response - lack of power under full load and high rpm
Topic number LI47.00-P-054771
Version 1
Design group 47.00 General
Date 10-26-2012
Validity MODEL 172; 204; 207; 212 with M271.8 EVO
Supersedes LI07.70-P-053794
Reason for change
Complaint:
Complaint of:
a) engine has poor accelerator response at take off (driving off)
and /or
b) engine has lack of power under a full load and high rpm
Engine diagnosis warning lamp (CEL) lights up, vehicle is in limp-home mode (may or may not be intermittent). Vehicle may return to normal
operating condition after a key cycle.
Fault code - DTC P008A21 "The pressure in the fuel low-pressure system is too low".
The DTC P008A21 is the primary code. Other codes might be present in a short test.
Cause:
a) engine software / throttle mapping
b) in certain driving situations (primarily at high loads and high rpms), the engine control module software might erroneously detected an
insufficient fuel pressure in the low pressure system, although there is adequate pressure present.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Remedy:
Refer to a and b for remedy however, check the fuel system first. Process the DTC P008A21 and any other codes that might be present in SDS.
If there is no apparent issue with the fuel system and results of guided tests are inconclusive then...
a) update ME
b) this occurrence can be identified by checking the fault freeze frame data. If the value for the low fuel pressure was recorded as being above 4
bar, the triggering of the fault code and CEL was most likely implausible.
Update the ME control module with below provided AddOns for the complaint described above:
AddOn 2519 Xentry version 07/2012
or
AddOn 2520 Xentry version 09/2012
Note:
This LI supersedes the LI07.70-P-053794.
Symptoms
Control unit/fault code
Technical Service Bulletin # S-80_61-59 Date: 121022
Keyless System/Instruments - 'Replace Key Battery' Displayed

Date: October 22, 2012
Order No.: S-B-80.61/59
Group: 80
SUBJECT:
All Model Vehicles with Keys Having One Battery
Instrument Cluster Message "Replace Key Battery" Appearing Soon After New Key Battery Replacement
Customer Complaint: The message "Replace Key Battery" is displayed in the instrument cluster not long after the key battery was last replaced
Condition/Background: If the battery was recently replaced and the customer has this message in the Instrument Cluster, Product Technical
Support is interested in gathering more data to determine the root cause of this issue.
Action: Please open and close a PTSS case and include as much of the following information that is possible to obtain:
VIN - Vehicle's VIN
Key Date Code - Date code of the key that is experiencing the issue (last 4 digits on barrel)
1st Batt Repl - The last time the customer came in to get a new battery in their key
2nd Batt Rep - The date that the customer came in with the low battery message in the instrument cluster, requiring another battery replacement
rcheuls@gmail.com
Brand - The brand of the battery (Duracel, Panasonic, etc.)
Source - Where the battery came from (e.g. the PDC, local Walmart, etc.)
Tensioned - The last time the customer came in, were the key battery contacts tensioned?
Enhanced - The last time the customer came in, were the key battery contacts cleaned/enhanced?
Driving Frequency - How many times a day, on average, does the customer get in and out of their vehicle? Do they get in and out 20 times, 2
times, 8 times?
Ride length - What is the average drive length per drive cycle? This is important because the KG system pings the keys every 5km for 20km - for a
total of 5 times per drive cycle max.
Driving habits - Where does the customer keep their key when driving?
Parking Habits - Where does the customer park their car? Do they lock it? Do they keep the key in the vehicle overnight?
When creating the case, please use the symptom string >Overall vehicle>Safety and locking system>Locks/locking/Remote closing
mechanism>Discharged battery. Finally, replace the key battery with a new battery by lightly and carefully tension the contacts, cleaning the
contacts using contact cleaner, and using a clean cloth to insert the battery into the key.
Body/Frame - Dedicated Frame Straightener

Order No.: S-B-58.40/161
Supersedes: S-B-58_094A
Group: 58 / 60
Revision History
Revision Date Purpose
- 12/96 Initial issue
SUBJECT: All Models
Dedicated Straightening Equipment For Collision Repair
Mercedes-Benz collision repair procedures are very specific concerning the type of equipment used in the repair and reconditioning of bodies
following an accident. Mercedes-Benz collision repair procedures require that vehicles requiring structural repairs or major tensioning forces
(pulling) be repaired on a Mercedes-Benz "approved" dedicated straightening bench. "Structural" damage, for example, is any damage to axle
mounting points or side/cross members. The vehicle must be mounted and securely fastened to the dedicated straightening bench at points not
affected by the accident using the straightening brackets and the vehicle-defined mounting points. Mounting the body in this method allows for
dimension variations in the deformed parts to be immediately recognizable.
There are a number of reasons why Mercedes-Benz requires dedicated fixtures when performing certain types of repairs. When new models are
being developed, research is conducted to determine the methods which must be followed in order to restore a collision damaged vehicle. In the
process of evaluating repair practices, vehicles are crashed and repaired using various techniques including splicing in various areas, and then
crashed again in order to identify the methods that best permit that the repaired vehicle will offer the equivalent level of structural integrity as the
vehicle is originally assembled. The results of these tests are the basis for establishing Mercedes-Benz collision repair procedures.
Mercedes-Benz does not publish body dimension data nor do we approve performing comparative measurements to determine vehicle location or
measuring points to perform body repairs. The fixed mounting points on the body along with the use of a dedicated fixture bench and straightening
brackets provide for an exact and proper placement of the body. This method is used to duplicate the precision necessary to ensure that the repaired
body meets our specifications. When comparing the time required to set up the vehicle on a dedicated fixture bench and the entire straightening and
repair procedure, the times may appear to be negative, however they are more than compensated for by the quicker straightening and welding work
without the need for any body re-adjustment.
When using a bench for straightening, the force is initiated at vehicle points specifically designed for this purpose. The straightening brackets
absorb the pulling forces. The correct amount of pulling is achieved when the body measurement point locates itself with the matching
straightening bracket without stress. New body parts can be "located" over the straightening bracket for accurate welding with no distortion.
Measurement errors, such as can arise with measuring systems, cannot occur.
rcheuls@gmail.com
In the United States, the only companies marketing straightening equipment approved by Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC are Celette and Car Bench.
Both Celette and Car Bench work closely with Daimler AG (Stuttgart) in designing and building dedicated fixture sets for Mercedes-Benz and
Maybach vehicles which not only provide for accurate component location, but also provide a safe, proper anchoring of the vehicle during pulling
operations.
Note:
Daimler AG specifically states jacking points in the rocker panels are to be used only to lift a vehicle, and are not designed to be used as or
appropriate for use to anchor the vehicle for structural repairs. The longitudinal pinch welds for the floor pan are not designed or intended to be
used for anchoring the body. When using pinch welds to carry out straightening repairs, the vehicle can work loose and warp. Constant
readjustment is necessary and damage to previously undamaged body panels is possible. Therefore, these systems are not suitable for
Mercedes-Benz vehicles and in this respect can only be regarded as supplemental equipment for use on competitor vehicles or for damage
diagnosis.
In addition:
When performing any repairs on Mercedes-Benz and Maybach vehicles, the correct procedures must be followed. The correct materials, tools and
equipment must be used. In the event that jobs are performed as sublet repairs, the dealer is responsible for providing these materials, tools,
equipment and procedures to those performing the repairs.
Mercedes-Benz Certified Collision Repair Facilities are required to use Mercedes-Benz approved dedicated straightening equipment, straightening
fixtures and follow Mercedes-Benz work procedures to perform structural repairs. Failure to do so may result in the decertification of the Certified
Repair Facility.
Ordering Information: Call the MBUSA Standard Service Equipment Program (SSEP) 1-888-458-4040 for ordering instructions or see the
web-based e-SSEP Catalog on Netstar or on the internet: www.startekinfo.com.
Body - Rear Spoiler On Liftgate Door Is Loose

Rear spoiler loose
Version 2
Design group 88.50 Trunk lid
Date 10-23-2012
Validity X204 up to F809192

W166 up to A068785
Reason for change Validity extended (W166 added)
Complaint:
Rear spoiler on rear-end door loose
Cause:
Threaded connection of rear spoiler has worked loose
Remedy:
1. Remove roof spoiler.
2. Replace all steel bolts with coarse plastic thread (Figure 1, Figure 2) by steel bolts with metric thread (Figure 3) A 000 990 50 23. Tightening
torque: 5 Nm X204 only: Fit protective caps on the two outer attachment points.
3. Reinstall roof spoiler.
Note:
The roof spoiler does not need to be replaced.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Symptoms
Parts
rcheuls@gmail.com
Figures 1, 2 and 3
Engine - Oil Leaks In Oil Filter Housing Or Threaded Connection

Minor oil leaks in oil filter housing or threaded connection areas
Version 1
Design group 18.20 Oil filter
Date 10-11-2012
Validity Model series 172, 204, 207, 212 with engine 271.8 EVO
Reason for change
Complaint:
Minor discharge of oil in oil filter housing area.
Attachments
rcheuls@gmail.com
Cause:
Casting porosity in crankcase or leaks in oil filter housing (seal might be damaged at the oil filter housing plate)
Remedy:
Remove/install oil filter housing in accordance with AR18.20-P-3471CW
When reinstalled, seal thread using "Loctite 222" and replace molded seal A2711840280
Steps:
1. If the threaded connection is already glued in, re-thread it in crankcase and clean the thread using a wire brush to remove any hardened thread
locking agent.
2. Clean/degrease relevant thread in the crankcase and dry thread using compressed air.
3. Coat thread with "Loctite 222" and fasten bolt to specified tightening torque.
4. A hardening time of at least 12 hours (without engine start) must be maintained.
5. Apply tracing powder around affected area.
6. Perform test drive over at least 12 miles
7. Check leak tightness.
Note:
If sealing the bolts did not achieve the intended purpose, the leakage is probably down to the oil filter housing. In this case, it has to be
replaced. The bolts must be glued in again.
Symptoms
Parts
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachment
A/T - 722.9 Additional Adaptation Counter Indicator

Order No.: S-B-27.00/124
Group: 27
SUBJECT:
Transmission 722.9
Additional Adaptation Counter Indicator
Starting with Star Diagnosis DVD 09/12, values within the adaptation counter for gear adaptation will be indicated acoustically and in the various
temperatures "cold", "warm" and "hot" via a frequency counter. This will clarify checking of the performed adaptations. Only the model series as of
model 204 which are compatible with Xentry Diagnostics can be processed.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Technical Service Bulletin #

S-88_30-88 Date: 120926
Body - License Plate Bracket Installation Precautions

Date: September 26, 2012
Order No.: S-B-88.30/88
Group: 88
SUBJECT: MY-All, Models All
License Plate Bracket
To avoid seized license plate bolts on the trunk lid, only use the screw in Parts Information below. Use this part with a riveted nut.
Carefully ensure that the screw/bolt is tightened to a torque of 4 Nm.
Parts Information
A/T - 722.96 Transmission Group 28 Damage Code Changes

Order No.: S-B-28.00/12
Group: 28
SUBJECT: Transmission 722.96
Design Group 28 Damage Code Changes
rcheuls@gmail.com
For better assignment of fault types in warranty processing, damage code 28001 must be used for all complaints on transfer case (e.g. bearing
damage, fault type G5).
Fault type:
^ 47 corroded/oxidized
^ A4 stretched
^ D6 sluggish
^ F4 no power flow
^ G5 noises in complete vehicle speed range
For damage code 28224 helical gear set/spur gear set, the fault type "36 noises" is replaced by "46 howling" (this fault type is to be used, for
example, for gear set howling).
Fault type:
^ 06 broken
^ 46 howling
^ D1 worn
^ D3 worn out
Interior - Pneumatic 4-Way Lumbar Support Fails

Failure of pneumatic 4-way lumbar support
rcheuls@gmail.com
Version 3
Design group 91.10 Front seats
Date 09-21-2012
Validity Model series 204, 212, 218, 207, 164, 251 with pneumatic lumbar support!
Not valid for code 409 or 432 (multicontour or dynamic seat)
Reason for change Part number for pressure tester corrected
Complaint:
The pneumatic 4-way lumbar support fails.
Lumbar support pockets cannot be filled up or they drain.
(Lumbar support on multicontour seat / dynamic seat not affected!)
Cause:
Component defect in lumbar support control unit.
Remedy:
Precise fault location:
Check whether the air pockets exhibit a leakage before replacing any components.
1. Remove tensioning element of affected seat
2. Cut through red and yellow air lines at a point 5 cm after the connector (see IMG_2157)
3. Connect pressure testers one after the other at the red and yellow line
4. Fill each one with maximum of 300 mbar
5a. If pressure drops within 30 sec one of the pockets is defective and the complete lumbar support module has to be replaced
5b. If there is no pressure loss detected, then the lumbar support parts kit is generally to be used
Install pump and control unit:
Replace control unit and pump as follows
^ Disconnect blue line on control unit using special tool W000589043700 (see IMG_2154)
^ Release electrical connection (see IMG_2155)
^ Detach fastening clips (see IMG_2156)
^ Install new control unit (see IMG_2159); when doing so push brass connectors onto the air lines as far as they will go (see IMG_2160)
^ Disconnect electrical connection on the old pump
^ Unhook spring of wire suspension (see IMG_2158) and slide pump, together with foam bag, off the wire
^ Slide new pump onto the wire (see IMG_2161)
^ Reattach wire suspension and position the pump correctly
^ Connect blue pneumatic line to the control unit (see IMG_2160)
^ Re-connect the electrical connections of the pump and control unit
^ Perform a function test; when doing so check for leaks and noise in the pump. If necessary, re-position the pump
^ Complete re-assembly of seat
rcheuls@gmail.com
Important:
Always fit a new control unit and pump.
Attachments
Symptoms
Parts
Work units
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Interior - Power Seat Fore/Aft Adjustment Inoperative

Electric seat fore/aft adjustment nonfunctional
Version 1
Date 09-13-2012
Validity Model series 204.3, 207, 212 and 218 with fully electric seat adjustment
Reason for change
Complaint:
1. Noises when operating electric seat fore/aft adjustment
2. Electric fore/aft adjustment nonfunctional
Cause:
1. Frictional vibrations along fore/aft adjustment shaft
2. Motor detached owing to mechanical damage to electric motor retaining plate caused by the customer
rcheuls@gmail.com
Remedy:
Replacement of adjustment motor, shafts and electric motor retaining plate of relevant seat.
Contents of parts kit, see Pic above.
Instructions for replacement of electric motor with electric motor retaining plate:
1. Move seat to forwardmost position
rcheuls@gmail.com
2. Remove seat cushion as per work instructions (Note: you do not have to cut the pneumatic lines as indicated in work instructions (see Pic 10)
- take care not to pinch or kink the lines!)
3. Detach plastic rails used to mount control unit (Pic 1)
4. Disconnect electric motor plug contact
rcheuls@gmail.com
5. Remove bolts T40 securing electric motor retaining plate (Pic 2)
6. Push out electric motor upward (Pic 3)
7. Remove electric motor
8. Pull shafts out of rails using pliers
Important:
To ensure the parallelism of the two rails, do not twist the shafts and do not push against the rails mechanically.
9. Remove electric motor retaining plate
10. Position new electric motor retaining plate and screw in new bolts by a few threads
11. Insert shafts all the way into rails
Important:
Do not turn the shafts by hand.
If the electric motor or one of the shafts has become detached as a result of the damage, it is essential to check and, if necessary, to restore the
parallelism.
rcheuls@gmail.com
To do so, compare the longitudinal position of the rear edge of the respective rail using a measuring tape (Pic 11) and adjust by turning the
inserted shaft
12. Attach rubber mounts to new electric motor
13. Attach electric motor to short shaft first (Pic 4)
Note:
The electrical connection must always point upward.
14. Attach rubber cap to long shaft and insert long shaft at electric motor
rcheuls@gmail.com
15. Secure shaft and electric motor on retaining plate (Pic 5-7)
16. Tighten bolts securing electric motor retaining plate to 25Nm
rcheuls@gmail.com
17. Assemble remaining components in reverse order
Attachments
Symptoms
Parts
Attachments
Work units
rcheuls@gmail.com
WIS-References
Lighting - Footwell Lamp Is Permanently Off

Footwell lamp malfunction
Version 1
Design group 54.21 Control modules/modules
Date 09-13-2012
Validity Vehicle production Bremen, 204...F940995 to 204...F965747
Reason for change
Complaint:
The footwell lamp is permanently off.
Cause:
Fault during initial startup of front signal acquisition and actuation module.
Remedy:
Detach ground line from battery as per AR54.10-P-0003CW for approximately 30 seconds and then connect again.
Symptoms
Work units
Electrical - Battery Discharged, Vehicle Doesn't Start

Battery discharged, vehicle does not start
Version 2
Design group 54.10 Battery, voltage supply, voltage converter
Date 09-13-2012
Validity Models: 204; 207; 212 (rotary light switch with zero position)
Reason for change Validity adapted
rcheuls@gmail.com
Complaint:
Battery discharged, vehicle does not start.
Cause:
Rotary light switch sending wrong signal after ignition OFF.
Remedy:
1) Read out fault roll of battery sensor (IBS).
2) If the following entries are present:
^ Power consumption by standing lights or parking lights
^ Power consumption by low beams then this is an indication of a faulty rotary light switch.
3) Replace rotary light switch.
Symptoms
Lighting - Right Rear Turn Signal Inop - Fault Displayed

Fault message in display - Right rear turn signal light inoperative
Version 1
Design group 82.10 Exterior lights
Date 09-05-2012
Validity W and C 204
Reason for change
Complaint
Fault message in display - Right rear turn signal light inoperative
Cause Contamination on the circuit board surface due to flux in combination with moisture.
This can lead to a brief failure of the flashing light sequence.
Remedy
Replace rear lamp
Symptoms
rcheuls@gmail.com
Parts
Operation numbers/damage codes
Lighting - Headlamp Unit Fogged/Droplets Forming

Lamp unit fogged/droplets forming
Version 2
Design group 82.10 Exterior lights
Date 09-05-2012
Validity All models
Reason for change New repair method
Complaint
Lamp unit fogged or droplets forming.
Cause
Due to the vent openings, the lamp unit is an "open system".
This means that acidic gases, moisture, dirt and exhaust gases can penetrate it.
This can result in deposits on the diffuser and lens.
Remedy
Check housing cover of lamp unit for natural fogging or dew as per LI82.10-P-050139.
1. If a reduction in the degree of fogging is visible, the pressure compensation membrane can be inserted after complete evaporation of the dew.
2. If no reduction in the degree of fogging is visible, the lamp unit is defective and must be replaced.
However, the cover with the pressure compensation membrane should also be attached in this case.
Note:
Residual fogging is possible due to the laws of physics and is OK.
Fogging does not impair the functionality or the service life of the lamp unit.
Pressure compensation membranes should always be used on both lamp units.
Attach housing cover with pressure compensation membrane:
1. Remove lamp unit
2. Remove all vent opening grommets.
rcheuls@gmail.com
3. Seal vent openings with sealing profile.
Important:
All openings must be sealed carefully for the pressure compensation membrane to work properly!
4. Insert housing cover with pressure compensation membrane.
5. Install lamp unit.
W/S 204 Attach pressure compensation membrane to housing cover of lamp unit:
1. Remove lamp unit
2. Remove all vent opening grommets.
3. Seal vent openings with sealing profile.
Important:
All openings must be sealed carefully for the pressure compensation membrane to work properly!
4. Remove housing cover of lamp unit.
5. Drill and deburr three holes in the housing cover of the lamp unit as per the template (see attachment).
6. Glue on the pressure compensation membrane.
Bonding note:
The substrate must be free of dust and grease.
7. Reattach housing cover of lamp unit.
8. Install lamp unit.
File Designation
Symptoms
Parts
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Brakes - X204 Brake Wear Sensor Fault Message

Brake vibration on front axle
Version 1
Design group 42.10 Service brake
Date 09-05-2012
Validity 212.072/090/272 with code 494
Reason for change
Complaint
Brake vibration on front axle.
Cause
Thickness fault on brake disk.
Remedy
Replace brake linings and brake disks on front axle.
WIS references
rcheuls@gmail.com
Symptoms
Parts
Steering/Starting - No Crank/Start/ESL And ICM Don't Respond

No Crank/No Start/ESL and ICM do not respond to key input
Version 1
Design group 80.57 Drive authorization systems (DAS)
Date 06-01-2011
Validity All 204, 207 model vehicles
Reason for change
Complaint
1. No crank / no start / intermittent no crank
2. Communication via SDS to Electronic Ignition Switch N73 (EIS/EZS), and or short test may or may not be possible at time of fault
3. Below scenario:
^ When accessing the occupants compartment, the message center in the ICM will illuminate (note: eventually the message center will time
out and shut down, and will not illuminate until the CAN is activated via the interior lock/unlock switch).
^ The key will turn in EIS N73.
^ The ESL N26/5 does not activate/respond (or the steering wheel remains unlocked at all times).
^ The warning icons in the ICM will not illuminate.
Cause
Internal issue with in Electronic Steering Lock N26/5 (part number A 204 545 57 32)
Remedy
First perform a complete guided test of the drive authorization system, and transmitter key via the "Tests" menu in the EZS control unit.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Fault codes A25408 and A25464 in the Electronic Ignition Lock N73 (EIS/EZS) direct you to replace the Electronic Steering Lock N26/5.
NOTE:
If no fault codes are stored, do not replace any parts!
Check the part number on the Electronic Steering Lock N26/5. If the part number is A204 545 57 32, please replace with part number A 204 545 81
32 using WIS instructions AR46.10-P-0910CW.
If the part number of the Electronic Steering Lock is A 204 545 81 32, please contact Dealer Technical Support; we would like to have the part
shipped to us for further analysis.
Note:
It is possible to corrupt the Electronic Ignition Switch N73 if it is replaced prior to replacement of the suspect ESL. Also, insure that the CAN does
not time out before the programming of the ESL with the workshop key is completed.
Symptoms
Parts
rcheuls@gmail.com
Electrical - Horns Too Quiet, Inoperative, Or Has Poor Sound

Horn sound issues
Version 2
Design group 54.35 Signaling system
Date 09-07-2012
Validity 204 Bremen production up to August 2011 VIN 204.... F775666
204 South Africa production up to August 2011 VIN 204 ... R193863
204 Sindelfingen production up to December 2011 YoM 802 +052
212 up to YoM 802 + 052
218 up to YoM 802 + 052
Reason for change Damage code revised
Complaint:
Horns too quiet, inoperative or have poor sound
Cause:
Flat plug on horn broken off
Remedy:
Replace problem horn with new horn with 2-pin plug contact
Symptoms
Part
Steering - Scraping Noises When Steering

Scraping noises when steering
Version 1
Design group 46.10 Steering wheel, casing tube, steering shaft, steering lock
Date 09-06-2012
rcheuls@gmail.com
Validity Model series 204, 212, 218
Reason for change
Complaint
Scraping noises when steering
Note:
Only affects vehicles fitted with a heat shield with aluminum ring as shown in Figure 1.
File/Designation
Cause
The steering boot heat shield with aluminum ring has loosened and is scraping on the steering shaft (Figure 1)
If the scraping of the aluminum ring on the steering shaft is not the cause of the scraping noises when steering, the problem is being caused by other
components. See other documents in Design Group 46.
Remedy
Replace steering boot heat shield with aluminum ring with a silicone heat
shield without aluminum ring:
Specify correct replacement part for vehicle through the EPC as indicated below in group 49.
Note:
The silicone heat shield is not a constituent part of the steering boot or of the steering boot repair kit. In the EPC this vehicle-specific component is
listed in Design Group 49 (Exhaust system) under 300 (Shields).
Removal:
- Separate lower steering shaft from steering column tube and steering coupling
- Remove steering shaft together with steering boot and heat shield towards the inside (see AR46.10-P-0621)
Installation:
- Fit new heat shield on lower steering shaft (Figure 2)
- Press silicone boot onto steering boot using assembly fluid if necessary. Observe correct alignment: The "TOP" marking on the silicone heat
shield must be positioned at 180° to the arrow marking on the steering boot
- Check that the steering boot is correctly seated on the lower steering shaft: The steering boot (black) must be uniformly visible across its
diameter, see arrow in Figure 3
- Fold over the bead of the steering boot; mount the lower steering shaft, with steering boot and silicone heat shield fitted, in the firewall and fold
back the bead of the steering boot, making sure that the arrow on the steering boot points downwards; in the engine compartment mount the
steering shaft on the steering coupling, making sure that the silicone heat shield is correctly seated
Example of silicone heat shield incorrectly fitted, see Figure 4
Example of silicone heat shield correctly fitted, see Figure 5
Reassemble vehicle
rcheuls@gmail.com
File/Designation
Symptoms
Parts
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
A/C - A/C Sealant

Date: August 15, 2012
Order No: S-B-83.30/136
Group: 83
A/C Sealant
If refrigerant circuit becomes leaky while under warranty, do not apply sealant. This can lead to contamination of the air conditioning service unit
and damage the vehicles refrigerant circuit.
The damaged part must always be determined using the usual inspection procedures and replaced by a genuine Mercedes-Benz new part.
Returned components that have been contaminated, damaged or clogged by sealant will not be covered under warranty.
NOTE:
rcheuls@gmail.com
If sealant is in the refrigerant circuit of the air conditioning system, this cannot be determined before the refrigerant is extracted. To determine if
sealant has been used in previous repairs, look for an adhesive label affixed to the engine compartment of the vehicle Protective devices for air
conditioning service units are offered by some manufacturers. They must be requested from the manufacturer of the air conditioning service unit.
Collision Avoidance - Short Range Sensor Replacement Info.

Order No: S-B-30.30/67
Group 30
SUBJECT:
MY-All, All Models with Code 233 Distronic Plus, Code 234 Blind Spot Assist and Code 237 Active Blind Spot Assist
Short-Range Radar Sensors
Short-range sensors must not be replaced for a "Malfunction through external transmitter influence" event entry.
Any returns of short-range radar sensor (NBR) must include the control unit log. If diagnosis printouts are not included with parts, the warranty
claim will be denied.
Campaign - Check/Replace B-Pillar Tire Information Label

Campaign No. 2012070005, August 2012
SUBJECT: Model 204, Model Year 2012
Check B-Pillar Tire Information Label, Replace if Necessary
This Service Campaign has been initiated because Daimler AG (DAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that the spare
tire size indicated on the B-Pillar tire pressure information label may be incorrect. Dealers will check, and if necessary replace, the B-Pillar tire
pressure information label at the next workshop visit
Approximately 1,489 vehicles are affected.
Procedure
rcheuls@gmail.com
1. Check tire pressure information label (A, Figure 1) on B-pillar for correct version:
^ If information label (A, Figure 1) with part number (arrows) A 204 584 81 07 is present (OK):
Procedure is complete.
^ If information label (A, Figure 1) with part number (arrows) A 204 584 82 07 is present (NOT OK):
Replace information label (A).
Note:
^ Please be aware that only the part number(s) referenced in the Campaign Bulletin is/are approved for use to repair the vehicle. Repairs performed
using any other part(s) will not have been performed in accordance with the campaign. Accordingly, warranty claims submitted with reference to
an improper part number(s) will be denied.
^ The following allowable labor operation should be used when submitting a warranty claim for this repair:
rcheuls@gmail.com
Campaign - Replace Oil Drain Screw At A/C Compressor

Campaign No. 2012060004, July 2012
SUBJECT:
Model 204 with Engine 271, Model Year 2012
Replace Oil Drain Screw at A/C Compressor
This Service Campaign has been initiated because Daimler AG (DAG) has determined that the oil drain screw at the A/C compressor may leak due
to a supplier material coating issue. Dealers will check, and if necessary replace the oil drain screw at the A/C compressor at the next workshop
visit.
Approximately 15,935 vehicles are affected.
Procedure
A. Check Manufacturer of A/C Compressor
rcheuls@gmail.com
1. Check if A/C compressor (A, Figure 1) has a hexagon head bolt (arrow, Figure 1) installed:
^ If A/C compressor (A) has a hexagon head bolt (arrow) installed proceed to Subject B: Check Oil Drain Screw on A/C Compressor.
Note:
A/C compressor from Valeo has a hexagon head bolt (arrow) installed.
^ If A/C compressor has a plastic cover (B) installed Procedure is complete.
Note:
A/C compressor with a plastic cover (B) on belt pulley is manufactured by Denso.
B. Check Oil Drain Screw on A/C Compressor
1. Check A/C compressor oil drain screw for existing black or green marking (arrow, Figure 2):
Note:
rcheuls@gmail.com
A/C compressor oil drain screw (B) is located on top of A/C compressor:
^ If black or green marking (arrow) is present: Procedure is complete.
^ If black or green marking (arrow) is not present: Proceed to Subject C: Replace A/C Compressor Oil Drain Screw.
C. Replace A/C Compressor Oil Drain Screw
1. Empty air conditioning; refer to WIS: AR83.30-P-1760CW.
Note (regarding above WIS instructions):
^ Steps 4 and 11 do not apply to this campaign.
^ Add additional A/C refrigerant and/or approved compressor oil only if required (refer to parts table).
2. Remove engine intake air duct (A, Figure 2) upstream of air filter.
3. Replace oil drain screw (B) and torque new drain screw to 10 Nm.
Note:
^ New compressor drain screw 0-ring should be packaged with compressor oil lubrication already applied to the 0-ring. In the event 0-ring
is not lubricated, 0-ring must be lubricated with approved A/C compressor oil (refer to parts table).
^ Use box wrench bit: W 140 589 00 03 00 (or equivalent) to replace drain screw (B).
3. Evacuate A/C and refill (AR83.30-P-1760CW) refer also to notes in step 1.
4. Check A/C for proper performance and visually check for leaks in area of compressor drain screw (arrow, Figure 2).
5. Assemble in reverse order.
Special Tool (or equivalent)
rcheuls@gmail.com
Battery - Battery Charging Information

Date: July 3, 2012
Order No.: S-B-54. 10/255
Group: 54
SUBJECT:
MY-All, All Models Charge Battery
Correct charging of the on-board electrical system battery, starter battery, and buffer battery helps to ensure that the vehicle continues to start,
functions properly, and has optimal battery life. Therefore please remember that all batteries >/= 12 Ah must be charged in the way described in
AR54.10-P-1130CW.
The battery charging period depends on the charge level of the battery.
The battery must be charged using an approved charger (see SSEP catalogue located under "MB Equipment" menu of STAR TekInfo).
The battery is sufficiently charged when the charging current reading is < 25 A. Technical Service Bulletin # LI83-55_P-0534652 Date:
120615
A/C - Howl, Rattle Noise From Engine Compartment

Howling, rattling noise from engine compartment
Topic number L183.55-P-053465
Version 2
Design Group 83.55 A/C compressor
Date 06-15-2012
Validity Model series 204 and 207 with Valeo refrigerant compressor
rcheuls@gmail.com
Reason for change Model Validity Changed
Complaint:
1. Howling noise from engine compartment.
2. Rattling noise from engine compartment.
Attachments
Cause:
1. Wear of rubber damper on Valeo refrigerant compressor.
2. Wear of bearing of belt pulley on refrigerant compressor.
Remedy:
Replacement of belt pulley on refrigerant compressor, see WIS document AR 83.55-P-7685C.
Pay attention to the correct type of refrigerant compressor (Valeo, see picture) and the associated belt pulley diameter (110 mm or 120 mm).
Symptoms
Parts
Work units
Attachment
rcheuls@gmail.com
Defect free rubber damper/Valeo refrigerant compressor
Torn rubber damper
Lighting - 'High Beam Assist Inoperative' Message Appears

High Beam Assist temporarily inoperative
Version 2
Design Group 82.10 Exterior lights
Date 06-12-2012
rcheuls@gmail.com
Validity MODEL 204.###, 212###, 207.###, 221.###, 215.###, 218.###, 166.### with SA code 608 (High Beam Assist) and not 513/4
Reason for change SA code restricted
Complaint:
When the High Beam Assist is activated a "High Beam Assist inoperative" message appears in the instrument cluster.
Switch-on conditions for High Beam Assist:
- High Beam Assist in instrument cluster menu "On"
- Multifunction switch set to high beam position
- Light sensor detects "Night"
Cause:
In isolated circumstances, it can happen that the multifunction camera fails to log into the data bus CAN in the temperature ranges (23 °F to + 41 °F
and 68 °F to 86 °F). A fault code entry is not made. Following a renewed ignition sequence and a change in component temperature, the system is
operational again.
Remedy:
Replace MFK and calibrate with the aid of the "calibration target for Night View Assist" special tool (W 000 589 01 20 00).
Symptoms
Parts
Work units
Drivetrain - Oil Leak At Seam Between A/T And Transfer Case

Oil leakage at transfer case of automatic transmission 722.96x
Version 2
Design group 28.10 Complete transfer case
rcheuls@gmail.com
Date 05-22-2012
Validity Veh. with transmission model 722.96x up to transmission sequence no.: 2.741.558
Reason for change Revision of damage code & OK transmission sequence

number added.
Complaint:
Oil leakage at the seam between the automatic transmission and the transfer case.
Leakage can occur around the entire seam.
Attachments
Cause:
Leakage at automatic transmission/transfer case flange.
Remedy:
Sealing with black sealant (Loctite 5970) only if there is definite droplet formation in the vicinity of the seam or in the vicinity of the propeller shaft
to the front axle transmission.
If the problem is a "sweating" leak, sealing must not be carried out, as this is a normal phenomenon inherent in the design of oil-filled systems.
In accordance with the WIS instructions in the attachment, disassemble the transfer case housing and seal it using black sealant A003 989 98 20
(Loctite 5970).
Symptoms
Parts
Work units
rcheuls@gmail.com
WIS-References
Attachments
Sample picture showing sweating
rcheuls@gmail.com
Sample picture showing leakage
A/T - ECO Start/Stop Inoperative, DTC P0944 Stored In TCM

ECO start/stop inoperative, fault code P0944 in transmission control unit
Version 2
Design group 27.57 Oil pump
Date 05-22-2012
Validity NAG2 FEPlus (722.9) with auxiliary oil pump with code B03 up to transmission sequence number 7.248.200
Reason for change Model series 251 deleted because model series 251 does not have ECO start/stop.
Complaint:
ECO start/stop inoperative, fault code P0944 in transmission control unit.
Attachments
Cause:
Check valve in torque converter housing may be damaged. Leakage between torque converter housing and auxiliary oil pump.
May affect transmissions with transmission sequence numbers starting with -07-xxx xxx.
Remedy:
Access via fault code P0944; and perform there the following test according to the instructions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
Check the check valve in the torque converter housing (in pressure duct) for damage (see pictures in attachment).
If the check valve is damaged, the torque converter housing and the auxiliary oil pump (component M42) must be re-placed. When
removing/installing the automatic transmission auxiliary oil pump, observe AR 27.30-P-0651EL.
Important note:
After the test/repair, check and correct the oil level in the transmission.
If no damage is found on the check valve, but a torque converter housing with object number 212 271 0401 is installed and the transmission
sequence number is lower than 3.491.853, then please create a PTSS.
If the fault code is no longer present, perform the following test steps.
Step 1: Check auxiliary oil pump connector and fuse
Step 2: Check supply voltage
Step 3: Check CAN lines
Step 4: Check VGS software and update if necessary, then continue with step 5
Step 5: Visual inspection of check valve; the valve is located in the torque converter housing (see pictures in attachment)
If the check valve is damaged, the torque converter housing and the auxiliary oil pump (component M42) must be re-placed.
Step 6: Replace auxiliary oil pump
If one step resolves the problem, it is not necessary to continue with the remaining test steps. Exception: After step 4 always perform step 5.
Symptoms
Work units
rcheuls@gmail.com
WIS-References
Attachment
Picture of the valve
Technical Service Bulletin # S-80_57-57A Date: 120517
Keyless Entry/Start - Replacement And Diagnosis Revision

Date: May 17, 2012
Order No.: S-B-80.57/57a
Supersedes: S-B-80.57/57, May 16, 2012
Group: 80
Revision a: Revised to Indicate Paper SDS Process Involvement
SUBJECT: MY-All, Models 164, 166, 171, 172, 203, 204, 207, 209, 211, 212, 218, 219, 231, 245, 251
Replacement and Diagnosis of FBS3 and FBS4 Components
Troubleshooting in the event of problems with drive authorization or access authorization has been revised:
Procedure:
1. Perform quick test
- Control units
- Body
- EZS
- Special procedures -> "Guided test of transmitter key" or "Guided test of drive authorization system".
2. Select the applicable problem here.
3. In the event of problems with unlocking/locking the vehicle: Carry out a guided test of transmitter key.
4. In the event of problems with starting the engine: Carry out guided test of drive authorization system [DAS]. (A guided diagnosis clearly
rcheuls@gmail.com
determines the defective part.)
These tests check the functional interplay of the electronic ignition lock (EIS), electric steering lock (ELV) and transmitter key:
- "Perform quick test"
- "Check drive authorization system (after quick test)"
- "Check individual parts of the drive authorization system:.......... after Perform quick test"
NOTE:
Do not replace any parts without first performing a guided diagnosis.
Both vehicle keys should be available for an efficient and correct diagnosis. Therefore, ask the customer before their appointment to make
both vehicle keys available on the repair date. If this is not possible, make absolutely certain that you have the correct diagnosis path during
diagnosis with Xentry Diagnostics. Completely carry out the diagnosis up to and including the note referring to the part to be replaced.
Implemented diagnosis steps will be stored in the EZS and ELV control units. When the parts are inspected by warranty claims, the diagnosis
steps taken by the workshop can be identified.
At the end of the respective test steps, a note with the request to prepare a printout appears on the display. This printout and the printout of
the quick test must be uploaded to Paperless SDS.
During the warranty inspection we will check whether the parts have been justifiably removed, based on the diagnosis results. If this is not
the case or if the diagnosis printouts are not uploaded to Paperless SDS, the warranty claim may be denied. The same applies when the
requested parts are not returned. All parts requested by the inspection station are to be returned according to the warranty parts return process.
These parts are explicitly excluded from the Theft-Relevant Parts Ordering Policy.
Restraints - Difficult To Pull Seat Belt Out

Driver or front passenger seat belt can only be pulled out with great effort.
Version 4
Design group 91.40 Seat belts, emergency tensioning retractors
Date 04-05-2012
Validity Model series 204, 207, 212, 218
Reason for change Damage code updated
Complaint:
Seat belt can only be pulled out with great effort. At the same time a noise can be heard from the reversible reel tensioner gearing.
Cause:
The customer continuously pulled on the seat belt strap while adjusting the fit of the belt after buckling up (to reduce the slack). This caused the
drive of the reversible reel tensioner to remain engaged.
Remedy:
Insert the seat belt into the belt buckle with increased effort and switch on the ignition "circuit 15 ON". This causes the belt adjustment sequence to
be repeated and the drive of the reversible reel tensioner disengages properly. On customer request the "belt adjustment" function can be
deactivated using the multifunction buttons on the steering wheel. See operator's manual "Switching seat belt adjustment on and off".
Do not replace the seat belt!
Update the software version of the left and right reversible emergency tensioning retractor control units using XENTRY (Star Diagnosis).
Symptoms
rcheuls@gmail.com
Work units
Brakes - Squeak, Scrape, Or Rattle From Rear Brakes

Squeaking, scraping or rattling noises from area of rear wheel brake without brake actuation
Version 1
Design group 42.20 Parking brake
Date 01-17-2012
Validity Model 204/207
Reason for change
Complaint:
Squeaking, scraping or rattling noises from area of rear wheel brake without brake actuation.
Attachments
Cause:
1. Brake shoes of the parking brake touch the inside of the brake disk bowl in the axial direction.
The brake shoes of the parking brake are fastened to the cover panel with retaining springs. These retaining springs must be centered on the
elongated holes in the brake shoes. If this is not the case, the affected brake shoe may touch the lip of the brake disk bowl in the axial
direction and cause noises (see attachment 1).
2. Stator clip has slipped and touches the inside of the brake disk bowl in the axial direction.
A stator clip is pushed onto the support for the brake shoes of the parking brake (brake stator). This prevents the brake shoes from working
into the aluminum wheel carrier. If this clip is pushed too far on during assembly, it may be widened in the radius area of the brake stator (see
attachment 2, item 3). This widening means that permanent secure fastening of the stator clip is no longer guaranteed and it may wander from
the brake stator in the axial direction until it touches the lip of the brake disk bowl.
3. Expansion lock has play.
The expansion lock is designed to have sufficient component tolerance to guarantee proper functioning of the parking brake even when
covered with brake dust deposits in the course of operation. This play can cause rattling noises on rough roads.
Remedy:
Re. 1. Brake shoes:
Replacement of the silver-colored brake shoe retaining springs installed as standard for black retaining springs (see parts ordering note).
When installing the retaining springs, the following points must be observed:
rcheuls@gmail.com
^Use of installation tool W 112 589 09 61 00 (see attachment 3).
^ Insert the retaining springs through the cutouts in the rear axle shaft flange so that they can be mounted vertically on the brake shoes (see
attachment 4).
^ Center the retaining springs on the elongated holes in the brake shoes (see attachment 5).
^ To hook up the retaining springs in the cover panel, turn them counterclockwise (to the left) to prevent tilting and to avoid stresses.
Re. 2. Stator clip:
Check the stator clip for abrasion marks and correct seating on the brake stator (see attachment 2, item 1: The sides of the stator clip must be
flush with the brake stator). If abrasion marks are visible on the stator clip, or if it is installed incorrectly, the stator clip must be replaced.
Re. 3. Expansion lock:
Install an additional snap clip between the extension spring and the expansion lock as per the installation note (see attachment 6, Figure 1).
When installing, please not:
^ Position the snap clip in the center of the extension spring and make sure that it engages properly in the extension spring (see attachment
6, Figure 2).
Attachments
Symptoms
Parts
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachment 1
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachment 2
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachment 3
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachment 4
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachment 5
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachment 6
Steering - Warranty Policy Regarding Steering Wheels

Date: April 9, 2012
Group: 46

Warranty Policy Regarding Steering Wheels
rcheuls@gmail.com
Do not submit steering wheels under warranty for the following types of damage (Figure 1):
A. Leather chatter marks possibly caused by keys or rings

B. Scratched leather caused by sharp objects or fingernails
C. Cracks at air bag perforation area caused by improper air bag removal
D. Dents or pressure marks caused by wheel clamps
E. Wooden segment damaged by impact with something
F. Wooden segment mechanically scratched
Suspension - Front Axle Dull Thumping Noise On Bumps

Noises from area of front axle on uneven roads
Version 2
Design group 32.25 Shock absorbers/damper struts/spring struts
Date 02-14-2011
Validity MODEL 204

- without CODE (483) Vehicle dynamics package,
- without (204.#77) AMG
Reason for change Reference to separate LI on topic of front axle suspension struts
Complaint:
Dull thumping noises or metallic rattling from the area of the front axle on slightly uneven roads or on repaired road surfaces.
Note:
The noises occur in the lower vehicle speed range (20 ... approx. 70 km/h).
Cause:
Several causes are possible:
1. Rigidity (Shore hardness) of the head bearings on the suspension struts of the front axle is too high.
Note:
Noises from the head bearing occur on larger undulations and sound relatively dull.
This cause only affects a small, limited production batch! - Always observe the VIN range stated below for the head bearing/strut tower
rcheuls@gmail.com
bearing for the validity! On vehicles outside this range the head bearing is not the cause of the noise and therefore must not be replaced.
2. Front axle shock absorber
Note:
See LI "Noises from area of front axle suspension struts"
Note:
Noises from the shock absorber are audible on small undulations and have a more metallic sound.
3. Torsion bar linkage
Note:
Noises caused by the torsion bar linkage are known only in a very few isolated cases in this model series.
In other words, it is generally not the source of the noise, so please follow the procedure described below.
Remedy:
<title> 11 </title>
Note:
For noise diagnosis the use of the STEELMAN ChassisEAR is helpful and it should be used if there is any uncertainty.
Drive on uneven and smooth surfaces alternately in order to identify the affected component.
If necessary, perform a test drive without the torsion bar linkage (EPC: "torsion bar rod and shock absorber") in order to eliminate it with
certainty.
Check torque specifications (see WIS) of torsion bar linkage beforehand and correct if necessary.
Re.cause 1 (dull noises on larger undulations):
Affected VIN number range: 204.0## #A 185017 up to * 195993 for head bearing
- Replace head bearing/ strut tower bearing (EPC designation: "suspension strut bearing on body").
Re.cause 2 (metallic noises on smaller undulations):
Replace front axle suspension struts.
Note:
See LI32.25-P-051123 "Noises from area of front axle suspension struts".
Re.cause 3:
Replace torsion bar linkage.
Symptoms
rcheuls@gmail.com
Parts
Work units
WIS-References
COMAND(R) - Switches ON With Vehicle Locked

COMAND: System switches on without obvious cause with vehicle locked
Version 1
Design group 82.85 Navigation and communication systems (CNS, ICS, COMAND, FleetBoard)
Date 03-26-2012
Validity Model 204 up to chassis #A531239, #F660210 and COMAND (code 512 or 527)
Reason for change
Complaint:
COMAND (A40/3) and central display (A40/8) switch on without obvious cause with vehicle locked. The system runs and can be operated
normally.
This complaint only occurs on COMAND (A40/3) with hardware release 08.11.
Note:
The fault profile does not cause the on-board electrical system battery to discharge. Generally, the head unit switches back off after 30 min. at the
latest with the ignition key removed.
Cause:
COMAND (A40/3) software error in combination with hardware release 08.11
rcheuls@gmail.com
Remedy:
Update COMAND (A40/3) software. The modified software as of software release 08.28 is available since the Telematics CD Version 11/2008.
Note:
In isolated cases, the complaint may not be rectified after the COMAND software update. The cause my be the switch on the Audio/COMAND
display (A40/8). In this case, replace the Audio/COMAND display (A40/8).
Symptoms
Cell Phone - Bluetooth(R) Choppy, Echo/Distortion

Blue Tooth Hands-free Telephone Conversation Choppy, Echo/Distortion Detected Especially By The Land-line Caller
Version 1
Design group 82.70 Cellular telephone, voice control system (VCS)
Date 04-09-2012
Validity Model 204 up to chassis A182847 or F171433 with COMAND APS including DVD changer, code 512, or COMAND APS (w
Reason for change
Complaint:
If you receive customer reports in the above model vehicles of the Blue Tooth Telephone hands-free conversation Audio quality being choppy,
produces echo on both sides but especially detected by the landline.
Cause:
Maybe due to a Software error in the COMAND Head Unit.
Remedy:
To remedy, please update the COMAND Head Unit software using DAS 02/08 (or later) and SD Telematics Disc PN A204 827 42 59 by following
the procedure below.
Update Procedure:
1. Turn Engine and Electrical Consumers OFF
2. Connect a Battery Charger & Start DAS
3. Proceed to menu: Control units --> Information and communication --> Audio, video navigation and Telematics --> COMAND APS -->
...--> Control unit adaptations --> control unit programming.
rcheuls@gmail.com
4. Follow the DAS prompts ... insert the SD Telematics CD into the Head Unit slot 1 of the changer and wait until the CD is recognized the
update process will start automatically Do NOT Turn Head Unit OFF during the update process (See figure 1 showing what the COMAND
screen looks like during the normal update process)
5. When process is complete, restart the Optical Ring and go back to: control unit adaptations --> Variant coding --> SCN Coding. Perform a
COMAND SCN Coding
NOTE:
You must perform SCN coding after the update even though the Head Unit is fully operational, otherwise, the update is not complete
Attachments
Symptoms
rcheuls@gmail.com
Work units
Audio System - Interference From One Rear Indoor Speaker

Interference noise from one of the rear indoor speakers
Version 1
Design group82.62 Loudspeakers, amplifiers, antennas
Date 03-26-2012
Validity Model 204 without sound system (code 810) as of production 09/2010 (as of VIN #A448864, #F564974, #L128647, #R16397
Reason for change
Complaint:
Interference noises (scratching noise) from one of the rear indoor speakers (H4/3 or H4/4).
Cause:
Due to tolerances in the door module, the indoor speaker (H4/3 or H4/4) may be riveted to the door module under stress. This stress in the speaker
causes the coil to scrape inside the speaker.
Remedy:
Replace problematic indoor speaker (H4/3 or H4/4). To rule out any other interference factors, remove the part number sticker (see attachment
above) from the door module wiring harness and shim the door control unit with a felt strip.
Note:
rcheuls@gmail.com
The door speaker is riveted onto the door module from behind.
Attachments
Symptoms
Parts
Work units
WIS-References
Restraints - Seat Belt Buckle Warranty Replacement Information

Date: April 27, 2012
Order No.: S-B-91.40/198
Group: 91
Seat Belt Buckle
Seat belt buckle replacements will not be covered under warranty when there are glass splinters present in the buckle head. Test the seat belt buckle
function and check for broken glass when there are customer complaints that the seat belt buckle: closes poorly, is jammed, or is sluggish. Test by
inserting and releasing the seat belt tongue.
Do not submit belt buckle replacement under warranty where there are signs of breaking and entering or other types of vandalism.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Navigation/Cell Phone - Noises From Central Display Area

Audio/COMAND display: Noises from area of central display
Version 1
Design group 82.85 Navigation and communication systems (CNS, ICS, COMAND, FleetBoard)
Date 04-26-2012
Validity Model 204 with code 527 (COMAND APS) or 512 (COMAND APS with DVD changer) up to code 800 (Model year 2010)
Up to VIN 204.0##A496130 and up to VIN 204.2## F616508
Reason for change
Complaint:
In vehicles with COMAND APS (code 527 or 512), noises may come from the area of the central display in the instrument panel.
Cause:
Stresses on the kinematics of the central display
Remedy:
Remove Audio/COMAND display (A40/8) and reinstall without stress.
Test drive with to check if issue still exists.
If noises are still present, replace display
Symptoms
Work units
WIS-References
Electrical - Consumer Shutoff Intermittently Active

Consumer shutoff intermittently active
rcheuls@gmail.com
Version 1
Date 04-05-2012
Validity Model series 169, 245, 204, 207, 212, 216, 221 (as of SA code 809)
Reason for change
Complaint:
- Consumer shutoff intermittently active.
- Head unit and/or other consumers are shut off after a short time.
Cause:
The voltage value transmitted by the battery sensor to the rear signal acquisition and actuation module (rear SAM) via the LIN bus is too low,
causing the rear SAM to shut off consumers.
Remedy:
Use diagnosis in the SAM to read out the actual voltage value transmitted by the battery sensor to the rear SAM, and compare it with the voltage
measured directly at the battery using a multimeter.
If a difference> 1V is measurable, the battery sensor must be replaced.
Symptoms
rcheuls@gmail.com
Parts
Work Units
Suspension - Noises From Front Axle Suspension Struts

Noises from area of front axle suspension struts
Version 1
Design group 32.25 Shock absorbers/damper struts/spring struts
Date 12-20-2011
Validity
Reason for change
Complaint:
Dull thumping noises or metallic rattling from the area of the front axle on slightly uneven roads or on repaired road surfaces.
Note:
Observe chassis number range!
rcheuls@gmail.com
Note:
Noises from the shock absorber are audible on small undulations and have a more metallic sound.
Note:
The noises occur in the lower vehicle speed range (20... approx. 70 km/h), see "1.mp3".
Note:
In this case, deviating from the normal procedure, replace both suspension struts.
Symptoms
rcheuls@gmail.com
Parts
WIS-References
Electrical - Vehicle Doesn't Perform Automatic Engine Stop

Vehicle does not perform automatic engine stop
Version 1
rcheuls@gmail.com
Date 04-05-2012
Validity Model series 169, 245 with code B01

Model series 204 with SA code B03
Model series 172 with SA code B03
Reason for change
Complaint:
The vehicle does not perform the automatic engine stop although the ECO function was activated via the ECO button.
Cause:
Battery sensor transmitting incorrect temperature value
The temperature value and/or voltage value transmitted by the battery sensor is constant and does not change
Remedy:
IMPORTANT:
- On no account should the sensor be de-energized prior to the test, i.e. do not disconnect the ground terminal on the battery, otherwise a reset
will occur and the result of the function test will be inaccurate.
- Sensors that previously transmitted a constant temperature value could then become OK temporarily, i.e. the fault will not be rectified!
Function test of battery sensor:
a) Check the temperature value:
A battery sensor that transmits a constant temperature value of -40°C or +120°C must be replaced.
A battery sensor that transmits a constant value between -40°C and +120°C must be tested as follows:
- Required aids:
- Xentry
- Multimeter capable of measuring temperatures
1. Measure the ambient temperature at which the vehicle has been kept for some time (e.g. the outside temperature if the vehicle has been
standing outdoors for some time)
2. Measure the outside temperature of the battery on the negative terminal clamp directly at the IBS using a suitable measuring instrument
3. Using Xentry, read out the current battery temperature: - Select BSN - Battery sensor (B95) # Current data of battery sensor # Battery
temperature
- Compare these three temperatures, the ambient temperature, the temperature at the battery negative terminal and the battery temperature
(from Xentry), taking into account a tolerance range of +/- 3°C.
- Repeat the test after approx. 30 mm in order to rule out delayed reaction of the battery sensor to temperature changes.
If the value transmitted by the battery sensor is outside the tolerance, the battery sensor must be replaced.
b) Check the transmitted voltage value:
- Start the engine. Does the voltage value measured by the battery sensor change?
- If the transmitted voltage value remains constant, the battery sensor must be replaced.
Symptoms
rcheuls@gmail.com
Work Units
A/T - Hard 2-3 Upshift Or Slips, No 3rd Gear/DTC's Stored

Uncomfortable Upshift 2-3
Version 1
Design group 27.60 gearshift, control
Date 03-23-2011
Validity All models with transmission 722.9
Reason for change
Complaint:
Hard shift operation 2-3 upshift or transmission slips (3rd gear may not be reached)
Fault codes P2502, 2505, 0894, 2711 can be entered.
Cause:
K1 piston damaged (adaptation data of shift operation 2-3 on positive/negative end stop, +20/-20 and/or +2000/-2000).
Remedy:
If the complaint can only be reproduced for the upshift from gear 2 to gear 3 or if the 3rd gear cannot be reached, there is a defect in the K1 piston.
1. Replace complete multidisk clutch Ki as per EPC.
2. Then readapt the vehicle.
Symptoms
Works Units
A/C - HVAC - Foam Cleaner Information and Work Procedure

Date: March 2, 2012
rcheuls@gmail.com
Order No.: S-B-83.00/135
Group: 83
Mercedes-Benz HVAC-Foam Cleaner - Work Procedure
NOTE:
This procedure is not approved for vehicles covered under warranty. Refer to LI83.00-P-051588 for details on which vehicles can be cleaned under
warranty using Mercedes-Benz Contra Sept disinfectant cleaner (S-B-83.30/134). Additionally, the combination filter is a maintenance item and is
not covered under warranty.
Procedure
1. Start the engine with the A/C ON, temperature set to coldest setting, inlet set for outside air (not recirculate) and blower set for high speed.
Note:
The A/C must be run for at least 15 minutes to get condensation to build on the evaporator. This will adequately wet evaporator and promote the
product's ability to clean.
2. Locate the evaporator core case and blower assembly by removing any covers below the instrument panel on the passenger's side that may cover
the case.
3. Remove the cabin air filter and close off the empty filter cavity with the filter block off plate
^ For models where the filter bock off plate is integrated with the filter media (as with model 204/212). Remove the filter media, leaving the
bare block off plate, which can be reinstalled for the cleaning procedure (Figure 1).
4. On vehicles with an activated charcoal filter, remove these filters as well.
5. Drill a 3/16" hole in an accessible location between the evaporator core case & blower assembly, depending on your vehicle model. Use a drill
stop set at the thickness of the case to prevent plunging into case too deep.
Warning!
Follow the diagrams for a given vehicle model series, otherwise damage to the evaporator may occur.
^ Only drill through the case skin and gently probe inside with a dull instrument for any obstructions that the nozzle may encounter. If needed, use
the supplied plug and find another spot to drill.
rcheuls@gmail.com
6. Shake the disinfectant product can and with the hose attached to the can push the nozzle into position & rotate so the pointer faces the evaporator
core (Figure 2).
7. With the blower still on, start dispensing the foam in short bursts. As the case fills with foam, airflow will decrease from the vents. Pause for the
blower to push the foam through the core. (If the fan starts to squeak, stop dispensing while the blower catches up). As airflow resumes, continue
with short bursts of foam. If the system is overloaded by dispensing the foam too quickly, foam can escape from components under the dashboard.
NOTE:
Do not allow the foam to drip to any electronic components. Intercept any escaping foam with a towel.
To prevent possible staining, do not allow any foam to blow out of vents onto seating or other interior materials.
8. Continue with this application method until the can is empty then shut the system off completely.
9. After a minimum 10-minute wait, turn the blower on LOW to MEDIUM for 2 minutes to push excess foam out of the core.
10. Check that the drain is flowing freely under the vehicle. If there is no drainage, the drain is clogged. A clogged drain must be cleared.
Condensation will rinse out any remaining cleaner residue and contaminants.
11. Reinstall new cabin filters and activated charcoal (if equipped).
NOTE:
It is required that you replace the cabin filter after treatment. It is recommended that you replace the activated charcoal filters (if equipped).
Additional instructions for this procedure will be available via Learning & Performance:
VILT Course Code:X0001F-US.TTA (starting in second quarter 2012).
Parts Information
Parking Assist - Malfunction and Fault Scenarios

Date: February 7, 2012
Order No.: S-B-54.65/252
Group: 54
SUBJECT:
MY-All, Models 163, 164, 166, 170, 171, 172, 197, 202, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221, 230, 231, 240, 245,
251, 463 with Code 220 Parktronic system (PTS); Code 230 Advanced Parking Guidance; Code 235 Active Park Assist
rcheuls@gmail.com
Parktronic Malfunctions and Faults
This is an overview of Parktronic malfunction and fault scenarios, respectively.
Malfunction Scenario 1
Malfunctions are indicated with double red (4 LEDs) warning elements and no warning tone (Figure 1).
An entry is not saved in fault memory.
Malfunctions can be triggered by external ultrasonic signals:
^ Compressed air
^ Drier blower for a washer system
^ Rail vehicles
^ Brake squeal on vehicle or a nearby vehicle
Or through:
^ Soiling of sensors with ice or snow
^ License plate brackets
Fault Scenario 2
Faults are indicated in the Parktronic warning elements with double red (4 LEDs) with warning tone (Figure 1) (see arrows).
An entry is saved in fault memory.
The sensor function is automatically checked while driving at between 22-37 mph. If a fault occurs when driving, then this is issued at a speed less
than 9 mph with double red lights and warning tone.
The following applies to both scenarios:
If a malfunction or a fault is present for more than 2 seconds, the display in the warning elements goes out and the PARKTRONIC OFF button in
the UCP lights up in red.
Diagnosis
rcheuls@gmail.com
To fix issues that cannot be clearly located via fault codes in fault memory, check for correct and central installation (Figure 3) (C) or for any
damage caused by stone chipping (Figure 2) (A) (B).
The decoupling ring must be centered and custom fit when installed (Figure 3) (C) and Figure 4 (C). Refer also to S-B-54.651251 Parktronic
Sensor Return Policy.
Parking Assist - Parktronic Sensor Return Policy

Order No.: S-B-54.65/251
Group: 54
SUBJECT:
MY-All, All Models with Code 220 Parktronic system (PTS); Code EZ8; Code 230 Advanced Parking Guidance; Code 235 Active Park Assist;
Code EZ8 Parktronic system (PTS)
Parktronic Sensor Return Policy
rcheuls@gmail.com
Do not replace any Parktronic sensor under warranty that has (Figure 1) (A) (B) parking dents, stone chipping, or the like on the diaphragm cup-the
painted part of the senor.
In addition, perform a control log or quick test before replacing any sensor without external damage.
Mark the installation position (Figure 2) on the returned sensor and include the following when returning any Parktronic control unit, Parktronic
sensor, or Parktronic warning indicator under warranty:
^ Part return slip (ARS) (for residual market operations a return delivery document is also required)
^ Control Unit Log

Restraints - Repair And Diag. Of Airbag Wiring Harnesses

Date: January 18, 2012
Order No: S-B-91.60/195a
Supercedes: S-B-91.60/195, January 6, 2012
Group: 91
Revision a: Parts information removed. Reference EPC-net for relevant parts.
Repair and Diagnosis of Airbag Wiring Harness
When a driver airbag, front-passenger airbag, sidebag or windowbag or an emergency tensioning retractor is triggered, the coupling melts from the
gas generator heat and becomes unusable. Up until now, repair on airbag wiring harnesses was not permitted due to safety reasons and had to be
partly or completely replaced depending on type. As always follow most current part numbers and corresponding information in EPC before
ordering.
rcheuls@gmail.com
NOTE:
The part numbers for the solder connector are available in the EPC under the DG (design group) ...\54\019. The "Repairing wiring harness using
solder connectors" document is to be observed.
Follow WIS AR54.18-P-0600A Repair supplemental restraint system (SRS) squib wiring harness for Models:
Model 124, 126, 129, 140, 163, 164, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 197, 202, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221,
230, 240, 245, 246, 251, 414, 461, 463.
Follow WIS AR54.18-P-0600SLR Repair supplemental restraint system (SRS) squib wiring harness for Model: 199.
Audio/COMAND(R) - Repair Of Wiring Harnesses

Order No.: S-B-82.00/701
Group: 82
SUBJECT:
MY-All, Models All
Repair of Damaged Audio/COMAND Wiring Harnesses
If audio/COMAND theft results in cable damage the wiring harness can be repaired or ordered separately.
An order and replacement of a complete interior wiring harness for the "frame-floor system" is not required.
Repair of "Non"-Antenna Lines and "Normal Copper" Lines
All "non" antenna or video lines and optical fibers ("normal copper" lines) can be repaired in line with WIS repair methods: AR00.19-P-0001A
Repair wiring harness as per specified repair method (Models 124, 126, 129, 140, 163, 164, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 197, 202, 203, 204, 207,
208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221, 230, 240, 245, 246, 251,461,463) and AR00.19-P-0100A General repair methods for wiring
harness (Models 124, 126, 129, 140, 163, 164, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 197, 199, 202, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218,
219, 220, 221, 230, 240, 245, 246, 251, 461, 463).
Depending on the model series involved, the wiring harnesses may be represented in different design groups.
Antenna Lines
Generally all antenna lines can be ordered individually or as modules through EPC by checking:
^ Qualified entry through vehicle identification number (VIN)
^ Select design group:
- ...54/410
- ...54/545
- .../82/310 (ascending)
Low Voltage Differential Signal (LVDS) Lines:
All LVDS lines (video line from COMAND to central display) can be ordered individually.
Depending on the model series involved, the LVDS lines may be represented in different design groups.
The LVDS lines are located in the following design groups:
^ .../54/410... "Cockpit wiring harness"
^ .../54/545... "Frame>floor system"
^ .../82/310... (ascending)
rcheuls@gmail.com
MOST (Media Oriented System Transport) optical fiber:
All MOST optical fibers can be ordered individually. MOST optical fibers are located in design group:
../54/545..."Frame>floor system"Technical Service Bulletin # S-32_25-82B Date: 111221
Suspension - Strut/Shock Absorber Replacement Guidelines

Date December 21, 2011
Order No. S-B-32.25/82b
Supersedes S-B-32.25/82a dated Dec. 22 2010
Group. 32
Revision History
Revision Date Purpose
b 12/21/11 All new text and added models.

a 12/22/10 Minor changes to last paragraph.
SUBJECT: MY-All, Models 124, 129, 140, 163, 164, 166, 169, 170, 171, 172, 201, 202, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218,
219, 220, 221, 230, 240, 245, 251, 463
Shock Absorber Replacement
General Information on Shock Absorber Variants
Do not replace both shock absorbers AIRmatic, ABC, ADS or adjustable suspension strut if only one is defective. Only a component that has been
diagnosed to be faulty (damper or suspension strut) may be replaced!
Noise Inspection
Reason for the noise should be determined by driving each side of the vehicle in turn over appropriate road surfacing or if possible by swapping
over the left and right component (damper or suspension strut). Before any replacement is made loosen and re4orque the corresponding
damper/suspension strut first and check whether this resolves the noise complaint.
Front
On the front suspension struts or dampers this need only be carried out on the top bearing mounting.
Rear
Both the upper and the lower attachments for the rear suspension struts or dampers must be loosened and then tightened again to the specified
torque with the vehicle in its ready-to-drive condition (i.e. the vehicle must be standing on its wheels).
Section 2: Special considerations for different damping variants
1) Air suspension struts and dampers (Model 164, 166, 211, 212, 219, 220, 221 240, 251)
ADS suspension strut (Model 129, 210, 140)
Adjusting damper (Model 204, 207, 231)
Since it can be assumed that a new shock absorber installed in a high-mileage vehicle would not harmonize with the used shock absorber and thus
impair ride comfort or vehicle dynamics, we recommend replacing these parts in pairs after the component has traveled at least 80,000 km.
2) ABC suspension struts (Model 215, 216, 220, 221, 230) In contrast to the air Or ADS suspension struts or conventional dampers, ABC
suspension struts must not be replaced in pairs at higher mileages (more than 80,000 km). The vehicle body dampening is performed by active
actuation of the plungers. These work wear-free! Passive wheel damping by the shock absorber integrated in the suspension strut plays a
subordinate role.
3a) Conventional dampers (Model 164, 166, 168, 169, 171, 203, 204, 207, 209, 211, 212, 218, 219, 230, 245, 246, 251) Since it can be assumed
that a new shock absorber installed in a high-mileage vehicle would not harmonize with the used shock absorber and thus impair ride comfort or
vehicle dynamics, we recommend replacing these parts in pairs after the component has traveled at least 80,000 km.
3b) Conventional dampers (Model 124, 129, 140, 163, 170, 201, 202, 208, 210, 461, 463) On these models diverse shock absorber variants are
rcheuls@gmail.com
standardized in the parts sector.
If dampers with new standardized part numbers are installed for replacement, then conventional dampers must be replaced in pairs!
In the event of any complaints on parts that have already been replaced in pairs, then the procedure as described in 3a should be followed.
Section 3: Deviating procedure
Information on additional deviating specifications for technical modifications is available in EPC and TIPS The current documentation in advanced
systems such as TIPS and EPC must always be followed! At this moment in time, we would like to draw your attention to the special considerations
for models 204, 207 and 212.
Technical Service Bulletin # P-42_30-118 Date: 111219
Brakes/Traction Control - Handling Multipole Rings

Date: December 19, 2011
Order No.: P-B-42.30/118
Group: 42
SUBJECT: Models 129, 140, 170, 171, 172, 202, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221, 230, 231
Handling Multipole Rings
When repairing and maintaining operations on the rear axle, ensure that there is no mechanical and magnetic damage to the multipole rings on the
external ball joint of the drive shafts, and that all work conducted is performed in accordance with the WIS documentation specifications.
To avoid magnetic damage to the multipole rings everyone who comes into direct contact with the components must familiarize themselves with the
following specifications for handling multipole rings. This applies to the following components:
^ Drive shaft
^ Steering knuckle/wheel bearing
^ Spring control arm
^ Transverse control arm
^ Cross strut
^ Torque strut
^ Thrust arm
^ Camber strut
^ Shock absorber
^ Spring
Note the following precautions when handling these magnetic multipole rings:
rcheuls@gmail.com
^ Do not bring into contact with external magnetic fields (Figure 1) (a).
^ Avoid damaging rubber-lined encoder track (Figure 1) (b).
^ Avoid soiling parts (Figure 1) (c)
^ Do not bring into contact with metal shavings (Figure 1) (d).
Installation instructions for multipole rings are in WIS document AR42.30-P-0715A Remove/Install Pulse Ring.
Replace the complete drive shaft if multipole ring is damaged or defective.Technical Service Bulletin # S-40_10-74 Date: 111129
Wheels/Tires - Wheels/Tire Change Information

Date November 29, 2011
Order No. S-B-40.10/74
Group: 40
SUBJECT:
MY-All, Models 164, 166, 172, 197, 199, 204, 207, 212, 216, 218, 221, 230, 240, 245, 251, 463
Wheels/Tire Change
It is not necessary to re-tighten wheel bolts after a specific mileage, if the wheel replacement, dismantling and fitting was conducted as per the
following instructions:
- Cleaning of wheel attachment and brake disk side (See WIS document AP40.10-P-4050-01A)
- Wheel bolts and rims have been checked and found to be okay (See WIS document AP40.10-P-4050-01A)
rcheuls@gmail.com
Specified Torques for Tightening Wheel Bolts shown above.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Body - License Plate Bracket Omission

Date October 28, 2011
Order No. S-B-88.30/87
Group: 88
SUBJECT: MY-All, Models 164, 166, 171, 172, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221, 230, 240, 245, 251
License Plate Bracket Omission
Do not use additional license plate brackets (advertising panels) on the front bumper The pointed shape of the front bumper creates tension and
deforms license plate brackets and license plate adapters.
Where there are no customer complaints about vehicles on which a license plate bracket has already been attached, the bracket can remain on the
vehicle. In the event of PARKTRONIC complaints or malfunctions the bracket must be removed.
SRS - Weight Sensing Sys. (WSS) Communication Issues

Order No.: S-B-91.60/194
Supersedes
Group: 91
SUBJECT: MY2012, Model 204

Performing Quick Tests - Weight Sensing System (WSS) Communication Issues
When performing a Quick Test on all MY2012 204 variant vehicles with 07/2011 and 09/2011 SDS software, the Weight Sensing System may
either not show up in the control unit list, or you may receive the message:
"Timeout from the end of data sent from tester to the beginning of the response data from ECU" along with an exclamation point (!) next to the
WSS module in the control unit list.
These are communication issues with the Weight Sensing System that will be fixed in version 11/2011, and with an add-on for 07/2011 and
09/2011 that will be released on Thursday, October 13, 2011.
Please continue to perform Quick Tests on these vehicles as normal. If you experience any Weight Sensing System errors (e.g. SRS light on, DTC
stored/current in SRS control unit, or passenger seat recognition does not work); please perform a hard reset, ensure the supply voltage is sufficient,
and re-calibrate the WSS. If this does not work, please contact DTS.
Fuel System - Use Of E10 Fuel

Group: 47
SUBJECT: MY-All, Models All with Spark Ignition Engine
Use of E10 Fuel
All Mercedes-Benz vehicles and Maybach, and AMG with spark-ignition engines can be run on E10 fuel.
Exceptions are all models produced at the factory without a controlled 3-way catalytic converter or models equipped with a carburetor. These are
generally older than 25 years.
The following table lists all models that may not be operated with a bioethanol admixture of more than 5%.
These models must always be run on gasoline of the grade "Premium or Super Plus sulfur-free as per DIN EN228 (2208 - 2011) or E DIN 51626-1
and other ISO or ASTM standards" or a comparable quality with the special designation Contains up to 5% bioethanol".
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Note:
Mercedes-Benz and Maybach vehicles may only be filled with standard fuel qualities (DIN/EN specification). The octane number recommendation
(RON) for the particular engine type or age of the vehicle must be taken into consideration.
Note:
Grades to use are identified on gasoline pumps as: Contains up to 5% "bioethanol". The RON grade that is available as an E5 is at the discretion of
the fuel provider.
Brakes - Brake Lining Instructions

date: September 20, 2011
Order No: S-B-42.10/117
Group: 42
Brake Lining Installation Instructions
For product safety reasons, deliver A 203 005 25 99 installation instructions along with any over-the-counter sale of brake linings. The invoice
should reflect that this was done.
Computer/Controls - Reset Trip Computer After ECU Update

Order No.: S-B-54.50/247
rcheuls@gmail.com
Group: 54
SUBJECT: Models All with Code 801 MY2011 and Code 802 MY2012
Reset Trip Computer After Software Update of ECU
As of MY2011, trip data is no longer calculated in the instrument cluster. It is calculated in the engine control unit (ECU).
Therefore, any ECU software updates to any variant of gasoline or diesel passenger vehicle must include synchronization with the instrument
cluster. If this is not done, the instrument cluster will show bars only and customer complaints will ensue.
After any ECU software updates, the trip computer must be reset (see menu items "After start" and "After reset") using the steering wheel buttons.
This is necessary to ensure that travel data sent by the instrument cluster is synchronized with the ECU, and to ensure that consumption data (mpg)
is correct.
Suspension - Assembly Of Suspension Struts And Shocks

Order No.: S-B-32.25/83
Group: 32
Assembly of Suspension Struts and Shock Absorbers
The correct procedure for installing and removing or disassembling/assembling shock absorbers and struts is described below.
1. Damper tube
2. Piston rod
a. Friction marks on sealing piston
b. Without friction marks on sealing piston
Procedure
rcheuls@gmail.com
1. When releasing or tightening the nut on the piston rod (Figure 1) (2) a impact wrench/driver must not be used because the piston rod (Figure 1)
(2) will also turn and by doing so it may cause friction marks (arrow) in the damper tube (Figure 1) (1) and on the sealing piston (Figure 1) (a).
2. When releasing and tightening, the piston rod must be counter held at the upper end using a suitable tool. See WIS document:
Disassembling/assembling suspension struts AR32.25-P-1018*.
3. Turning with the impact wrench/driver creates chips, which are deposited in the sealing piston and damage the piston rod sealing. In this
instance, the damper sealing capability is no longer sustained.
Steering - Approved Hydraulic Fluids

Supersedes: S-B-46.25/70, January 19, 2010
Group: 46
Revision a: Models 172, 197, 240 Added. Supersedes P-MAY-B-46.25171 as now consolidated.
SUBJECT: MY-All, Models 124, 129, 140, 163, 164, 170,171,172,197,199, 202, 203, 204, 207, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 219, 220, 221, 230,
240, 251, 463
Approved Hydraulic Fluids for Steering Systems
Only use the following approved fluids in the event of hydraulic steering system repairs:
rcheuls@gmail.com
Hydraulic fluid A according to sheet 236.3; hydraulic fluid B according to sheet 345.0; and hydraulic fluid C according to sheet 344.0 (see Parts
Information above).
PARTS INFORMATION
Technical Service Bulletin # P-82_85-691A Date: 110726
Navigation Sys. - Copy Protection For Hard Disk

Date: July 26, 2011
Order No: P-B-82.85/691a
Supercedes: P-B-82.85/691, August 26, 2009
Group: 82
Revision a: Revised text and added image.
SUBJECT:
Models 216 and 221 as of MY2010, Models 207, 212 as of MY2011
rcheuls@gmail.com
Models 172, 204, 218 as of MY2012
Navigation Copy Protection on Navigation Units with Hard Disk Navigation
With the introduction of the NTG 3.5 (as of MY 2010 216/221), copy protection has been applied to hard disk navigation units. As a result,
installation of updated map data (along with the DVD), requires a six-digit alphanumeric activation code, without this code the map update would
not be possible.
The exact vehicle-specific activation code is in the VeDoc system. When requesting a new activation code (new license) in VeDoc, an invoicing
process is automatically initiated, which is used to bill the new license.
Renewals on previously generated activation codes are free of charge. The activation code should be written right onto the DVD or the cover with
an indelible ink pen, there maybe some circumstances where this activation code (PIN) would be needed in the future.
Updated map data installation and activation code entry is covered in the COMAND operating instructions.
A Navigation tab (Figure 1) is now available in the VeDoc system for handling activation code requests.
The VeDoc Navigation tab is only visible and active with an authorized user ID via specific request to the VeDoc Administrator to grant the
specific user special provisions to create copy protection activation code. Only when the user has these provisions, the "Navigation" tab is visible.
Further, this tab is visible for the authorized user when the chosen vehicle is equipped with a copy-protected COMAND.
An activation code cannot be defined for vehicles that have been registered as stolen or locked.
For hard disk navigation units without copy protection, a valid license (DVD) is required for each individual update procedure.
NOTE:
Please notify your sales and warehouse personnel about this to ensure that customers are made aware of this when purchasing an update DVD.
Example from an actual VIN:
rcheuls@gmail.com
For this example VIN, note the navigation map database version installed. If a new (update) navigation database DVD is available for order, you
will see this information under "Possible map versions" in the bottom of the split screen. There maybe more than one version available for update
depending on how old the existing map version. The databases are in ascending order and the highest number listed in the Possible map versions"
section is the latest available at that time.
Important:
Please be careful when selecting the map version as the one you select (even if it's NOT the latest) is the one you will be charged for, thus, if in
error you select 2, your workshop will be charged for two copy protection fees.
Cooling System - Coolant Fan ON With Ignition OFF Via Moisture

No-load (quiescent) current too high, engine suction fan starts up without obvious cause after ignition "off", battery discharged
Version 1
Design group 20.40 Fan, fan clutch
Date05-07-2012
Validity Models 203, 164, 251, 204, 207, 212, 219, 216, 221, 218 with Brose/ Temic radiator fan
Reason for change Other vehicle model designations included
Complaint:
- Radiator suction fan starts up without obvious cause although the ignition has been off for longer than 30 minutes
- Radiator suction fan changes to limp-home mode (runs at 100% output) while driving, with display message (cooling system) in instrument
cluster
- Battery discharged
Cause:
The electric radiator suction fan may start up by itself with ignition "off" due to moisture ingress.
In menu "Behavior of quiescent current" (Functions Views / Overall Vehicle / Power Supply / Actual Values / Battery Sensor) read out the 5 stored
rcheuls@gmail.com
data records. If at least one of the data records contains a no-load current entry of >10A and if the mileage reading in SDS menu agrees with the
actual mileage stand at which the vehicle battery was discharged, the radiator fan may have been the cause of the fault.
Only Brose/Temic fans with the following part numbers are affected:
A221 500 11 93, A221 500 09 93, A221 500 10 93, A164 500 04 93, A164 500 05 93, A203 500 16 93, A203 500 14 94, A204 500 02 93, A204
500 04 93. Refer to the parts table for part number replacement (valid at the time of publication).
Remedy:
Replace radiator fan as per EPC.
Symptoms
Parts
Work units
Body/Electrical - Various Door Control Function Failures

Various function failures in the door control
Version 2
Design group 72.40 Door control
Date 01-07-2013
Validity MODEL 166 with code 803 up to VIN end number A168336
MODEL 172 with code 803 up to VIN end number F062354
rcheuls@gmail.com
MODEL 176 with code 803 up to VIN end number J038712
MODEL 204 with code 803 up to VIN end number A824928
MODEL 204 with code 803 up to VIN end number G062313
MODEL 204 with code 803 up to VIN end number L218393
MODEL 204 with code 803 up to VIN end number R273380
MODEL 212 with code 803 up to VIN end number L093279
MODEL 246 with code 803 up to VIN end number J132310
MODEL 246 with code 803 up to VIN end number N037020
Reason for change Validity, complaint and symptom supplemented
Complaint:
Various function failures in the door control (only front doors affected):
^ Automatic window raising not possible
^ Power window cannot be normalized
^ Automatic fold in/out function of outside mirror faulty
^ Malfunction of central locking
^ Actuation of illumination in doors faulty
^ Malfunction of seat adjustment
Notes:
^ The fault memory of the door control unit (DCU-xF) may contain stored fault codes that are listed under "Control unit/fault code" (see below).
^ In the event of a complaint, the fault is continuously present.
Cause:
Waking of the door control units with a simultaneous voltage dip in the power supply (< 5 V) can cause the above function failures under certain
circumstances.
Remedy:
1. Perform reset of affected door control unit (unplug connector 3 at DCU-xF for approx. 20 seconds)
2. Perform normalization of power window system.
3. Erase fault memory.
4. Check whether the fault was rectified by the reset.
=> Fault not rectified: Continue with step 5.
=> Fault rectified: Continue with step 6.
5. Replace door control unit (DCU-xF).
6. Perform initial startup of door control unit: (Xentry Diagnostics => Control unit view => DCU-xF => Adaptations => Initial startup)
rcheuls@gmail.com
Symptoms
rcheuls@gmail.com
Instruments - Reset Trip Computer After ECU Software Update

Order No.: S-B-54.50/256
Group: 54
SUBJECT: MY-All, Models All with Code 801 MY2011, Code 802 MY2012, Code 803 MY2013
Reset Trip Computer After ECU Software Update
Since MY2011 vehicles no longer calculate the consumption figures or trip data in the instrument cluster, rather they are calculated in the engine
rcheuls@gmail.com
control unit (ECU).
Consequently, every ECU software update requires synchronization of the trip data in the ECU and in the instrument cluster by resetting the trip
computer. After updating the ECU software, reset the trip computer in the "After start" and "After reset" menus by using the buttons on the steering
wheel. Skipping this step will display incorrect fuel consumption data.
Body - Meow/Whistle Noise After Retracting/Extending Mirrors

Noises after retracting/extending the outside mirror (meow noises)
Version 2
Design group 88.70 Exterior mirrors
Date 12-21-2012
Validity Model series 204 with code 500

Model series 207 with code 249
Model series 212 with code 249
Model series 218.3 with code 249
Model series 172 up to VIN end no. F 051 659
Reason for change
Complaint:
The electric folding outside mirror makes noises (whistling noise / meow noise) after reaching the end position.
Cause:
Electric motor continues to be energized after reaching end position.
This can cause audible vibrations in the folding motor (whistling/meow noise)
Remedy:
Retrofitting of a stall current module in the problem mirror:
Note:
Figure 2 shows the stall current module already installed in the cable set of the outside mirror
^ Remove service flap in door lining
^ Unplug connector of outside mirror from door control unit
^ Unlock connector (A) using a screwdriver (1) and pull off white cover (B) (2) => see Figure 1
^ Connections to be made => see Figure 1
^ Unpin pin 4 of connector (A) and connect to slot 2 of the enclosed coupling (C)
^ Unpin pin 5 of connector (A) and connect to slot 1 of the enclosed coupling (C)
^ Connect blue cable of stall current module (D) to slot 4 of connector (A)
^ Connect white/blue cable of stall current module (D) to slot 5 of connector (A)
^ Connect coupling (C) with connector (E) of stall current module (D) and fit white cover (B) on connector (A)
^ Finished assembly, see Figure 2
^ Reconnect the connectors to the door control unit
^ Secure stall current module (D) with adhesive tape or a cable tie to prevent noise
rcheuls@gmail.com
^ Perform function test and then install service flap
Attachments
Symptoms
Parts
WIS-References
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Brakes - Brake Rotors Treated With Zinc Dust Spray Paint

Order No.: S-B-42.15/122
Group: 42
rcheuls@gmail.com
SUBJECT: MY-All, Models 163, 164, 166, 170, 171, 172, 197, 202, 203, 204, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 215, 216, 218, 219, 220, 221, 230,
231, 245, 251, 463
Brake Disks Treated with Zinc Dust Spray Paint
Spray brake disk friction rings (Figure 1) of vehicles parked for an extended time with zinc dust spray paint. Apply it to various points on the
outside and inside throughout the brake rotors. By turning the wheel or moving the vehicle a few yards, the dust will spread across the entire
friction ring. This zinc dust is essential in protecting from corrosion and preventing shuddering and squeaking.
Parts Information
Body - Cleaning Tin-Plated Surfaces

Order No.: S-B-98.00/31
Group: 98
Cleaning Tin-Plated Surfaces
Prior to painting tin-plated surfaces do the following:
Procedure
1. Heat with an infrared portable radiant drying unit for approximately 15 minutes.
2. After the surface has cooled sufficiently, clean the area thoroughly with sheet-metal cleaner or degreasing agent.
3. Paint with approved painting material.
Reference http://aftersales.mercedes-benz.com, and S-B-98.00/13T (or latest version).
Emissions - I/m Dynamometer Emissions Testing

Supersedes: S-SI-MBNA-14/12A, May 1998
Group: 14
rcheuls@gmail.com
Revision a:
Updated to include model application guide for I/M 240 dynamometer testing
SUBJECT:
MY-All, Models All
I/M 240 Emissions Testing on Dynamometer
The enhanced Inspection/Maintenance emission testing program (I/M 240) is in effect in several states.
It is recommended that all vehicles be tested on a 4-wheel dynamometer.
The following vehicle may be tested on a 2-wheel dynamometer:
^ Mercedes-Benz vehicles that are 2WD and not equipped with Acceleration Slip Regulation (ASR)
^ Mercedes-Benz Maybach and smart vehicles that are 2WD and have "Dyno-Mode" capability (must be activated)
The following vehicles must be tested on a 4-wheel dynamometer:
^ Mercedes-Benz vehicles equipped with ASR
^ Mercedes-Benz vehicles equipped with 4MATIC
^ Mercedes-Benz vehicles that are 2WD and do not have "Dyno-Mode" capability
Please see Attachment 1 for a list of vehicles that must be tested on a 4-wheel dynamometer.
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Please see Attachment 2 for a list of vehicles with "Dyno-Mode" capability and the activation procedure.
According to US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) procedures, if an emissions inspector has difficulty performing the I/M 240 test on a
2-wheel dynamometer, the following should be considered:
^ Test the vehicle on a 4-wheel dynamometer, or
^ Perform an optional emission test at idle +2500 rpm
An emissions inspector should also consider the options above if they are uncertain about the Dyno-M ode activation procedure or is uncertain
about which vehicles can operate on a 2-wheel dynamometer.
Attachment 1: Vehicles That Must be Tested on a 4-Wheel Dynamometer
Please refer to the Vehicles Operator's Manual for details regarding ASR and 4MATIC.
Attachment 2: Dyno-Mode Activation Procedure for Operation of a 2WD Vehicle on a 2- Wheel Dynamometer
Restraints - Noise From Seat Belt Height Adjustment

Noise from seat belt height adjustment
rcheuls@gmail.com
Version 3
Design group 91.40 Seat belts, emergency tensioning retractors
Date 11-27-2012
Validity W 204 as of facelift (code 802), S 204 as of facelift (code 802), X 204, model series 246, W 166, X 166
Reason for change Validity extended to include model series W166 and X166
Complaint:
Creaking noise from left or right front seat belt height adjustment mechanism.
Cause:
Friction between seat belt height adjustment journal in guide slot.
Remedy:
^ Remove B-pillar trim
^ Apply a small quantity of lubricant between the seat belt height adjustment journal and the guide slot (Pic_1) using a thin, pointed implement
such as a needle
^ Install B-pillar trim
Note:
Do not replace the seat belt!
Attachments
rcheuls@gmail.com
Symptoms
Parts
Steering/Suspension - Wheel Alignment Data

Order No.: S-B-40.00/77
Group: 40
Wheel Alignment Data
In order to ensure the accuracy of our MKS alignment process, all ride height data must be transferred to the MKS alignment console via the
required Romess docking station. Effective repair date February 1, 2013, any wheel alignments performed with manually entered ride height data
may be subject to debit.
NOTE:
As in Figure 1, an "ed" after the vehicle axle level indicates data has been entered manually, which is not acceptable.
Body - Moisture In Area of A-Pillar Trim/Headliner

Moisture in area of A-pillar trim/headliner at front left or right
Version 1
Date 01-16-2013
Validity 204 / 216 / 218 / 212 / GLK / 221 / 205 / 213 with code 414 without panoramic roof.
Reason for change Country distribution expanded
rcheuls@gmail.com
Complaint:
Moisture in area of A-pillar trim/headliner at front left or right.
Cause:
A-pillar water drain grommet in area of wheel arch.
Remedy:
Replace water drain grommet.
Symptoms
Parts
Work units
Technical Service Bulletin # 2013020002A Date: 130422
Recall - Replace Fuel Filter

Campaign No.2013020002, *April* 2013
Revision
SUBJECT:
Models X204, 204, 207, 212, 216, 221, Model Years 2011-2012
Replace Fuel Filter
Daimler AG (DAG), the manufacturer of Mercedes-Benz vehicles, has determined that due to issues during the injection molding process of a
sub-supplier, the structure of affected fuel filter flanges might contain an irregularity. During a specific period of sub-supplier production there
were issues with the injection molding process that impaired the flow of material in the mold, which could result in reduced thickness or strength of
the flange in certain areas. The flange is situated on top of the fuel filter and is used to connect the fuel filter to the fuel tank. In most cases, fuel
cannot leak through this structural irregularity in the flange. However, in some cases the operating pressure (7 bar) along with high operating
temperatures could over time lead to the development of a crack in the flange, which may result in fuel leakage and/or loss of fuel system pressure
and flow. MBUSA therefore has initiated a voluntary recall of all potentially affected vehicles described above. The recall will be conducted to
replace the fuel filter in the subject vehicle.
A sample copy of a letter which owners of the affected vehicles will receive is included.
Prior to performing this Recall Campaign:
rcheuls@gmail.com
^ Please review the entire Recall Campaign bulletin and follow the repair procedure exactly as described.
Approximately 5773 vehicles are involved.
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
COMAND(R) - 'Metadata Loss' Message Displayed

COMAND Online: Message in COMAND display "Metadata loss - Please reimport all media data -"
Version 3
Design group 82.85 Navigation and communication Systems (CNS,

ICS, COMAND, FleetBoard)
Date 02-05-2013
Validity MODEL 166, 172, 204, 246 with code 512 (COMAND
Online with DVD changer) or code 527 (COMAND Online)

and code 802 (Model year 2012)
MODEL 207, 212, 218 with code 512 (COMAND Online
with DVD changer) or code 527 (COMAND Online) and
rcheuls@gmail.com
code 802 (Model year 2012) and code 088 (Control code
NTG4.5)
MODEL 166, 172, 176, 204, 207, 212, 218, 231, 246, 463
with code 512 (COMAND Online with DVD changer) or
code 527 (COMAND Online) and code 803 (model year
2013)
Reason for change Telematics CD object numbers added
Complaint:
The central display of the COMAND Online control unit (A40/3) shows the message "Metadata loss - Please reimport all media data".
When the displayed message is acknowledged, the COMAND Online (A40/3) system is fully functional. The message can subsequently reappear.
Attachments
Cause:
The database provided by the Music Search function in COMAND Online (A4013) may contain errors.
Remedy:
Do not replace the COMAND Online control unit (A40/3)! Perform software update of COMAND Online control unit (A40/3).
MODEL 166, 172, 204, 246 with code 512 (COMAND Online with DVD changer) or code 527 (COMAND Online) and code 802 (Model year
2012),
MODEL 207, 212, 218 with code 512 (COMAND Online with DVD changer) or code 527 (COMAND Online) and code 802 (Model year 2012)
and code 088 (Control code NTG4.5):
Update the COMAND software to software release 12/13.00 or higher using Xentry Diagnostics.
The software is available as of Telematics CD 05/2012 (A 172 827 72 59).
MODEL 231 with code 512 (COMAND Online with DVD changer) or code 527 (COMAND Online) and code 803 (Model year 2013):
MODEL 166, 172, 176, 204, 207, 212, 218, 231, 246, 463 with code 512 (COMAND Online with DVD changer) or code 527 (COMAND Online)
and code 803 (model year 2013)
rcheuls@gmail.com
Symptoms, Work units tablesTechnical Service Bulletin # LI82-60_P-055630 Date: 130212
Infotainment - No Navigation, Media Interface Inoperative

Audio 20: No navigation, language set
to English, Media Interface inoperative
Version 1
Design group 82.60 Radio, audio/video Systems
Date 02-12-2013
Validity NTG4.5: Model 166, 172, 176, 204, 207, 212, 218, 246
with code 510 (Audio 20 incl. CD changer) or code 523
(Audio 20 CD radio) and code 802 (Model year 2012) or
code 803 (Model year 2013)
Reason for change Remedy restricted to vehicles with model

year code 802 and model year code 803
Complaint:
Navigation is not available.
The language setting is automatically set to English.
The Media Interface is inoperative.
In the quick test the software object number "000 000 00 00" is displayed.
Attachments
Cause:
Software of Audio 20 control unit (A2).
Remedy:
If a software update is no longer possible, the Audio 20 control unit (A2) must be replaced.
Note:
rcheuls@gmail.com
This complaint can no longer occur as of software release 12/40 00.
This software release is available as of XENTRY telematics CD 01/2013.
SymptomsTechnical Service Bulletin # LI82-85_P-055695 Date: 130228
COMAND(R) - Doesn't Start, Can't Be Operated, Dark Display

COMAND: Does not start, cannot be operated, COMAND display remains dark
Version 1

Date 02-28-2013
Validity NTG4.5:
Model 207, 212, 218 with code 088 or code 803 and code
512 (COMAND Online with integrated 6-disk DVD chan-
ger) or code 526 (COMAND Online without navigation) or
code 527 (COMAND Online) or code 528 (COMAND On-
line without navigation)
Model 166, 172, 176, 204, 246, 463 with code 802 or co-
de 803 and code 512 (COMAND Online with integrated
6-disk DVD changer) or code 526 (COMAND Online wi-
thout navigation) or code 527 (COMAND Online) or code
528 (COMAND Online without navigation)
Reason for change
Complaint:
The COMAND unit does not start or the COMAND display remains dark. The COMAND unit cannot be operated.
Note:
The problem disappears after a lengthy idle period (>6h) or after interrupting the power supply (circuit 30).
Cause:
Software release of COMAND control unit (A4013)
Remedy:
1. Disconnect the power supply of the COMAND unit for a short period of time (approx. 1 mm). Following this the problem is rectified, but may
reoccur.
2. Perform a software update of the COMAND unit (A4013).
Note:
Replacing the COMAND unit does not remedy the problem!
The complaint is permanently rectified with the following software updates:
^ For vehicle models 207, 212, 218 with code 088: Software update of COMAND control unit (A4013) to software release 12/47 00 or higher
^ For vehicle models 166,172, 204, 246 with code 802: Software update of COMAND control unit (A4013) to software release 12/47 00 or
higher
^ For vehicle models 166, 172, 176, 204, 207, 212, 218, 246, 463 with code 803: Software update of COMAND control unit (A4013) to software
release 12/36 00 or higher
rcheuls@gmail.com
Note:
The software will be available with Xentry Diagnostics version 03/2013 and Telematics DVD 03/13 (A 166 827 1159).
Symptoms
Steering/Suspension - Front End Wheel Bearing Grinding Noises

Grinding noises from area of front axle - wheel bearing malfunctioning
Version 2
Design group 33.20 Wheel location, wheel hub
Date 02-28-2013
Validity Model 204 except 4MATIC; except AMG; except 204.9##

(GLK), 207
Reason for change Fixed error in title.
Complaint:
Grinding noises from area of front axle - wheel bearing malfunctioning
Cause:
Corrosion spreading under wheel hub sealing ring. Dirt and water are washed in front of the sealing ring of the wheel hub via the rpm sensor bore
in the steering knuckle or through corresponding gaps between the anchor plate and steering knuckle. Corrosion forms on the contact surface of the
sealing ring and spreads under the sealing lips. As a result, moisture can penetrate the wheel bearing and cause corrosion.
Remedy:
Please note the revised procedure for repair in the case of wheel bearing damage on the front axle!
The most important new feature of the repair method is the use of a repair hub (Figure A) with inserted stainless steel race (1).
rcheuls@gmail.com
The stainless steel race (1) is pressed onto the corroded steering knuckle (Figure D) during assembly of the wheel hub and guarantees the new seal
with the wheel hub sealing ring. This means that it is no longer necessary to replace the steering knuckle!
Axle alignment is not necessary with this repair method!
In order to avoid follow-up repairs, always replace both wheel bearings on the front axle in problem vehicles!
First-time installation of a repair wheel hub:
1.) Detach wheel hub, bearing and brake cover plate.
2.) Use a wire brush to remove loose corrosion from the contact surface of the wheel hub sealing ring (Figure C).
3.) Clean steering knuckle spindle thoroughly.
4.) Install new brake cover plate (Figure E) with optimized circumferential gasket (picture 2).
rcheuls@gmail.com
5.) Push on repair hub (Figure A) without tilting it and pull as far as the stop with the clamp nut (Figures G,H,I)
6.) Adjust wheel bearing play (Figure J).
7.) Install circumferential gasket (Figure F) on rpm sensor.
8.) Reassemble the vehicle.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Important note for subsequent reinstallation of a repair wheel hub:
When the repair hub with stainless steel race is installed, the stainless steel race is positively pressed onto the steering knuckle (Figure D).
If the wheel hub is subsequently removed/reinstalled, there is a risk of damaging the sealing lip of the wheel hub sealing ring when pushing on.
For this case there is a repair kit (Figure B), consisting of a wheel hub sealing ring with preinstalled stainless steel race.
This repair kit must be pulled into the wheel hub which is to be reinstalled.
To do this, use the regular tool W203 589 0243 00, but with a different method.
As the stainless steel race reduces the inside diameter of the hub sealing ring, the tool die (Figures M, N, picture 4) must be turned through 1800 50
that the hub sealing ring contacts the rear face of the tool die (the side not lined with rubber).
1.) Insert wheel hub sealing ring with stainless steel race into wheel hub by hand. This centers the hub and makes it easier to pull in with the tool.
2.) Pull in wheel hub sealing ring with stainless steel race using rear face of tool die of special tool W203 589 0243 00.
rcheuls@gmail.com
3.) Remove old stainless steel race from steering knuckle (as shown in Figures K, L).
4.) Push on wheel hub without tilting it and pull as far as the stop with the clamp nut.
6.) Adjust wheel bearing play.
7.) Reassemble the vehicle.
Note:
This new repair method will soon (expected as of Week 19/2010) also be available in SDmedia
Attachments
Symptoms
Parts
rcheuls@gmail.com
WIS-References
Engine - Oil Leak in Rear Crankcase

Oil loss in area of rear crankcase - transmission bell housing
Version 1
Design group 01.40 Crankcase, timing case cover, end cover
Date 04-24-2013
Validity Model series 172, 204, 207, 212 with engine 271.8 EVO
Reason for change
Complaint:
Oil loss in area of rear crankcase - transmission bell housing.
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Cause:
Porosity of casting in crankcase or sealing ring of engine oil temperature regulator screw plug
1. Porosity of casting in area of threads of bolted transmission connections
2. Porosity of casting from open bolt holes for cylinder head bolts
3. Insufficient sealing of engine oil temperature regulator
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Remedy:
Remove transmission and flywheel or drive plate and establish findings.
1. Porosity of casting in area of threads of bolted transmission connections:
Clean and dry threaded connection area. Apply Loctite 222 (as directed on information label) on the threaded connection and fasten to specs. Let it
harden as required.
2. Porosity of casting from open bolt holes for cylinder head bolts:
Create a PTSS case for this situation.
3. Replace sealing ring on engine oil temperature regulator with part N007603 022403 and tighten to 50 Nm (+5 Nm)
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Symptoms
Parts
Drivetrain - Noises at Full Lock From Front Axle Area

Squeaking noise emanating from area of front axle at full steering lock
Version 1
Design group 33.30 Final drive, differential, drive shaft
Date 04-12-2013
Validity Models: All Mercedes-Benz cars with front-wheel drive

and 4x4 vehicles
Reason for change
Complaint:
rcheuls@gmail.com
Noises (squeaking) at full steering lock from the area of the front axle.
Cause:
The painting of the rubber boot during production can result in a squeaking noise in the area of the outer joints at full lock.
Remedy:
Raise the vehicle at the front axle, then turn the steering wheel to full lock on both sides while rotating the wheels by hand. If there is a squeaking
noise near the full lock position, the following work procedure is to be performed:
1. Clean boots on left and right outer joints.
2. Coat boots on left and right outer joints with lubricant A 000 989 36 60*.
Note:
Do not replace the side shafts on account of this complaint.
Symptoms
Parts
Work units
Engine - Blue Exhaust Smoke After Engine Start

Blue smoke from exhaust after engine start
Version 1
Design group 09.40 Turbocharger
Date 03-01-2013
Validity Vehicles with engine 271.8 EVO
Reason for change
Complaint:
Shortly after engine start a blue smoke can emerge from the rear muffler of the exhaust system.
Note:
The smoke cloud dissipates and does not necessarily reappear at every restart.
This can occur in some cases when a cold engine is started after the vehicle has been parked for several hours.
Cause:
rcheuls@gmail.com
When the engine is switched off, oil can continue to run out of the cylinder head via the oil feed line and can therefore seep into the bearing
housing. In isolated cases capillary action can cause small residual oil quantities to travel to the turbine wheel and the V-clamp (refer to illustration
in the attachments for location). After a long idle period this can lead to slight oil leakage at the V-clamp or to blue smoke problems when the cold
engine is restarted.
Attachments
Remedy:
The turbocharger is technically OK and does not need to be replaced; it is sufficient to install a new banjo bolt with integral valve.
1.) Detach small shield of turbocharger (see attachment for installation location of bolts).
2.) Remove oil feed line in accordance with WIS document ARO9.40-P-6020-13EVO steps 1, 2 and 3
3.) Replace previous banjo bolt with banjo bolt with integral valve A0019972401. Observe revised tightening torque: 6 Nm + 900
4.) Install in the reverse order
Note:
The banjo bolt must be renewed each time it is removed.
Attachments
Symptoms
rcheuls@gmail.com
PartsTechnical Service Bulletin # LI82-85_P-0536002 Date: 130205
COMAND(R) - Performs Resets By Itself And Short Operation Time

COMAND Online: The COMAND unit starts up and switches itself off again after a short time. A cyclic reset occurs.
Version 2
Design group 82.85 Navigation and communication systems (CNS,

Date 02-05-2013
Validity MODEL 166, 172,204,246 with code 512 (COMAND

Online with DVD changer) or code 527 (COMAND Online)
and code 802 (Model year 2012)
MODEL 207, 212, 218 with code 512 (COMAND Online
with DVD changer) or code 527 (COMAND Online) and
code 088 (Control code for NTG4.5)
Reason for change Correction of Telematics CD version to be used
Complaint:
The COMAND unit (A4013) performs resets by itself and can only be operated for short periods.
Note:
The complaint occurs only when CDs/DVDs are loaded.
Cause:
If there are CDs or DVDs in the COMAND unit (A4013), the cause may be an implausible track database.
Remedy:
Do not replace the COMAND control unit (A4013). Perform software update of COMAND control unit (A4013).
1. After a reset the COMAND unit (A4013) can be operated again for a moment. In this moment the "Eject" button should be pressed in order to
eject the CDs/DVDs in the drive. The resets no longer occur when the CDs/DVDs have been removed.
2. Export the customer's data from the COMAND unit (A4013) onto an SD card (see attachment for instructions)
3. Perform a reset of the customer's data (important: all the customers data, such as navigation destinations, address book entries etc. will be lost)
4. Update the COMAND software to software release 11/37.02 or higher using Xentry Diagnostics Available since Telematics CD 11/2011 (A
172 827 40 59) or newer.
5. Reinstall the customers data saved on the SD card back onto the COMAND unit.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments, Symptoms, Work units tables
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Kundendaten Reset am COMAND Online (NTG4.5)Technical Service Bulletin # LI82-61_P-055955 Date: 130424
Navigation - Becker(R) MAP PILOT Freezes/Slow/Delayed Response

Becker MAP PILOT: Boots only as far as Becker logo, navigation screen freezes, reacts with a delay, TMC unavailable in UK
Version 1
Design group 82.61 Auto pilot system (APS), Audio 30 APS
Date 04-24-2013
Validity Model 117, 166, 172, 176, 204, 207, 212, 218, 242, 246
with Becker MAP PILOT (code 509) or preinstallation for

Becker MAP PILOT (code 508)
rcheuls@gmail.com
Reason for change
Complaint:
- The navigation function boots only as far as the Becker logo.
- The display in the navigation function freezes.
- The startup time of the navigation function takes a long time (up to 60 seconds).
- The display responds with a delay when the navigation function is operated.
Attachments
Cause:
Software in navigation module (A2/30).
Remedy:
Perform the following software updates in the navigation module (A2/30):
1.) Update interface software (Automotive Software) in navigation module (A2/30) to version 12/21.00 (A 166 902 73 04) or higher using
XENTRY Diagnostics. The software is available as of XENTRY Diagnostics Release 09/12.
2.) Update firmware in navigation module (A2/30) to version R22.3.1205 (available since Week 37/12) or higher using Becker Content Manager.
3.) Update navigation software (PND software) in navigation module (A2/30) to version 2.0.50 (available since Week 37/12) or higher using
Becker Content Manager.
Note:
The updates of the navigation software (PND software) including firmware must be performed using the current Becker Content Manager. The
checks for updates on launching the Becker Content Manager must be activated in the "Settings" menu (see attachment). To update the
navigation software, it may be necessary to perform a free-of-charge update of the map data at the same time. Detailed information can be found
at www.beckermappilot.com. The update process can take up to several hours depending on your Internet connection.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Symptoms
Navigation - Becker(R)MAP PILOT House Address Numbers Not Found

Becker MAP PILOT: House numbers are not found when addresses are entered via the Audio/COMAND controller
Version 1
Date 04-24-2013
Validity Model 117, 166, 172, 176, 204, 207, 212, 218, 242, 246
Reason for change
Complaint:
When addresses are entered as navigation destinations via the Audio/COMAND controller (A40/9), the house numbers are not found in some cases.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Only affects navigation modules (A2/30) with the following software releases:
1.) Interface software (Automotive Software) in navigation module (A2/30) prior to version 12/48.00 (A 166 902 11 05)
2.) Navigation software (PND software) in navigation module (A2/30) prior to version 2.5.26
Note:
If the same address is entered via voice input ("OneShot": town - street - house number), the address is found.
Cause:
Software in navigation module (A2/30).
Remedy:
Perform the following software updates in the navigation module (A2/30):
1.) Update interface software (Automotive Software) in navigation module (A2/30) to version 12/48.00 (A 166 902 11 05) (expected to be
available as of XENTRY Diagnostics Release 07/13) or higher using XENTRY Diagnostics.
2.) Update firmware in navigation module (A2/30) to version R26.3.0130 (available as of Week 12/13) or higher using Becker Content Manager.
3.) Update navigation software (PND software) in navigation module (A2/30) to version 2.5.26 (available as of Week 12/13) or higher using
Notes:
- The updates of the navigation software (PND software) including firmware must be performed using the current Becker Content Manager.
The checks for updates on launching the Becker Content Manager must be activated in the "Settings" menu (see attachment). To update the
navigation software, it may be necessary to perform a free-of-charge update of the map data at the same time. Detailed information can be
found at www.beckermappilot.com. The update process can take up to several hours depending on your Internet connection.
- As a remedy until the software becomes available, voice input can be used to enter the address and set it as a destination.
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Symptoms
Navigation - Becker(R)MAP PILOT 'No Navigation Module Connected

Becker MAP PILOT: Message "No navigation module connected" appears in the display
Version 2
Date 04-24-2013
Validity Model 117, 166, 172, 176, 204, 207, 212, 218, 242, 246
Reason for change
Complaint:
The Audio/COMAND display (A40/8) of the Becker MAP Pilot continuously or intermittently shows the message "No navigation module
rcheuls@gmail.com
connected".. This message appears even though the navigation module (A2/30) is correctly locked in the bracket (A2/30-1) in the glove box.
Cause:
1.) Software in navigation module (A2/30).
2.) The tightening torque of the threaded connection between the bracket (A2/30-1) and the glove box is too high. This leads to mechanical stress
between the bracket (A2/30-1) and the navigation module (A2/30).
3.) The LVDS (low voltage differential signal) line is not correctly plugged into the radio (A2).
Note on 3.):
- In vehicles up to and including model year 2012 (code 802), no fault code is logged in the radio (A2); the connector color is blue.
- In vehicles as of model year 2013 (code 803), the fault code 953B is logged in the radio (A2); the connector color is green.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Remedy:
1.) Perform the following software updates in the navigation module (A2/30):
a) Update interface software (Automotive Software) in navigation module (A2/30) to version 12/21.00 (A 166 902 73 04) (available as of
XENTRY Diagnostics Release 09/12) or higher using XENTRY Diagnostics.
b) Update firmware in navigation module (A2/30) to version R22.3.1205 (available since Week 37/12) or higher using Becker Content Manager.
c) Update navigation software (PND software) in navigation module (A2/30) to version 2.0.50 (available since Week 37/12) or higher using
Note:
The updates of the navigation software (PND software) including firmware must be performed using the current Becker Content Manager. The
checks for updates on launching the Becker Content Manager must be activated in the "Settings" menu (see attachment). To update the
navigation software, it may be necessary to perform a free-of-charge update of the map data at the same time. Detailed information can be found
at www.beckermappilot.com. The update process can take up to several hours depending on your Internet connection.
2.) Remove bracket (A2/30-1) and reinstall without stress (see attachment):
Note:
The maximum permissible torque is
- 1.7 Nm for models 172 and 204.0, 204.2 and 204.3,
- 2.5 Nm for models 117, 166, 176, 204.9, 207, 212, 218, 242, and 246.
3.) In vehicles up to and including model year 2012 (code 802) and in vehicles as of model year 2013 with fault code 953B remove the radio (A2)
and check the LVDS (low voltage differential signal) line for correct engagement (see attachment).
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Symptoms

Interior - Noise Sources on Instrument Panel BR 204

Noise sources on instrument panel BR 204
Version 1
Design group 68.10 Instrument panel
Date 04-11-2013
Validity Model series 204
Reason for change
rcheuls@gmail.com
Complaint:
(Numbering in accordance with "Noise source overview.jpg" in attachment)
1. Glove box squeaks/rattles in top left area.
2. Creaking or friction noise in center console area at transition from lower control panel to HVAC control panel.
3. Chatter/noise in area of center air vent/head unit (as of facelift).
4. Creaking/cracking noise in area of combination cover (as of facelift).
5. Noise from upper area of instrument cluster.
6. Noise in right instrument cluster area.
Attachments
Cause:
rcheuls@gmail.com
1. Breakthrough for glove box on crossmember sharp-edged (Attachment 1)
2. Cover of lower control panel makes contact on left side with cover of HVAC control panel (Attachment 2)
3. Lower trim strip of center air vent touches bezel of head unit
4. The material pairing between the chrome rings and the combination cover generates noise at potentially all points of contact (Attachment 4)
5. Relative movement of components to each other (Attachment 5)
6. Improper torque of attachment bolt (Attachment 6)
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Remedy:
1. Attach thin layer of felt to suspension at top left of glove box (Attachment 1-2)
2. Apply felt tape to contact points on back side of lower control panel.
3. Attach adhesive pads lined with rubber on lower bar of center air vent (Attachment 3-1 and 3-2)
4. Glue components using hot melt adhesive to each other (Attachment 4-1)
5. Attach felt tape to contact points and designated areas.
6. Tighten bolt and washer assembly to 2 Nm (Attachment 6)
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
SymptomsTechnical Service Bulletin # LI91-10_P-055704 Date: 130305
Interior - Front Seat Backrest Trim Protrudes

Front seat backrest trim protrudes
Version 1
Date 03-05-2013
Validity Model series 207 and 204.3
Reason for change
Complaint:
rcheuls@gmail.com
Gap forming between backrest cover frame and backrest padding in area of side bolster, trim protrudes (for area see Pic0).
Attachments
Cause:
Mounting clip loosening under load.
Remedy:
rcheuls@gmail.com
Increase clip forces by gluing in a piece of felt (see Pic1).
To do this, detach seat-back lining as per instructions in WIS document AR91.10-P-1910CW and remove lower mounting bolts of cover frame.
The trim can now be pulled back at the bottom.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Cut felt to size 19mm x 30mm and glue around the catch hook (see Pic2).
Attachments
Symptoms
Parts
Work units
WIS-References
COMAND(R) - NTG 4, Intermittent No audio, 'Device Unavailable'

NTG 4 COMAND no audio on startup. Satellite Radio displays "Device Unavailable" when selected
rcheuls@gmail.com
Version 2

Date 02-08-2013
Validity All Model 204, 207, 212 vehicles with NTG 4 Reason for
change noted that Xentry software newer than 09/12 will
work too.
Complaint:
Intermittently, no audio from any source on startup. Satellite Radio selection displays ~Device Unavailable on the COMAND
Resetting the CAN will bring back functionality most of the time.
Cause:
SDARs software on Telematics DVD A 212 827 82 59 & A 212 827 89 59 on SDARs part number A171 870 XX XX
Remedy:
Backdate the SDAR's software using the following process:
1. Insert Telematics CD into COMAND
a. For model 212, 207 vehicles, use A 212 827 72 59
b. For model 204 vehicles, use A 204 827 95 59
2. Using Xentry software 09/2012 with Add-On 2521 or newer versions, flash the Telematics software.
Symptoms TableTechnical Service Bulletin # LI82-70_P-0542264 Date: 130301
Cell Phone/Voice Control - Interference/Background Noise

Mobile phone in general: The driver is sometimes poorly understood by the receiver, background noise is occasionally audible during a telephone
call
Version 4
Design group 82.70 Cellular telephone, voice control system (VCS)
Date 03-01-2013
Validity NTG 4:
Model 207, 212, 218 with code 512 (COMAND Online
with DVD changer) or code 526 (COMAND DVD without
navigation) or code 527 (COMAND Online) or code 528
(COMAND) with code 800 or code 801 without code 088
or 802 without code 088
NTG 4.5:
Model 166,172,176,204,231,246 with code 512 (CO-
MAND Online with DVD changer) or code 526 (COMAND
DVD without navigation) or code 527 (COMAND Online)
rcheuls@gmail.com
or code 528 (COMAND) with code 801 or 802 or 803
Model 207, 212, 218 with code 512 (COMAND Online
with DVD changer) or code 526 (COMAND DVD without
navigation) or code 527 (COMAND Online) or code 528
(COMAND) with code 801 with code 088 or 802 with co-
de 088 or code 803
Reason for change Validity expanded to include GLK
Complaint:
During a telephone call the driver is poorly understood by the receiver or interference / background noise can be heard on the receiver during a call.
Note:
The customer frequently describes the interference noise / background noise as being similar to a "passing train".
Attachments
Cause:
Software in COMAND controller unit (A4013)
Remedy:
1. NTG 4:
Model 207, 212, 218 with code 512 (COMAND Online with DVD changer) or code 526 (COMAND DVD without navigation) or code 527
(COMAND Online) or code 528 (COMAND) with code 800 or code 801 without code 088 or 802 without code 088
Perform software update of COMAND controller unit (A4013) to software release 11/14 with subsequent SCN coding.
If the COMAND controller unit (A4013) already has the latest software release, SCN coding must be performed manually.
Note:
The remedy is available as of Xentry Diagnostics version 07/12.
2. NTG 4.5:
Model 166, 172, 176,204,231,246 with code 512 (COMAND Online with DVD changer) or code 526 (COMAND DVD without navigation) or
code 527 (COMAND Online) or code 528 (COMAND) with code 801 or 802 or 803
Model 207, 212, 218 with code 512 (COMAND Online with DVD changer) or code 526 (COMAND DVD without navigation) or code 527
(COMAND Online) or code 528 (COMAND) with code 801 with code 088 or 802 with code 088 or code 803
Perform software update of COMAND controller unit (A4013).
Note:
The remedy is available as of Xentry Diagnostics version 11/12.
Symptoms
Work units
rcheuls@gmail.com
Antitheft System - 'Replace Key Battery' Message Displayed
Date: April 4, 2013
Supersedes: S-B-80.61/61, March 2013
Group: 80
Revision a: Updated with notes indicating key information required.
SUBJECT:
All Model Vehicles with Keys that have One Battery
Instrument Cluster Message "Replace Key Battery"
Customer Complaint:
The message "Replace Key Battery" is displayed. Key battery life is perceived by the customer as being too short.
Condition/Background:
Product Technical Support is requesting specific data in order to further evaluate the technical aspects of this complaint.
Action:
Please open a PTSS case and include the following information in the case (scenario 1 & 2 below requires you to open and close the case with no
interaction from DTS):
Note:
If you have Excel, fill out the excel sheet in STAR TekInfo under DTS -> KG Key Battery Test Sheet and attach to case. If you attach the
excel sheet to the case, then you do not have to re-enter the information indicated below in the case.
Required Case Information per incoming complaint associated Key:
Key Number - Indicate key number (check via SDS)
Key Date Code - Date code of the (last 4 digits on barrel)
Brand - The brand of the battery (Duracel, Panasonic, etc.)
Tensioned - Does service history indicate previously tensioned

contacts?
Enhanced - Does service history indicate previously cleaned/enhanced

contacts?
Battery Voltage - Measured voltage of battery currently in the key
Optional Case Information:
Driving Frequency- How many times a day, on average, does the customer
get in and out of their vehicle? Do they get in and out
20 times, 2 times, 8 times?
Ride length - What is the average drive length per drive cycle? This is
important because the KG system pings the keys every
5km for 20km - for a total of 5 times per drive cycle
max.
Driving habits - Where does the customer keep their key when driving?
Parking Habits - Where does the customer park their car? Do they lock it?
Do they keep the key in the vehicle overnight?
When creating the case, please use the symptom string > Overall vehicle > Safety and locking system > Locks/locking/Remote closing mechanism
> Discharged battery.
After creating a case, please proceed according to the following applicable scenario:
Scenario 1 - The key battery has never been replaced.
Please perform the following actions:
rcheuls@gmail.com
^ Tension the battery contacts (both center and side)
^ Clean the contacts using contact cleaner A 008 989 55 71 (both center and side)
^ Replace the battery with Mercedes-Benz part number A 000 828 03 88
^ Measure voltage of replacement key battery
Scenario 1 case closure - indicate the following per outgoing complaint associated key:
^ Key number
^ Key battery was replaced
^ Brand of replacement battery
^ Contacts tensioned and cleaned
^ Measured voltage of replacement key battery
Note:
Cases submitted without incoming and outgoing key information, per key claimed, will have their corresponding warranty claims denied.
Scenario 2 - Repeat complaint for this particular key number, key battery has been previously replaced and any of the following were not completed
(according to service history):
^ Clean the contacts using contact cleaner A008 989 55 71 (both center and side)
^ Installation of Mercedes-Benz sourced battery (part number A 000 828 03 88)
^ Replace the battery with Mercedes-Benz part number A 000 828 03 88
^ Clean the contacts using contact cleaner A 008 989 55 71 (both center and side)
^ Measure voltage of replacement key battery
Scenario 2 case closure - indicate the following per outgoing complaint associated key:
^ Key number
^ Key battery was replaced
^ Brand of replacement battery
^ Measured voltage of replacement battery
Note:
Scenario 3 - Repeat complaint for this particular key number, key battery has been previously replaced and all of the following were completed
(according to service history):
^ Tension the battery contact
^ Clean the contacts using contact cleaner A008 989 55 71
^ Installation of Mercedes-Benz sourced battery (part number A 000 828 03 88)
rcheuls@gmail.com
^ Open DTS case and follow the instructions received from Dealer Technical Support.
Scenario 3 case closure - indicate the following per outgoing key.
^ Key number
^ Key battery or key was replaced
^ Brand of replacement battery or brand of battery in replacement key
^ Measured voltage of replacement battery or battery in replacement key
NOTE:
Parts Information
In Case of Warranty
rcheuls@gmail.com
Key Battery Information FormTechnical Service Bulletin # LI33-15_P-0474714 Date: 130319
Suspension - Front Axle Area Noise When Maneuvering

Knocking/creaking noises from area of front axle when maneuvering
Version 4
Design group 33.15 Axle links
Date 03-19-2013
Validity Model series 203 except 4MATIC, model series 171 209,
204, 207
Reason for change WIS-References updated.
Complaint:
Knocking/creaking noises from the area of the front axle when maneuvering with steering almost at full lock.
Cause:
Hydro-mount in strut rod.
rcheuls@gmail.com
When maneuvering, the inner stop plug in the hydro-mount collides with the outer sleeve and causes corresponding noises.
Note:
The noise can be best reproduced by driving a figure-8 in reverse. If the noises occur during this maneuver, then the steering gear is definitely
not the cause and must not be replaced.
Remedy:
Replace hydro-mounts on both strut rods. See EPC for part number.
Important:
If the rubber boots are not present, they must be retrofitted. Follow assembly instructions in WIS.
Symptoms
Parts
WIS-References
Computers/Controls - Malfunctions Of Various Power/Control Unit

Malfunctions of various control units and/or on-board power supply problems caused by water in the control unit tray under the driver/front
passenger seat (dislocated, pinched or leaking condensation hose)
Version 2
Date 02-28-2013
Validity All Mercedes-Benz cars
Reason for change Remedy adapted, validity adapted
Complaint:
rcheuls@gmail.com
Water that enters into the control unit tray under the driver/front passenger seat can damage the control units installed there and complaints may be
received about the functions associated with these control units.
Problems with the on-board power supply voltage may also occur.
Cause:
The condensation hose (right/left) on the A/C housing may either be dislocated, pinched/crushed (water collects in A/C housing) or leaking,
resulting in water entering the interior.
Remedy:
If the condensation hose (right/left) is dislocated, push it all the way back onto the outlet fitting of the A/C housing and check for tight seating by
pulling gently. If necessary, use a cable tie to additionally fix the condensation hose in place. Never use soapy water or silicone spray to install.
If the condensation hose (right/left) is pinched/crushed, it can be checked for free passage as follows:
1. Use the operating unit to set maximum cooling on both sides.
2. On the vehicle underside, check whether water emerges from the condensation water drains. If no water emerges, the hose is blocked. In this
case, reposition the hose correctly to ensure free passage or replace the hose if it is damaged.
Invoice the damage with reference to the appropriate damage code..
Symptoms
Work units
Interior - Multicontour Seat Cushion Cover Becomes Detached

Multicontour seat cushion cover becomes detached
Version 1
Design group 91.18 Seat covers
rcheuls@gmail.com
Date 04-29-2010
Validity Model series 204 and 207 with SA code 409 Multicontour
seat and model series 212 with SA code 409 /432 Multi-
contour seat/active multicontour seat
Reason for change Model series 212 and 207 added / Supersedes DTB P-B-
91.18/173
Complaint:
The fastening strip for the seat cushion cover becomes detached from the front of the seat cushion shell.
Cause:
Model series 204 and 212: Insufficient holding ability of the fastening strip.
Model series 207: Matting incorrectly positioned. (See picture P1040937)
Attachments
Remedy:
Model series 204 and 212:
Remove cushion (AR91.10-P-3310CW), attach clips as described in the attachment and reattach the cover exactly. It is important that the metal
protrusions in the edge of the cushion shell still protrude noticeably and that the fastener clicks firmly and audibly into place.
Model series 207: Remove cushion (AR91.10-P-3310CW), remove folded matting from lip and reattach the cover exactly. The catch profile must
engage with a clearly audible click.
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Symptoms
Parts
rcheuls@gmail.com
Work units
WIS-ReferencesTechnical Service Bulletin # LI46-20_P-0498522 Date: 130424
Steering - Honk Or Squeak When Steering In Both Directions

Honking/squeaking noise from the area of the steering system when steering
Version 2
Design group 46.20 Steering gear
Date 04-24-2013
Validity MODEL 204 except 4MATIC, except 204.9 (GLK) and

without code (211) Direct steering
MODEL 207 without code (211) Direct steering
MODEL 212 except 4MATIC and without code (211)
Direct steering
Reason for change - Note on correct installation position

of radial shaft sealing ring and attachment 001
(illustration) added
- Model designations updated
- Validity revised
Complaint:
Honking or squeaking noise when steering in both directions, mainly occurs when warm.
Cause:
Wear on the bottom radial shaft sealing ring of the control head due to insufficient lubrication can result in honking/squeaking noises.
Remedy:
Replace bottom radial shaft sealing ring of control head.
Please note:
rcheuls@gmail.com
When installing the radial shaft sealing ring (13, see attachment 001), always make sure that it is correctly positioned! The spring (17, see
attachment 001) must be visible. Also, the disk spring (15, see attachment 001) must be installed as shown.
1. Remove steering
2. Replace bottom radial shaft sealing ring of control head
Important note on steering systems in MODEL 204:
Due to a technical modification to the sealing concept, both internal oil lines must be replaced when performing this repair on steering systems up
to a certain steering number. The steering numbers are listed in the parts table under the parts "Steering gear repair kit".
On steering systems after this steering number, only use the sealing washers and sealing rings from the radial shaft sealing ring repair kit. It is not
necessary to replace the lines.
3. Adjust play between thrust piece and steering rack
4. Install steering
5. Check function of steering
* Sufficient for 5 cars, Submit as Local Purchase - SPG00196, Qty 1, handling is included
rcheuls@gmail.com
Attachments
Symptoms
rcheuls@gmail.com
Parts
WIS-References
rcheuls@gmail.com
Vehicle: Electrical Diagrams
Electrical Diagrams
PE82.00-P-2080FAA Audio/COMAND Display
MODEL 204
- Control unit A40/8
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Component Locations: Component Location photographs can be found via their component names at the vehicle level. See:
Locations/Component Locations
PE82.85-P-2058FAB Electrical Function Diagram For COMAND ETC
PE82.85-P-2058FAB Electrical Function Diagram For COMAND ETC
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (527) COMAND APS with single DVD drive (with navigation)
- with CODE (498) Japan version
- as of model year 2009 /YoM 08, Dealer option
MODEL 204.3 /9
- with CODE (498) Japan version Dealer option
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.85-P-2059FAB Electrical Function Diagram For Media Interface, Function
PE82.85-P-2059FAB Electrical Function Diagram For Media Interface, Function
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (518) Media interface
- as of model year 2012 /model refinement package 11
MODEL 204.3
- with CODE (518) Media interface
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.85-P-2063FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Navigation Mode (COMAND), Function
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.85-P-2063FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Navigation Mode (COMAND), Function
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (512) COMAND APS with DVD changer
- as of model year 2009 /YoM 08
MODEL 204.3 /9
- with CODE (527) COMAND APS with single DVD drive (with navigation system)
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.85-P-2065FAB Electrical Function Diagram For TV Mode, Function
PE82.85-P-2065FAB Electrical Function Diagram For TV Mode, Function
rcheuls@gmail.com
MODEL 204.0 /2
- as of model year 2009
- up to model year 2012 /YoM 08, /model refinement package 11
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.85-P-2101FAD Cockpit Management and Data System (COMAND) Control Unit Wiring
Diagram
PE82.85-P-2101FAD Cockpit Management And Data System (COMAND) Control Unit Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204.0 /2
- except CODE (498) Japan version
- with CODE (528) COMAND incl. DVD changer
- as of model year 2012 /YoM 11 model refinement package,
- control unit A40/3, sheet 1
MODEL 204.3
- Control unit A40/3, sheet 1
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.85-P-2101FAE Cockpit Management and Data System (COMAND) Control Unit Wiring
Diagram
PE82.85-P-2101FAE Cockpit Management And Data System (COMAND) Control Unit Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.85-P-2101FAF Cockpit Management and Data System (COMAND) Control Unit Wiring
Diagram
PE82.85-P-2101FAF Cockpit Management And Data System (COMAND) Control Unit Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
- control unit A40/3, Sheet 2
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Electrical Diagrams
PE42.47-P-2000FAB Adaptive Brake (ABR)
MODEL 204.0 /2
- as of 03/01/11 Basis, Premium,
- control unit A7/3 and N30/4
MODEL 204.9
- as of 06/01/11 Basis,
MODEL 204.3 Basis, Premium,

rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Function Diagrams
PE42.47-P-2050FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Adaptive Brake (ABR)
MODEL 204.0 /2
as of model year 2009 /YoM 08
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Electrical Diagrams
PE80.50-P-2102FAA Electric Wiring Diagram For Interior Protection And Tow-Away Protection Control Unit
MODEL 204
- Control unit N26/6
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE80.50-P-2052FAB Function Schematic For Electric Anti-Theft Alarm System, Activation
PE80.50-P-2052FAB Function Schematic For Electric Anti-theft Alarm System, Activation
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (551) Anti-theft alarm system (ATA [EDW])
MODEL 204.3
- with CODE (551) Antitheft alarm system (ATA [EDW])
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE80.50-P-2053FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Anti-Theft Alarm System, Alarm
Actuation
PE80.50-P-2053FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Anti-Theft Alarm System, Alarm Actuation
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE80.50-P-2054FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Anti-Theft Alarm System, Alarm
Actuation By Panic Switch
PE80.50-P-2054FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Anti-Theft Alarm System, Alarm Actuation By Panic Switch
MODEL 204.0
- with CODE (763) Radio remote control with panic switch
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE80.57-P-2050FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Drive Authorization System (DAS)
PE80.57-P-2050FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Drive Authorization System (DAS)
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2106FAA Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
PE54.21-P-2106FAA Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 Sheet 1
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2106FAB Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
PE54.21-P-2106FAB Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 sheet 2
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2106FAC Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
PE54.21-P-2106FAC Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 sheet 3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2106FAD Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
PE54.21-P-2106FAD Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 Sheet 4
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2106FAE Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
PE54.21-P-2106FAE Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 Sheet 5
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2106FAF Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
PE54.21-P-2106FAF Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 Sheet 6
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2106FAG Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
PE54.21-P-2106FAG Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 Sheet 7
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2106FAH Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
PE54.21-P-2106FAH Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 sheet 8
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2106FAI Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2106FAI Front SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/1)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 sheet 9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2107FAB Overhead Control Panel (OCP) Control Unit
PE54.21-P-2107FAB Overhead Control Panel (OCP) Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- except CODE (414) Power glass tilting/sliding roof
- control unit N70/3 (without CAN)
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2108FAA Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
PE54.21-P-2108FAA Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 Sheet 1
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2108FAB Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
PE54.21-P-2108FAB Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 sheet 2
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2108FAC Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
PE54.21-P-2108FAC Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 sheet 3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2108FAD Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
PE54.21-P-2108FAD Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 Sheet 4
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2108FAE Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
PE54.21-P-2108FAE Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 Sheet 5
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2108FAF Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
PE54.21-P-2108FAF Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 Sheet 6
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2108FAG Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
PE54.21-P-2108FAG Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 Sheet 7
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2108FAH Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
PE54.21-P-2108FAH Rear SAM Control Unit With Fuse And Relay Module (N10/2)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 sheet 8
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2119FAA Upper Control Panel Control Unit
PE54.21-P-2119FAA Upper Control Panel Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- control unit N72/1
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Cellular Phone
PE82.70-P-2051FAD Electrical Function Schematic For Cellular Phone
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.21-P-2129FAA Multifunction Camera
PE54.21-P-2129FAA Multifunction Camera
MODEL 204
- with CODE (238) Active Lane Keeping Assist
- with CODE (476) Automatic Lane Recognition
- with CODE (513) Speed Limit Assist
- with CODE (608) Adaptive Highbeam Assist
- control unit A40/11
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.65-P-2101FAA Parktronic System (PTS) Control Unit
PE54.65-P-2101FAA Parktronic System (PTS) Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (220) PARKTRONIC
- up to model year 2012 PARKTRONIC /YoM 11 model refinement package,
- control unit N62
MODEL 204.9
- with CODE (220) PARKTRONIC
- control unit N62
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (230) Exclusive parking assist
- as of model year 2012 PARKTRONIC
- control unit N62, /YoM 11 model refinement package
MODEL 204.3
- with CODE (230) Exclusive parking assist
- control unit N62
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.65-P-2102FAA Backup Camera Control Unit
PE54.65-P-2102FAA Backup Camera Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- with code (498) Japan version
- with CODE (218) Reversing camera
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.71-P-2100FAA Blind Spot Assist Wiring Diagram
PE54.71-P-2100FAA Blind Spot Assist Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3
- with CODE (234) Blind Spot Assist
- with CODE (476) Automatic lane recognition
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.65-P-2051FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Reversing Camera
PE54.65-P-2051FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Reversing Camera
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (218) Backup camera
- as of Model Year 2009 /YoM 08
MODEL 204.3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.65-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Reversing Camera
PE54.65-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Reversing Camera
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.65-P-2051FAC Electrical Function Schematic, Reversing Camera
PE54.65-P-2051FAC Electrical Function Schematic, Reversing Camera
MODEL 204.0 /2
- as of model year 2012 /YoM 11 model refinement package
MODEL 204.9
- as of Model Year 2011 /YoM 10
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.71-P-2051FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Blind Spot Assistant
PE54.71-P-2051FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Blind Spot Assistant
MODEL 204.0 /2
- as of model year 2012 /YoM 11 facelift
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.71-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Blind Spot Assistant
PE54.71-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Blind Spot Assistant
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (237) Active Blind Spot Assist
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.71-P-2052FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Automatic Lane Recognition
PE54.71-P-2052FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Automatic Lane Recognition
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.71-P-2053FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Active Lane Keeping Assist
PE54.71-P-2053FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Active Lane Keeping Assist
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.71-P-2054FAA Attention Assist Electrical Function Schematic
PE54.71-P-2054FAA Attention Assist Electrical Function Schematic
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (442) Comfort multifunction steering wheel
MODEL 204.3
- with CODE (442) Comfort multifunction steering wheel
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE30.30-P-2051FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Cruise Control (CC)
PE30.30-P-2051FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Cruise Control (CC)
MODEL 204
- except CODE (233) Distronic Plus
- except CODE (237) Active Blind Spot Assist
- except CODE (238) Active Lane Keeping Assist
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE30.30-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Cruise Control (CC)
PE30.30-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Cruise Control (CC)
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (233) Distronic Plus
- as of model year 2012 /YoM 11 facelift
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE30.30-P-2055FAA Electrical Function Schematic For DISTRONIC PLUS INCL. BAS PLUS and
Pre-Safe Brake
PE30.30-P-2055FAA Electrical Function Schematic For DISTRONIC PLUS INCL. BAS PLUS and Pre-Safe Brake
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE30.30-P-2101FAA Distronic (DTR) Control Unit
PE30.30-P-2101FAA Distronic (DTR) Control Unit
ENGINE 156, 271, 272, 642.9, 646.8 in MODEL 204

- with CODE (233) DISTRONIC PLUS
- Control unit A89
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE30.30-P-2103FAA The Video And Radar Sensor System Control Unit
PE30.30-P-2103FAA The Video And Radar Sensor System Control Unit
ENGINE 156, 271, 272, 276, 642, 651 in MODEL 204

- with CODE (233) DISTRONIC PLUS
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE72.29-P-2101FAA Left Front Door Control Unit (DCU)
PE72.29-P-2101FAA Left Front Door Control Unit (DCU)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE72.29-P-2102FAA Right Front Door Control Unit (DCU)
PE72.29-P-2102FAA Right Front Door Control Unit (DCU)
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.95-P-2061FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Status Display Of Emergency Call System,
Function
PE82.95-P-2061FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Status Display Of Emergency Call System, Function
MODEL 204.0
- with CODE (359) TELEAID emergency call system
MODEL 204.3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.95-P-2064FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Vehicle Location, Function
PE82.95-P-2064FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Vehicle Location, Function
MODEL 204.0
- with CODE (359) TELE AID emergency call system
MODEL 204.3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.95-P-2066FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Manual Or Automatic Emergency Call,
Function
PE82.95-P-2066FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Manual Or Automatic Emergency Call, Function
MODEL 204.0
MODEL 204.3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.95-P-2069FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Voice Connection Between Vehicle and
Service Center, Function
PE82.95-P-2069FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Voice Connection Between Vehicle And Service Center, Function
MODEL 204.0
MODEL 204.3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.95-P-2070FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Position Finding, Function
PE82.95-P-2070FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Position Finding, Function
MODEL 204.0
MODEL 204.3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.95-P-2073FAA Electrical Function Schematic For MB Information And Breakdown
Assistance Function
PE82.95-P-2073FAA Electrical Function Schematic For MB Information And Breakdown Assistance Function
MODEL 204.0
MODEL 204.3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.95-P-2101FAA Emergency Call System Control Unit
PE82.95-P-2101FAA Emergency Call System Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /3 /9
- with CODE (348) Emergency call/Assist system
- Control unit N123/4
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Heated Glass Element
PE67.29-P-2051FAB Function Schematic For Electrical Rear Window Heater
MODEL 204.0 /2
- as of Model Year 2009 /modification year 08
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE83.40-P-2101FAA Automatic Air Conditioning (AAC) Control Unit
PE83.40-P-2101FAA Automatic Air Conditioning (AAC) Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- except CODE (581) Comfort automatic air conditioning
- control unit N22/7, sheet 1, connector 1
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE83.40-P-2101FAB Automatic Air Conditioning (AAC) Control Unit
PE83.40-P-2101FAB Automatic Air Conditioning (AAC) Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- with CODE (581) Comfort automatic air conditioning
- control unit N22/7, sheet 1, connector 1
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE83.40-P-2101FAC Automatic Air Conditioning (AAC) Control Unit
PE83.40-P-2101FAC Automatic Air Conditioning (AAC) Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- with CODE (581) Comfort automatic air conditioning
- Control unit N22/7, sheet 2, plug 2 and 3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE83.40-P-2101FAD Automatic Air Conditioning (AAC) Control Unit
PE83.40-P-2101FAD Automatic Air Conditioning (AAC) Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- except CODE (581) Comfort automatic air conditioning
- control unit N22/7, sheet 2, connector 2 and 3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE83.70-P-2101FAA Stationary Heater (STH) Control Unit
PE83.70-P-2101FAA Stationary Heater (STH) Control Unit
MODEL 204
- with CODE (228) Stationary heater
- control unit A6
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE83.40-P-2052FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Automatic Air Conditioning, Input Signals
PE83.40-P-2052FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Automatic Air Conditioning, Input Signals
MODEL 204.0 /2
- as of model year 2009/YoM 08
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE83.40-P-2053FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Automatic Air Conditioning, Actuation
PE83.40-P-2053FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Automatic Air Conditioning, Actuation
MODEL 204.0 /2
- as of model year 2009/YoM 08
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE83.70-P-2052FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Teach-In Of Stationary Heater Radio Remote
Control Transmitter
PE83.70-P-2052FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Teach-In Of Stationary Heater Radio Remote Control Transmitter
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE83.70-P-2057FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Programming Departure Time
PE83.70-P-2057FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Programming Departure Time
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE83.70-P-2058FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Trigger Heating Mode For Departure Time
PE83.70-P-2058FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Trigger Heating Mode For Departure Time
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE83.70-P-2059FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Trigger Immediate Mode
PE83.70-P-2059FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Trigger Immediate Mode
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Electrical Diagrams
PE54.30-P-2101FAA Instrument Cluster (IC) Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- control unit A1
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.30-P-2054FAB Electrical Function Schematic Of Instrument Cluster, Control/Warning
Message
PE54.30-P-2054FAB Electrical Function Schematic Of Instrument Cluster, Control/Warning Message
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.30-P-2055FAB Electrical Function Schematic Of Instrument Cluster, Operating Condition
Display
PE54.30-P-2055FAB Electrical Function Schematic Of Instrument Cluster, Operating Condition Display
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.30-P-2056FAB Electrical Function Schematic Of Instrument Cluster, Comfort Display
PE54.30-P-2056FAB Electrical Function Schematic Of Instrument Cluster, Comfort Display
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.30-P-2057FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Instrument Cluster Trip Computer
PE54.30-P-2057FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Instrument Cluster Trip Computer
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Integrated Accessory Switch Assembly
PE82.00-P-2060FAA Front Central Operating Unit
MODEL 204
- with CODE (523) MB Audio 20 radio
- with CODE (510) Audio 20 with CD changer
- with CODE (525) MB Audio 50 APS radio
- with CODE (511) Audio 50 APS with DVD changer
- with CODE (528) COMAND with DVD changer
- Control unit A40/9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2000FAD Exterior Lights Wiring Diagram
PE82.10-P-2000FAD Exterior Lights Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (614) Bi-xenon headlamp unit
- with CODE (615) Bi-xenon headlamp unit with integrated curve illumination
- with CODE (616) Bi-xenon headlamp unit with integrated asymmetrical curve illumination
- with CODE (618) Bi-xenon headlamps
- with CODE (619) Cornering illumination
- with CODE (621) Intelligent Light System (left-hand traffic)
- with CODE (622) Intelligent Light System (right-hand traffic)
- as of model year 2012 /AEJ11 model refinement package, front lamp units, E1 and E2
MODEL 204.3
- with CODE (616) Bi-xenon headlamp unit integrated asymmetrical curve illumination
- with CODE (622) Intelligent Light System (right-hand traffic) front lamp units, E1 and E2
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2000FAE Exterior Lights Wiring Diagram
PE82.10-P-2000FAE Exterior Lights Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204.0 /2
- except CODE (614) Bi-xenon headlamp unit
- except CODE (615) Bi-xenon headlamp unit with integrated curve illumination
- except CODE (616) Bi-xenon headlamp unit with integrated asymmetrical curve illumination
- except CODE (618) Bi-xenon headlamp
- except CODE (619) Cornering illumination
- except CODE (621) Intelligent Light System (left-hand traffic)
- except CODE (622) Intelligent Light System (right-hand traffic)
- as of model year 2012 /AEJ11 model refinement package, front lamp units, E1 and E2
MODEL 204.3
- except CODE (616) Bi-xenon headlamp unit with integrated asymmetrical curve illumination
- except CODE (619) Cornering illumination
- except CODE (622) Intelligent Light System (right-hand traffic) front lamp units, E1 and E2
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2102FAA Headlamp Control Unit
PE82.10-P-2102FAA Headlamp Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2
- as of model year 2012 /AEJ11 facelift,
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2054FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Standing Light/Parking Lights Actuation
PE82.10-P-2054FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Standing Light/Parking Lights Actuation
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2055FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Turn Signal Light Actuation
PE82.10-P-2055FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Turn Signal Light Actuation
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2056FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Front Fog Light Actuation
PE82.10-P-2056FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Front Fog Light Actuation
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2057FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Brake Light Actuation
PE82.10-P-2057FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Brake Light Actuation
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2058FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Backup Light Actuation
PE82.10-P-2058FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Backup Light Actuation
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2059FAC Electrical Function Schematic For Driving Light Actuation
PE82.10-P-2059FAC Electrical Function Schematic For Driving Light Actuation
MODEL 204.0 /2
- except CODE (616) Bi-xenon headlamp unit with integrated asymmetric curve illumination
- except CODE (618) Bi-xenon headlamps
- except CODE (621) Intelligent light system (left-hand traffic)
- except CODE (622) Intelligent light system (right-hand traffic)
MODEL 204.3
- except CODE (616) Bi-xenon headlamp unit with integrated asymmetric curve illumination
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2059FAF Electrical Function Schematic For Driving Light Actuation
PE82.10-P-2059FAF Electrical Function Schematic For Driving Light Actuation
MODEL 204.0
- with CODE (616) Bi-xenon headlamp unit with integrated asymmetric curve illumination
MODEL 204.2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2062FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Headlamp Switch-off Delay (SWA)
PE82.10-P-2062FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Headlamp Switch-off Delay (SWA)
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.10-P-2063FAC Electrical Function Schematic, Additional Functions, Driving Lights
Actuation
PE82.10-P-2063FAC Electrical Function Schematic, Additional Functions, Driving Lights Actuation
MODEL 204.0
MODEL 204.2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.20-P-2052FAA Automatic Interior Lights Control Electrical Function Schematic
PE82.20-P-2052FAA Automatic Interior Lights Control Electrical Function Schematic
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.20-P-2055FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Symbol and Ambiance Illumination
PE82.20-P-2055FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Symbol And Ambiance Illumination
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.20-P-2056FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Manual Interior Lights Control
PE82.20-P-2056FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Manual Interior Lights Control
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE80.20-P-2052FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Central Locking, Operation With
Transmitter Key
PE80.20-P-2052FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Central Locking, Operation With Transmitter Key
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE80.20-P-2053FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Central Locking With Interior Switch,
rcheuls@gmail.com
Locking And Unlocking
PE80.20-P-2053FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Central Locking With Interior Switch, Locking And Unlocking
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE80.45-P-2052FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Convenience Opening/Closing With
Transmitter Key
PE80.45-P-2052FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Convenience Opening/Closing With Transmitter Key
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE80.45-P-2053FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Convenience Opening/Closing Via
Recirculated Air Function
PE80.45-P-2053FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Convenience Opening/Closing Via Recirculated Air Function
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE80.45-P-2054FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Convenience Closing Via Keyless Go
PE80.45-P-2054FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Convenience Closing Via Keyless Go
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (889) KEYLESS-GO
MODEL 204.3
- with CODE (889) KEYLESS-GO.
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Electrical Diagrams
PE80.61-P-2101FAA Keyless Go Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- with CODE (889) Keyless-Go
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE80.61-P-2051FAC Electrical Function Schematic For KEYLESS GO Locking and Unlocking
PE80.61-P-2051FAC Electrical Function Schematic For KEYLESS GO Locking And Unlocking
MODEL 204.0
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE80.61-P-2052FAB Function Schematic For Electric KEYLESS-GO Engine Start/Stop
PE80.61-P-2052FAB Function Schematic For Electric KEYLESS-GO Engine Start/Stop
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Navigation System
PE82.85-P-2005FAA Navigation System
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (508) Navigation box preinstallation
- with CODE (509) Navigation box
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.08-P-2101FAC Gasoline Direct Injection System Control Unit
PE07.08-P-2101FAC Gasoline Direct Injection System Control Unit
ENGINES 271.8 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3

- Control unit N3/10, engine side
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.08-P-2101FAD Gasoline Direct Injection System Control Unit
PE07.08-P-2101FAD Gasoline Direct Injection System Control Unit
ENGINES 271.8 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3

- Control unit N3/10, body side
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2700FAG Electrical Function Schematic, Ignition ON
PE07.10-P-2700FAG Electrical Function Schematic, Ignition ON
ENGINES 271.8 in MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2701FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Starting
PE07.10-P-2701FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Starting
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2702FAG Electrical Function Diagram For Ignition OFF
PE07.10-P-2702FAG Electrical Function Diagram For Ignition OFF
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2703FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Fuel Supply
PE07.10-P-2703FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Fuel Supply
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2704FAG Electrical Function Diagram For Injection Control
PE07.10-P-2704FAG Electrical Function Diagram For Injection Control
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2705FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Ignition System
PE07.10-P-2705FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Ignition System
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2706FAG Electrical Function Schematic, Synchronization of the Injection and Firing
Order
PE07.10-P-2706FAG Electrical Function Schematic, Synchronization of the Injection and Firing Order
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2707FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Start Phase, Post-Start Phase and
Warm-Up Enrichment
PE07.10-P-2707FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Start Phase, Post-Start Phase and Warm-Up Enrichment
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2708FAG Electrical Function Schematic For RPM Control
PE07.10-P-2708FAG Electrical Function Schematic For RPM Control
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2709FAG Electrical Function Schematic, Alternator Interface
PE07.10-P-2709FAG Electrical Function Schematic, Alternator Interface
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2710FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Lambda Control
PE07.10-P-2710FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Lambda Control
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2711FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Smooth Running Control
PE07.10-P-2711FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Smooth Running Control
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2712FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Thermal Management
PE07.10-P-2712FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Thermal Management
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2713FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Torque Coordination
PE07.10-P-2713FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Torque Coordination
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2714FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Deceleration Fuel Shutoff
PE07.10-P-2714FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Deceleration Fuel Shutoff
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2715FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Knock Control
PE07.10-P-2715FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Knock Control
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2716FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Camshaft Adjustment
PE07.10-P-2716FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Camshaft Adjustment
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2719FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Engine Limp-Home Mode
PE07.10-P-2719FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Engine Limp-home Mode
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2720FAG Electrical Function Schematic For on-Board Diagnosis
PE07.10-P-2720FAG Electrical Function Schematic For On-Board Diagnosis
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2722FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Engine Control, Start/Stop
PE07.10-P-2722FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Engine Control, Start/Stop
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE07.10-P-2733FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Safety Fuel Shutoff
PE07.10-P-2733FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Safety Fuel Shutoff
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE09.00-P-2050FAI Electrical Function Schematic For Charging
PE09.00-P-2050FAI Electrical Function Schematic For Charging
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE09.20-P-2050FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Swirl Flap Adjustment
PE09.20-P-2050FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Swirl Flap Adjustment
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE30.20-P-2050FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Electronic Accelerator
PE30.20-P-2050FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Electronic Accelerator
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Data Link Connector
PE54.22-P-2000FAA Data Link Connector/Diagnostic Socket
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- test connector X11/4
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE14.00-P-2051FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Exhaust Treatment
PE14.00-P-2051FAG Electrical Function Schematic For Exhaust Treatment
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE47.30-P-2052FAG Electrical Function Diagram For Purging Function
PE47.30-P-2052FAG Electrical Function Diagram For Purging Function
MODEL 204 with ENGINE 271.8
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.00-P-2710FAA MOST Bus
PE82.00-P-2710FAA MOST Bus
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2170FAA Drive Train CAN
PE00.19-P-2170FAA Drive Train CAN
MODEL 204
- Potential distributor X30/21
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2180FAA Telematics CAN
PE00.19-P-2180FAA Telematics CAN
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2185FAA Interior CAN
PE00.19-P-2185FAA Interior CAN
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2185FAB Interior CAN
PE00.19-P-2185FAB Interior CAN
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2190FAA Vehicle Dynamics CAN
PE00.19-P-2190FAA Vehicle Dynamics CAN
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2195FAA Chassis CAN
PE00.19-P-2195FAA Chassis CAN
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.60-P-2101FAB Radio (RD) Control Unit
PE82.60-P-2101FAB Radio (RD) Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2
- control unit A2
MODEL 204.3
- control unit A2
MODEL 204.9
- control unit A2
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.60-P-2105FAA Media Interface Control Unit
PE82.60-P-2105FAA Media Interface Control Unit
MODEL 204
- with CODE (518) Media Interface
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.60-P-2301FAA Satellite Digital Audio Radio System Control Unit (SDAR)
PE82.60-P-2301FAA Satellite Digital Audio Radio System Control Unit (SDAR)
MODEL 204.0 /9
- with CODE (536) SIRIUS satellite radio
- up to model year 2010 /YoM 09,
MODEL 204.0 /3 /9
- as of model year 2011 /YoM 10,
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.60-P-2302FAA Digital Audio Broadcasting Control Unit System (DAB)
PE82.60-P-2302FAA Digital Audio Broadcasting Control Unit System (DAB)
MODEL 204
- except CODE (491) USA version
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.60-P-2057FAB Electrical Function Diagram For Digital Audio Broadcasting, Function
PE82.60-P-2057FAB Electrical Function Diagram For Digital Audio Broadcasting, Function
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (537) Digital radio
MODEL 204.3
- with CODE (537) Digital radio
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.60-P-2058FAB Electrical Function Diagram For Audio Mode, Function
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.60-P-2058FAB Electrical Function Diagram For Audio Mode, Function
MODEL 204.0 /2
- as of model year 2012 / model refinement package 11
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.60-P-2060FAB Electrical Function Schematic For SDAR Function
PE82.60-P-2060FAB Electrical Function Schematic For SDAR Function
MODEL 204.0
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Amplifier, Sound System
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.62-P-2101FAA Sound Amplifier Control Unit Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204
- with CODE (810) Sound system
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.40-P-2200FAA Reversible Emergency Tensioning Retractor
PE91.40-P-2200FAA Reversible Emergency Tensioning Retractor
MODEL 204
- with CODE (299) PRE-SAFE
- Control unit A76, A76/1
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.60-P-2102FAA Weight Sensing System (WSS) Control Unit
PE91.60-P-2102FAA Weight Sensing System (WSS) Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 up to 02/28/11,

- 204.9 up to 05/31/11
- control unit N110
MODEL 204.3
- control unit N110
MODEL 204.0 as of 03/01/11,

- 204.9 as of 06/01/11
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.60-P-2105FAA Airbag Control Unit
PE91.60-P-2105FAA Airbag Control Unit
MODEL 204
- control unit N2/10, Sheet 1
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.60-P-2105FAB Airbag Control Unit
PE91.60-P-2105FAB Airbag Control Unit
MODEL 204
- control unit N2/10, Sheet 2
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.30-P-2059FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Speed Limit Assist
PE54.30-P-2059FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Speed Limit Assist
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.40-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Pre-Safe
PE91.40-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Pre-Safe
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.60-P-2052FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
PE91.60-P-2052FAB Electrical Function Schematic, Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.60-P-2054FAB Function Schematic For Electric Pedestrian Protection
PE91.60-P-2054FAB Function Schematic For Electric Pedestrian Protection
MODEL 204.3
- with CODE (U60) Pedestrian protection
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.29-P-2003FAA Partially Electric Seat Adjustment (ESA [ESV]) Wiring Diagram
PE91.29-P-2003FAA Partially Electric Seat Adjustment (ESA [ESV]) Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.29-P-2004FAA Fully Electric Seat Adjustment (ESA)
PE91.29-P-2004FAA Fully Electric Seat Adjustment (ESA)
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.29-P-2104FAA Driver-Side Seat Control Unit
PE91.29-P-2104FAA Driver-Side Seat Control Unit
MODEL 204
- with CODE (275) Memory package (driver seat, steering column, mirrors)
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.29-P-2105FAA Front Passenger-Side Seat Control Unit
PE91.29-P-2105FAA Front Passenger-Side Seat Control Unit
MODEL 204
- with CODE (242) Electrically adjustable front passenger seat with memory
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.29-P-2109FAA Lumbar Support Wiring Diagram
PE91.29-P-2109FAA Lumbar Support Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204
- control units N32/23, N32/24
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.30-P-2102FAA Seat Heater And Seat Ventilation Control Unit
PE91.30-P-2102FAA Seat Heater And Seat Ventilation Control Unit
MODEL 204
- with CODE (873) Left and right front seat heaters
- with CODE (401) Front comfort seats, incl. seat heating and seat ventilation
- control units N29/5 and N29/6
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.25-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Multicontour Seat
PE91.25-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Multicontour Seat
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (409) Left/right front multicontour seats
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.29-P-2050FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Seat Adjustment (ESA [ESV])
PE91.29-P-2050FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Seat Adjustment (ESA [ESV])
MODEL 204.0 /2
- except CODE (275) Memory package (driver seat, steering column, mirrors)
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.29-P-2051FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Lumbar Support Adjustment
PE91.29-P-2051FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Lumbar Support Adjustment
MODEL 204.0 /2
rcheuls@gmail.com
MODEL 204.3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.29-P-2054FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Seat Adjustment (ESE) With Memory
PE91.29-P-2054FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Seat Adjustment (ESE) With Memory
MODEL 204.0 /2
rcheuls@gmail.com
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE91.30-P-2053FAA Seat Ventilation Electrical Function Schematic
PE91.30-P-2053FAA Seat Ventilation Electrical Function Schematic
MODEL 204
- with CODE (401) Front comfort seats, incl. seat heating and seat ventilation
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE15.00-P-2101FAF Starter, Alternator, Battery
PE15.00-P-2101FAF Starter, Alternator, Battery
ENGINE 271.8 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3

ENGINE 272.98 in MODEL 204.0
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE15.00-P-2103FAA Engine Start/Stop
PE15.00-P-2103FAA Engine Start/Stop
ENGINE 271.8 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3

ENGINE 642 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /9
ENGINE 651 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
ENGINE 276 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2600FAA Solder Points/Z-Connector Sleeves
PE00.19-P-2600FAA Solder Points/Z-Connector Sleeves
MODEL 204
- Z7/35 (M642, M651), Z7/35z1 (M271KE, M272, M156), Z7/35z2 (M271KE, M272, M156), Z7/35z3 (M156), Z7/35z4 (M156), Z7/38z1
(M272), Z7/38z2 (M272), Z57/17 (M642, M651), Z7/98z1 (M156), Z7/98z2 (M156), Z7/98z3 (M156), sheet 1
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2600FAB Solder Points/Z-Connector Sleeves
PE00.19-P-2600FAB Solder Points/Z-Connector Sleeves
MODEL 204
- Z7/5z1 (M642), Z7/5z2 (M642, M651), Z7/5z3 (M642, M651), Z7/36 (M271KE, M272), Z7/36z1 (M272), Z7/36z2 (M272), sheet 2
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2600FAC Solder Points/Z-Connector Sleeves
PE00.19-P-2600FAC Solder Points/Z-Connector Sleeves
MODEL 204
- Z7/5 (M271DE), Z7/35z1 (M271DE), Z7/35z2 (M271DE, M272DE), Z7/35z3 (M271DE), Z7/36 (M272DE, M271DE), Z7/36z1 (M272DE,
M271DE, M642), Z7/36z2 (M271DE), Z7/38z1 (M272DE), Z7/38z2 (M272DE), Z7/39 (M272DE), Z81, sheet 3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2600FAD Solder Points/Z-Connector Sleeves
PE00.19-P-2600FAD Solder Points/Z-Connector Sleeves
MODEL 204
- Z7/35z2 (M276), Z7/36 (M276, M156), Z7/36z1 (M276, M156), Z7/38z1 (M276), Z7/39 (M276), sheet 4
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2800FAA Ground Wiring
PE00.19-P-2800FAA Ground Wiring
MODEL 204
- W6/1, W8/1, W8/2, W8/4, W8/5, W48/2, Sheet 1
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2800FAB Ground Wiring
PE00.19-P-2800FAB Ground Wiring
MODEL 204
- W7/1, W9, W11w1 (M272KE, M272DE), W11w2 (M272KE, M272DE), sheet 2
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2800FAC Ground Wiring
PE00.19-P-2800FAC Ground Wiring
MODEL 204
- W15/5 , Sheet 3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2800FAD Ground Wiring
PE00.19-P-2800FAD Ground Wiring
MODEL 204
- W15/7, sheet 4
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2800FAE Ground Wiring
PE00.19-P-2800FAE Ground Wiring
MODEL 204
- W16/3, W16/4, Sheet 5
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2800FAF Ground Wiring
PE00.19-P-2800FAF Ground Wiring
MODEL 204
- W16/5, W16/6, Sheet 6
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2800FAG Ground Wiring
PE00.19-P-2800FAG Ground Wiring
MODEL 204
- W18, W18/3, Sheet 7
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2800FAH Ground Wiring
PE00.19-P-2800FAH Ground Wiring
MODEL 204
- W19 , Sheet 8
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2800FAI Ground Wiring
PE00.19-P-2800FAI Ground Wiring
MODEL 204
- W7, Sheet 9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE00.19-P-2800FAJ Ground Wiring
PE00.19-P-2800FAJ Ground Wiring
MODEL 204
- W15/6, W15/8, W16/5 (M276), W16/6 (M276), Sheet 10
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.15-P-2502FAB Front Prefuse Box (F32)
PE54.15-P-2502FAB Front Prefuse Box (F32)
MODEL 204
- except CODE (B03) ECO start/stop function
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.15-P-2502FAC Front Prefuse Box (F32)
PE54.15-P-2502FAC Front Prefuse Box (F32)
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.15-P-2503FAA Rear Prefuse Box (F33)
PE54.15-P-2503FAA Rear Prefuse Box (F33)
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.18-P-2300FAA Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
PE54.18-P-2300FAA Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204 X8/4, X8/19, X18, X18/2, sheet 1
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.18-P-2300FAB Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
PE54.18-P-2300FAB Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204 with ENGINE 156, 271, 272, 646, 651 X26, Sheet 2
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.18-P-2300FAC Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
PE54.18-P-2300FAC Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204 X1/45, X8/34, X8/35, X35/1, X35/2, X62/6, X62/7, X62/32, X62/33, Sheet 3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.18-P-2300FAD Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
PE54.18-P-2300FAD Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204 X8/36, X35/3, Sheet 4
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.18-P-2300FAE Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
PE54.18-P-2300FAE Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204 X25/4 (M271, M272), X25/12 (M642), X35/6 (M642, M271, M272), X86/2 (M272), X220 (M271KE), sheet 5
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.18-P-2300FAF Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
PE54.18-P-2300FAF Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204 X28/18, X55/3, X55/4, X150/1, X150/2, X173/1, X173/2, Sheet 6
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.18-P-2300FAH Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
PE54.18-P-2300FAH Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204 X8/37, X35/4, X35/28, sheet 8
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.18-P-2300FAI Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
PE54.18-P-2300FAI Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204 X25/4 (M276), X26 (M276, M651), X26/7 (M651), X35/6 (M276, M651), X86/3 (M276), X86/4 (M276), X220 (M651), Sheet 9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.18-P-2300FAJ Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
PE54.18-P-2300FAJ Connector Separation Point Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204 X26/38, X25/4 (M156), X35/6 (M156), Sheet 10
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.10-P-2063FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Dynamic Idle Speed Increase
PE54.10-P-2063FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Dynamic Idle Speed Increase
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.10-P-2064FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Alternator Management
PE54.10-P-2064FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Alternator Management
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.10-P-2066FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Consumer Shutoff
PE54.10-P-2066FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Consumer Shutoff
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE54.10-P-2070FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Energy Management For Engine
Start/Stop
PE54.10-P-2070FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Energy Management For Engine Start/Stop
MODEL 204.0 /2
- as of model year 2011 YoM 10
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9 as of 12/01/10

- as of model year 2011 YoM 10
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Ignition Switch
PE54.21-P-2104FAA Electronic Ignition Switch (EIS) Control Unit
MODEL 204
- Control unit N73
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Electrical Diagrams
PE46.35-P-2101FAA Electric Power Steering Control Unit
MODEL 204.902 /982 /984

MODEL 204.987
- as of 07/01/10
- up to 05/31/11
- with CODE (460) Canada version
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3
- control unit N68
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Function Diagrams
PE46.50-P-2050FAA Electrical Function Schematic For Speed-Sensitive Power Steering (PML)
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (213) Speed-sensitive power steering
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.956 /981 /983 /987

rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE46.15-P-2050FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Steering Column Adjustment
PE46.15-P-2050FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Steering Column Adjustment
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE46.15-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Steering Column Easy Entry/Exit
Adjustment
PE46.15-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Steering Column Easy Entry/Exit Adjustment
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Steering Column Control Module
PE46.10-P-2101FAA Steering Column Module Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- control unit N80
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Electrical Diagrams
PE77.20-P-2200FAA Electric Wiring Diagram For Panoramic Sliding Roof
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9
- with CODE (413) Panoramic glass sunroof with top sliding sunroof
- control unit A98
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Function Diagrams
PE77.20-P-2052FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Panoramic Sliding Roof
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (413) Panoramic glass roof with top sliding roof
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Electrical Diagrams
PE32.32-P-2101FAA Adaptive Damping System (ADS) Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /2 /3
- with CODE (483) ADVANCED AGILITY package
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Function Diagrams
PE32.32-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Adaptive Damping System (ADS)
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Television / Monitor
PE82.60-P-2220FAA TV Tuner
MODEL 204.0 /2
- control unit N143
MODEL 204.0 /2
- up to model year 2010 /YoM 09,
- control unit N143
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Electrical Diagrams
PE40.15-P-2101FAA Tire Pressure Monitor Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 /9
- with CODE (470) Tire pressure monitor (standard)
- up to model year 2010 /modification year 09, Schrader company,
- control unit N88
MODEL 204.0 /3 /9
- with CODE (475) Tire pressure monitor (premium)
- as of model year 2010 /modification year 09, Schrader company,
- control unit N88
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Function Diagrams
PE40.15-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Tire Pressure Loss Warning (RDW) System
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (477) Tire pressure loss warning
as of model year 2009 /YoM 08
MODEL 204.3 /9
- with CODE (477) Tire pressure loss warning
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Towing / Trailer System
PE31.19-P-2101FAA Trailer Recognition Control Unit Wiring Diagram
MODEL 204.0
- with CODE (550) Trailer hitch
MODEL 204.2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE27.19-P-2101FAA Electronic Transmission Control (ETC) Control Unit
PE27.19-P-2101FAA Electronic Transmission Control (ETC) Control Unit
TRANSMISSION 722.6 in MODEL 204.0

- with ENGINE 271, 646.8, 651
- with ENGINE 271, 646.8, 651
- with ENGINE 271.8, 651
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE27.19-P-2102FAA Electronic Selector Lever Module Control Unit
PE27.19-P-2102FAA Electronic Selector Lever Module Control Unit
TRANSMISSION 722.6 /9 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3

TRANSMISSION 722.9 in MODEL 204.3 /9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE27.19-P-2103FAA Fully Integrated Transmission Control Unit
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE27.19-P-2103FAA Fully Integrated Transmission Control Unit
MODEL 204.0 with ENGINE 156, 272, 276, 642.9 /8, 651 with TRANSMISSION 722.9
- controller unit Y3/8
MODEL 204.2 with ENGINE 156, 272, 276, 642.9 /8, 651 with TRANSMISSION 722.9
MODEL 204.3 with ENGINE 156, 271.8, 276, 651 with TRANSMISSION 722.9
MODEL 204.9 with ENGINE 272, 276, 642.9 /8, 651 with TRANSMISSION 722.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE27.19-P-2104FAA Transmission Oil Auxiliary Pump Control Unit
PE27.19-P-2104FAA Transmission Oil Auxiliary Pump Control Unit
TRANSMISSION 716.6, 722.6 in MODEL 204.0 /2 with ENGINE 271.86

- control unit N89
TRANSMISSION 716.6, 722.6 /9 in MODEL 204.0 /2 with ENGINE 651

- control unit N89
TRANSMISSION 716.6, 722.9 in MODEL 204.9 with ENGINE 651

- control unit N89
TRANSMISSION 722.9 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /3 /9 with ENGINE 276

- control unit N89
TRANSMISSION 722.6 in MODEL 204.3 with ENGINE 271.86

- control unit N89
TRANSMISSION 722.6 /9 in MODEL 204.3 with ENGINE 651

- control unit N89
TRANSMISSION 722.9 in MODEL 204.0 /2 /9 with ENGINE 642

- control unit N89
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE27.19-P-2057FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Shift Operation
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE27.19-P-2057FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Shift Operation
MODEL 204 with TRANSMISSION 722.9 (except 722.930)

rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE27.19-P-2059FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Shift-Lock
PE27.19-P-2059FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Shift-lock

rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE27.19-P-2061FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Fully Integrated Transmission Control
PE27.19-P-2061FAA Electrical Function Schematic, Fully Integrated Transmission Control

rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
Windows
PE72.29-P-2050FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Power Windows
MODEL 204
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.15-P-2050FAA Electrical System Function Schematic For Headlamp Cleaning System (HCS)
PE82.15-P-2050FAA Electrical System Function Schematic For Headlamp Cleaning System (HCS)
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (600) Headlamp cleaning system
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.30-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Windshield Wiper
PE82.30-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Windshield Wiper
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.30-P-2052FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Wiper Startup Suppression
PE82.30-P-2052FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Wiper Startup Suppression
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.30-P-2053FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Automatic Speed Reduction
PE82.30-P-2053FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Automatic Speed Reduction
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.30-P-2054FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Windshield Wipe-Stop Function
PE82.30-P-2054FAA Electrical Function Diagram For Windshield Wipe-Stop Function
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.35-P-2050FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Washer Nozzle Heater
PE82.35-P-2050FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Washer Nozzle Heater
MODEL 204.0 /2
- with CODE (875) Heated windshield washer system
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
PE82.35-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Windshield Washer
PE82.35-P-2051FAB Electrical Function Schematic For Windshield Washer
MODEL 204.0 /2
MODEL 204.3
MODEL 204.9
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com
rcheuls@gmail.com

MBenz C180.C200.C250 L4-1.8-M271 W204 Repair

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MBenz C180.C200.C250 L4-1.8-M271 W204 Repair

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mercedes Benz C180 & C200 & C250

W204 Chassis - M271 Engine L4 1.8T

Symbols (Logos) for operation notes

60 Passenger car model series/model

AP00.20-P-0053CW Check All Visible Parts For Leaks and Damage

AR00.10-P-1010A Check Gear Capacity

AH54.21-P-0004-01X Notes on SCN Coding of Control Units

Precondition for SCN coding:

Entry into coding in the Diagnosis Assistance System (DAS)

7. Continue with "F2".

The SCN coding of the control unit is completed.

Precondition for offline SCN coding:

The offline SCN coding is broken down into 2 steps:

14. Continue with "F2".

Offline programming with Release CD

Offline programming with special release CD.

AR54.21-P-0014Z Programming Of Control Units

AR54.21-P-0015X SCN Coding of Control Units

AH00.00-N-0011-01A Notes on Evaluating Leakages

The following formula is used to calculate the torque to be set.

AH00.00-P-5000-01A Notes on Avoiding Damage Through Contamination and Foreign Objects

Important repair information

General test conditions

WS54.00-N-0002B 124 589 00 21 00 35 Pin Socket Box

WS54.00-P-0050-25B 220 589 00 99 14 Adapter Line

WS54.00-P-0050-29B 220 589 05 99 01 Empty Case

WS54.00-P-0050-38B 220 589 00 99 38 Adapter Cable

WS54.00-P-0050B 220 589 00 99 00 Electrical Connection Kit

WS54.00-P-0084B 204 589 04 63 00 6-Pin Adapter Cable

WS83.00-P-0001K 000 589 71 03 00 Box Wrench Bit

WS83.00-P-0043B 211 589 00 63 00 Detaching Tool

WS83.00-P-0060A 203 589 03 10 00 Valve Wrench

Only diesel engines

WS01.00-N-0018B 111 589 00 91 00 Connector

WS01.00-N-0110B 001 589 00 91 00 Set of Protective Covers

WS01.00-N-0112B 001 589 02 91 00 Set of Protective Covers

WS01.00-N-3106C 639 589 00 61 00 Engine Lifting Device

WS01.00-P-0018B 111 589 00 91 00 Connector

WS01.00-P-0104C 240 589 00 61 00 Engine Lifting Device

WS01.00-P-0108-24C 452 589 01 99 24 Straightedge

WS01.00-P-0108C 452 589 01 99 00 Repair Tools For Valves

WS01.00-P-0113B 003 589 03 37 00 Hose Clamp Pliers

WS01.00-P-0120B 271 589 00 43 00 Installation Tool

WS01.00-P-0125B 272 589 00 91 00 Threaded Adapter

WS03.00-P-0007B 001 589 32 21 00 Dial Gage

WS03.00-P-0090B 272 589 00 14 00 Insertion Tool

WS03.00-P-0102B 112 589 07 40 00 Counterholder

WS03.00-P-0109B 112 589 02 09 00 Socket

WS05.00-N-0083B 116 589 01 34 00 Threaded Bolt

WS05.00-N-0098B 119 589 00 43 00 Drift

WS05.00-N-0155B 210 589 00 40 00 Magnetic Pin

WS05.00-P-0083B 116 589 01 34 00 Threaded Bolt

WS05.00-P-0089B 116 589 20 33 00 Impact Extractor

Engine 629, 642

WS05.00-P-0098B 119 589 00 43 00 Drift

WS05.00-P-0116B 606 589 00 37 00 Pliers

WS05.00-P-0154-01B 605 589 00 33 02 Puller Bolt

WS05.00-P-0154B 605 589 00 33 00 Puller

WS05.00-P-0160-01C 602 589 04 63 01 Pressure Pins

WS05.00-P-0160C 602 589 04 63 00 Thrust Spindle

WS05.00-P-0161-01C 602 589 05 63 01 Pressure Pins

WS05.00-P-0162C 602 589 00 39 00 Riveting Tool

WS05.00-P-0216C 271 589 02 63 00 Assembly Inserts